UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

 

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20112012

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

OR

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period fromto

Commission file number: 333-13792

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Province of Québec, Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

None None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 2016 (issued January 17, 2006)

7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 2016 (issued October 5, 2007)

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

123,602,807103,251,500 Common Shares

1,630,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ¨  Yes  x  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  ¨  Yes  x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x  Yes  ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨                Accelerated filer  ¨                Non-accelerated filer  x

Large accelerated filer  ¨Accelerated filer  ¨Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

 Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  ¨  Item 17  ¨  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ¨  Yes  x  No

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   Page 

Explanatory Notes

   ii  

Industry and Market Data

   ii  

Presentation of Financial Information

   ii  

Exchange Rate Information

   iiiiv  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   ivv  

PART I

   1  

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

   1  

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

   1  

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

   1  

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

   2122  

ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

   6567  

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

   6667  

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

   109117  

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   119127  

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   121130  

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

   122131  

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   123132  

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   146155  

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

   147157  

PART II

   148158  

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

   148158  

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

   148158  

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   148158  

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

   149159  

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

   149159  

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

   149159  

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

   149159  

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

   150160  

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

   150160  

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

   150160  

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   150160  

PART III

   151161  

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   151161  

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   151161  

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

   151161  

Signature

   161167  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1  


EXPLANATORY NOTES

In this annual report, unless otherwise specified, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “Quebecor Media” refer to Quebecor Media Inc., a corporation under theBusiness Corporations Act(Québec) and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively. All references in this annual report to “Videotron” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Sun Media” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiary;subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Le SuperClub Vidéotron” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée; all references in this annual report to “TVA Group” are references to our public subsidiary TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Archambault Group” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Archambault Group Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Nurun” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Nurun Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references to “Quebecor Media Printing” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing Inc.; and all references to “Quebecor Media Network” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Network Inc. All references in this annual report to “Quebecor” or “our parent company” are references to Quebecor Inc., and all references to “Capital CDPQ” are refererences to CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements inc. and all references to “CDPQ” are references to Caisse de dépôt et de placement du Québec.

In this annual report, all references to the “CRTC” are references to the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission.

In this annual report, all references to our “Senior Notes” are references to, collectively, our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 originally issued on January 17, 2006, our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 originally issued on October 5, 2007, and our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 originally issued on January 5, 2011.2011, our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012 and our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including the CRTC, BBM Canada (“BBM”), the National Cable & Telecommunications Association (“NCTA”), A.C. Nielsen Media Research, SNL Kagan, Newspapers Canada, the Audit Bureau of Circulations, NADbank® Inc. (“NADbank®”) and ComScore Media Metrix. Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Cable penetration and market share data contained in this annual report is generally based on sources published in the first quarter of 2013.

“Readership” (as opposed to paid circulation, which is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper and is measured by an independent survey conducted by NADbank®. According to the NADbank® 2011 Study, readership estimates are based upon the number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank® who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.

Information contained in this document concerning the media industry, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and market shares may also be based on estimates and assumptions made by us based on our knowledge of the industry and which we believe to be reliable. We believe, however, that this data is inherently imprecise, although generally indicative of relative market positions and market shares. Industry and company data is approximate and may reflect rounding in certain cases.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On January 1,IFRS and Functional Currency

Our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 accounting principles generally acceptedand 2010 have been prepared in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”), as used by publicly accountable enterprises, were replaced by, and fully converged to,accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Accordingly, our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and in particular, they were prepared in accordance with IFRS 1,First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards. Prior to the adoption of IFRS on January 1, 2011, for all periods up to and including the

ii


year ended December 31, 2010, our audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. IFRS uses a conceptual framework similar to Canadian GAAP, but there are significant differences related to recognition, measurement and disclosures.

The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the date of transition to IFRS are January 1, 2010. The financial data for 2010 have therefore been restated. We are also required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine our opening balance sheet, subject to certain exemptions. However, we are not required to restate figures for periodsprinciples generally accepted in Canada in effect prior to January 1, 2010 that were previously prepared in accordance with Canadian2011, which we refer to as “Canadian GAAP.

The significant accounting policies under IFRS are disclosed in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, which are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of

ii


this annual report (beginning on page F-1), while Note 29 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 explains adjustments made in preparing our IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010 and in restating our Canadian GAAP consolidated statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Note 29 also provides details on exemption choices we made with respect to the general principle of retrospective application of IFRS.

We prepare our financial statements in Canadian dollars. In this annual report, references to Canadian dollars, Cdn$Dollars, CAN$ or $ are to the lawful currency of Canada, our functional currency, and references to U.S. dollarsUS Dollars or US$ are to the currency of the United States.

WeNon-IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP/Non-U.S. GAAP Measures

In this annual report, we use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with IFRS, to assess our financial performance.Canadian GAAP or accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We use these non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures, such as operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities and average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”), operating income, cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

We provide a definition of operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities and ARPU under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Non-IFRS Financial Measures”. We also provide a definition of operating income, and a reconciliation of operating income to the most directly comparable financial measure under each of IFRS, Canadian GAAP and CanadianU.S. GAAP in footnote 21 to the tables under “Item 3. Key Information – A. Selected Financial Data”. When we discuss cash flow from segment operations in this annual report, we provide the detailed calculation of the measure in the same section. When we discuss free cash flow from continuing operations in this annual report, we provide a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all operating data presented, is as of December 31, 2011.2012.

iii


EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high, low and end of period noon rates published by the Bank of Canada. Such rates are set forth as U.S. dollars per Cdn$CAN$1.00 and are the rates published by the Bank of Canada for Canadian dollars per US$1.00. On March 19, 2012,2013, the noon rate was Cdn$CAN$1.00 equals US$1.0121.0.9733. We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars at the rates shown or at any other rate. You should note that the rates set forth below may differ from the actual rates used in our accounting processes and in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Year Ended:

  Average (1)   High   Low   Period End 

December 31, 2011

   1.0117     1.0583     0.9430     0.9833  

December 31, 2010

   0.9709     1.0054     0.9278     1.0054  

December 31, 2009

   0.8757     0.9716     0.7692     0.9555  

December 31, 2008

   0.9381     1.0289     0.7711     0.8166  

December 31, 2007

   0.9304     1.0905     0.8437     1.0120  

Month Ended:

  Average (2)   High   Low   Period End 

March 2012 (through March 19, 2012)

   1.0079     1.0153     0.9985     1.0121  

February 29, 2012

   1.0035     1.0136     0.9984     1.0136  

January 31, 2012

   0.9869     1.0014     0.9735     0.9948  

December 31, 2011

   0.9768     0.9896     0.9610     0.9833  

November 30, 2011

   0.9748     0.9876     0.9536     0.9807  

October 31, 2011

   0.9806     1.0065     0.9430     1.0065  

September 30, 2011

   0.9974     1.0254     0.9626     0.9626  

Year Ended:

  Average(1)   High   Low   Period End 

December 31, 2012

   1.0004     1.0299     0.9599     1.0051  

December 31, 2011

   1.0111     1.0583     0.9430     0.9833  

December 31, 2010

   0.9709     1.0054     0.9278     1.0054  

December 31, 2009

   0.8757     0.9716     0.7692     0.9555  

December 31, 2008

   0.9381     1.0289     0.7711     0.8166  

Month Ended:

  Average(2)   High   Low   Period End 

March 2013 (through March 19, 2013)

   0.9738     0.9811     0.9696     0.9733  

February 28, 2013

   0.9902     1.0040     0.9723     0.9723  

January 31, 2013

   1.0079     1.0164     0.9923     1.0008  

December 31, 2012

   1.0105     1.0162     1.0048     1.0051  

November 30, 2012

   1.0030     1.0074     0.9972     1.0068  

October 31, 2012

   1.0130     1.0243     0.9996     1.0004  

September 30, 2012

   1.0222     1.0299     1.0099     1.0166  

 

(1)The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable year.
(2)The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable month.

 

iiiiv


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business and certain of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of theUnited States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “continue,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “believe” or “seek” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature, involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies; anticipated trends in our business; anticipated reorganizations of any of our segments or businesses, and any related restructuring provisions or impairment charges; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

our ability to successfully continue developing our 4G network and facilities-based mobile offering;

 

general economic, financial or market conditions and variations in the businesses of our local, regional or national newspapers and broadcasting advertisers;

 

the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate;

 

fragmentation of the media landscape;

 

new technologies that would change consumer behaviour towards our product suite;

 

unanticipated higher capital spending required to deploy our 4G network or to address continued development of competitive alternative technologies, or the inability to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business;

 

our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and manage our growth and expansion;

 

our ability to successfully restructure our newspapernewspapers operations to optimize their efficiency in the context of the changing newspapernewspapers industry;

 

disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy;

 

labour disputes or strikes;

 

changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;

 

changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result, among other things, in the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;

 

our substantial indebtedness, the tightening of credit markets, and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and

 

interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.

v


We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” of this annual report. Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this annual report. We disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless applicable securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file or furnish with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as described under “Item 10. Additional Information – Documents on Display”.

 

ivvi


PART I

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

A - Selected Financial Data

A -Selected Financial Data

The following tables present summaryselected consolidated financial information for our business presented in accordance with IFRS for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. We derived this summaryselected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2011.2012. The summaryselected consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and as at January 1, 20102011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and notes thereto contained in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1). Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on these consolidated financial statements (other than our consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010) is included in this annual report.

In separate tables below, we also present summaryselected consolidated financial information presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP and, separately, in accordance with U.S. GAAP for each of the years ended December 31 2010, 2009 2008 and 2007.2008. We derived this Canadian GAAP summaryselected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2010, 2009 2008 and 20072008 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 2008 and 2007,2008, which are not included in this annual report. We derived this U.S. GAAP selected consolidated financial information also from our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, which include a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on those consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP is not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm (such audit before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in Note 1(b) and Note 26(ix) to the audited financial statements included in Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009). KPMG LLP’s report is not included in this annual report.

We caution you that the separate tables below include financial information based on IFRS, and Canadian GAAP and that theU.S. GAAP, respectively. The information based on IFRS is not comparable to information prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or the information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.


IFRS DATA

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2011  2010(1) 
   (in millions, except ratio) 

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

   

Revenues

   

Telecommunications

  $2,430.7   $2,228.8  

News Media

   1,018.4    1,015.0  

Broadcasting

   445.5    448.2  

Leisure and Entertainment

   312.9    302.5  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   120.9    98.0  

Inter-segment

   (121.8  (92.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   4,206.6    4,000.1  

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

   (2,870.4  (2,648.2

Amortization

   (509.3  (396.7

Financial expenses

   (311.5  (300.7

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   54.6    46.1  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (30.2  (37.1

Loss on debt refinancing

   (6.6  (12.3

Income taxes

   (146.4  (162.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $386.8   $488.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

   

Shareholders

   374.0    470.3  

Non-controlling interests

   12.8    18.3  

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

   

Operating income(2) (unaudited)

  $1,336.2   $1,351.9  

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

   872.3    784.2  

Comprehensive income

   310.5    484.8  

Comprehensive income attributable to:

   

Equity shareholders

   305.9    469.0  

Non-controlling interests

   4.6    15.8  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency (3) (unaudited)

   2.6x    3.0x  

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012 2011 2010 
  (in millions, except ratio) 

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

    

Revenues

    

Telecommunications

  $2,635.1   $2,430.7   $2,228.8  

News Media

   960.0    1,018.4    1,015.0  

Broadcasting

   461.1    445.5    448.2  

Leisure and Entertainment

   292.5    312.9    302.5  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   145.5    120.9    98.0  

Inter-segment

   (142.4  (121.8  (92.4
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   4,351.8    4,206.6    4,000.1  

Employee costs

   (1,057.8  (1,011.4  (935.3

Purchase of goods and services

   (1,888.7  (1,859.0  (1,712.9

Amortization

   (597.7  (509.3  (396.7

Financial expenses

   (326.4  (311.5  (300.7

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   198.3    54.6    46.1  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (29.4  (30.2  (37.1

Impairement of goodwill and intangible assets

   (201.5  —      —    

Loss on debt refinancing

   (67.7  (6.6  (12.3

Income taxes

   (137.0  (146.4  (162.6
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

  $243.9   $386.8   $488.6  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income attributable to:

    

Shareholders

   245.7    374.0    470.3  

Non-controlling interests

   (1.8  12.8    18.3  

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

    

Operating income(1) (unaudited)

  $1,405.3   $1,336.2   $1,351.9  

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

   805.5    872.3    784.2  

Comprehensive income

   237.0    310.5    484.8  

Comprehensive income attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders

   241.6    305.9    469.0  

Non-controlling interests

   (4.6  4.6    15.8  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency(2) (unaudited)

   2.1x    2.6x    3.0x  
  At December 31,   As at and for the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011   2010   2012 2011 2010 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $146.4    $242.7    $228.7   $146.4   $242.7  

Total assets

   8,998.7     8,558.3     8,960.8    8,998.7    8,558.3  

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

   3,697.9     3,513.4     4,428.7    3,697.9    3,513.4  

Capital stock

   1,752.4     1,752.4     4,116.1    1,752.4    1,752.4  

Equity attributable to shareholders

   2,889.3     2,683.4     2,030.5    2,889.3    2,683.4  

Dividends

   100.0     87.5     100.0    100.0    87.5  

Number of common shares outstanding

   123.6     123.6     103.3    123.6    123.6  

CANADIAN GAAP DATA

 

  Year Ended December 31, 
  Year Ended December 31,   2010 2009 2008 
  2010(1) 2009(1) 2008(1) 2007(1)   (in millions, except ratio) 
  (in millions, except ratio) 

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

         

Revenues

         

Telecommunications

  $2,228.8   $2,020.4   $1,827.2   $1,575.5    $2,228.8   $2,020.4   $1,827.2  

News Media

   1,015.0    1,035.7    1,187.7    1,075.7     1,015.0    1,035.7    1,187.7  

Broadcasting

   448.2    439.0    436.7    415.5     448.2    439.0    436.7  

Leisure and Entertainment

   302.5    307.8    301.9    329.8     302.5    307.8    301.9  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   98.0    91.0    89.6    82.0     98.0    91.0    89.6  

Inter-segment

   (92.4  (87.5  (83.7  (87.9   (92.4  (87.5  (83.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   4,000.1    3,806.4    3,759.4    3,390.6     4,000.1    3,806.4    3,759.4  

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

   (2,652.3  (2,521.7  (2,639.8  (2,427.2   (2,652.3  (2,521.7  (2,639.8

Amortization

   (399.7  (341.5  (316.7  (287.7   (399.7  (341.5  (316.7

Financial expenses

   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0  (230.1   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   46.1    61.5    (3.7  (9.9   46.1    61.5    (3.7

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6  (11.2   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (671.2

Loss on debt refinancing

   (12.3  —      —      (1.0   (12.3  —      —    

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (671.2  (5.4

Income taxes

   (166.7  (177.3  (155.2  (75.7   (166.7  (177.3  (155.2

Non-controlling interest

   (18.8  (23.8  (23.2  (19.3   (18.8  (23.8  (23.2

Income from discontinued operations

   —      2.9    2.3    5.2     —      2.9    2.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $480.7   $525.1   $(378.7 $328.3    $480.7   $525.1   $(378.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

         

Operating income (2) (unaudited)

  $1,347.8   $1,284.7   $1,119.6   $963.4  

Operating income(1) (unaudited)

  $1,347.8   $1,284.7   $1,119.6  

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

   819.5    602.6    1,103.2    468.7     819.5    602.6    1,103.2  

Comprehensive income (loss)

   524.0    555.2    (438.3  374.3     524.0    555.2    (438.3

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency (4)(5) (unaudited)

   3.0x    3.3x   $212.4    2.7x  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency(3)(4)(unaudited)

   3.0x    3.3x   $212.4  
  As at and for the Year Ended December 31, 
  2010 2009 2008 
  (in millions) 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $242.7   $300.0   $22.5  

Total assets

   8,731.1    8,293.0    7,994.4  

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

   3,513.4    3,761.2    4,335.8  

Capital stock

   1,752.4    1,752.4    1,752.4  

Shareholders’ equity

   2,868.2    2,430.8    1,942.0  

Dividends

   87.5    75.0    65.0  

Number of common shares outstanding

   123.6    123.6    123.6  

U.S. GAAP DATA

 

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2010 2009 2008 
  (in millions, except ratio) 

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

    

Revenues

    

Telecommunications

  $2,235.5   $2,029.8   $1,827.7  

News Media

   1,015.0    1,035.7    1,187.7  

Broadcasting

   448.2    439.0    436.7  

Leisure and Entertainment

   302.5    307.8    301.9  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   98.0    91.0    89.6  

Inter-segment

   (92.4  (87.5  (83.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   4,006.8    3,815.8    3,759.9  

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

   (2,665.0  (2,551.4  (2,634.6

Amortization

   (399.7  (341.5  (316.5

Financial expenses

   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   24.0    18.6    0.1  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (667.4

Loss on debt refinancing

   (12.3  —      —    

Income taxes

   (156.8  (162.8  (165.1

Income from discontinued operations

   —      2.9    2.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $481.3   $500.2   $(351.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders

   462.6    475.1    (376.7

Non-controlling interests

   18.7    25.1    25.0  

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

    

Operating income(1)

  $1,341.8   $1,264.4   $1,125.3  

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

   811.1    600.8    1,103.2  

Comprehensive income (loss)

   420.9    495.0    (376.4

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders

   410.9    474.0    (401.2

Non-controlling interests

   10.0    21.0    24.8  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency(4)(5) (unaudited)

   2.9x    3.1x   $198.9  
  At December 31,   As at and for the Year Ended December 31, 
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2010 2009(1) 2008 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

  $242.7    $300.0    $22.5    $26.1    $242.7   $300.0   $22.5  

Total assets

   8,731.1     8,293.0     7,994.4     7,557.2     8,623.5    8,231.3    7,967.6  

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

   3,513.4     3,761.2     4,335.8     3,027.5     3,579.2    3,782.6    4,318.6  

Capital stock

   1,752.4     1,752.4     1,752.4     1,752.4     1,752.4    1,752.4    1,752.4  

Shareholders’ equity

   2,868.2     2,430.8     1,942.0     2,448.0     2,687.2    2,363.4    1,953.1  

Dividends

   87.5     75.0     65.0     110.0     87.5    75.0    65.0  

Number of common shares outstanding

   123.6     123.6     123.6     123.6     123.6    123.6    123.6  

 

(1)During the second quarter of 2011, certain specialized Internet sites were transferred from the News Media segment to the Telecommunications segment. Accordingly, prior period figures in the Company’s segmented financial information were reclassified to reflect this change.

(2)Operating income and ratios based on this measure are not required by or recognized under IFRS, Canadian GAAP or CanadianU.S. GAAP. We define operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairement of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing and income taxes. We defined operating income, as reconciled to net income (loss) under Canadian GAAP, as net income (loss) before amortization, financial expenses, gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, loss on debt refinancing, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes, non-controlling interests and income from discontinued operations. Under U.S. GAAP, we defined operating income, as reconciled to net income (loss) under U.S. GAAP, as net income (loss) before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes, and income from discontinued operations. Operating income, and ratios using this measure, are not intended to be regarded as alternatives to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity and should not be considered in isolation or as a

substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS, Canadian GAAP or CanadianU.S. GAAP. Our parent company, Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating our consolidated results as well as results of our operating segments. As such, this measure eliminates the significant level of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and of its affiliates. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our segments. We use other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies therefore limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. See “Presentation of Financial Information — Non IFRS Measures — Operating Income”Non-IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP/Non-U.S. GAAP Measures”. Our operating income is calculated from and reconciled to net income under IFRS for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 in the table below:

 

  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31, 
  2011 2010(1)   2012 2011 2010 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (IFRS)

       

Operating Income

       

Telecommunications

  $1,098.8   $1,047.3    $1,225.0   $1,098.8   $1,047.3  

News Media

   150.1    191.4     115.1    150.1    191.4  

Broadcasting

   50.5    74.9     38.1    50.5    74.9  

Leisure and Entertainment

   26.6    27.6     13.1    26.6    27.6  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   7.9    6.0     9.8    7.9    6.0  

Head office

   2.3    4.7     4.2    2.3    4.7  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   1,336.2    1,351.9     1,405.3    1,336.2    1,351.9  

Amortization

   (509.3  (396.7   (597.7  (509.3  (396.7

Financial expenses

   (311.5  (300.7   (326.4  (311.5  (300.7

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   54.6    46.1     198.3    54.6    46.1  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (30.2  (37.1   (29.4  (30.2  (37.1

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   (201.5  —      —    

Loss on debt refinancing

   (6.6  (12.3   (67.7  (6.6  (12.3

Income taxes

   (146.4  (162.6   (137.0  (146.4  (162.6
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

  $386.8   $488.6    $243.9   $386.8   $488.6  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation under Canadian GAAP of operating income to net income (loss) as presented in our historical consolidated financial statements:statements not included in this annual report:

 

  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31, 
  2010(1) 2009(1) 2008(1) 2007(1)   2010 2009 2008 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (loss) (Canadian GAAP)

         

Operating Income

         

Telecommunications

  $1,047.0   $981.9   $808.7   $653.0    $1,047.0   $981.9   $808.7  

News Media

   189.2    190.5    216.3    222.1     189.2    190.5    216.3  

Broadcasting

   76.2    80.0    66.0    59.4     76.2    80.0    66.0  

Leisure and Entertainment

   27.5    25.9    20.2    26.9     27.5    25.9    20.2  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   6.0    4.1    5.1    2.8     6.0    4.1    5.1  

Head office

   1.9    2.3    3.3    (0.8   1.9    2.3    3.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   1,347.8    1,284.7    1,119.6    963.4     1,347.8    1,284.7    1,119.6  

Amortization

   (399.7  (341.5  (316.7  (287.7   (399.7  (341.5  (316.7

Financial expenses

   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0  (230.1   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   46.1    61.5    (3.7  (9.9   46.1    61.5    (3.7

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6  (11.2   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (671.2

Loss on debt refinancing

   (12.3  —      —      (1.0   (12.3  —      —    

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (671.2  (5.4

Income taxes

   (166.7  (177.3  (155.2  (75.7   (166.7  (177.3  (155.2

Non-controlling interest

   (18.8  (23.8  (23.2  (19.3   (18.8  (23.8  (23.2

Income from discontinued operations

   —      2.9    2.3    5.2     —      2.9    2.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $480.7   $525.1   $(378.7 $328.3    $480.7   $525.1   $(378.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation under U.S. GAAP of operating income to net income (loss) as presented in our historical consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2010  2009  2008 
   (in millions) 

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (loss) (U.S. GAAP)

    

Operating Income

    

Telecommunications

  $1,039.4   $976.1   $809.8  

News Media

   190.4    178.8    217.2  

Broadcasting

   76.3    79.9    67.1  

Leisure and Entertainment

   27.5    25.9    20.5  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   6.0    4.1    5.1  

Head office

   2.2    (0.4  5.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,341.8    1,264.4    1,125.3  

Amortization

   (399.7  (341.5  (316.5

Financial expenses

   (265.4  (238.2  (276.0

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   24.0    18.6    0.1  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (50.3  (29.6  (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   —      (13.6  (667.4

Loss on debt refinancing

   (12.3  —      —    

Income taxes

   (156.8  (162.8  (165.1

Income from discontinued operations

   —      2.9    2.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $481.3   $500.2   $(351.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders

   462.6    475.1    (376.7

Non-controlling interest

   18.7    25.1    25.0  

(3)(2)For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under IFRS, (i) earnings consist of net income, plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.
(4)(3)For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under Canadian GAAP, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus non-controlling interest, income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.
(5)(4)Coverage deficiencies are expressed in millions of Canadian dollars. Our 2008 coverage deficiency was significant due to the non-cash charge related to an impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the amount of $671.2 million pursuant to Canadian GAAP and in the amount of $667.4 million pursuant to U.S. GAAP.

B -(5)CapitalizationFor the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under U.S. GAAP, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and Indebtedness(ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

Not applicable.B - Risk Factors

C -Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D-Risk Factors

This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect our business, revenues, results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market value of our issued and outstanding Senior Notes. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in the section “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the forepart of this annual report. The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our cable and telecommunications businessesWe operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

In ourOur cable operations, we competebusiness competes against providers of direct broadcast satellite (or“DBS”DBS, which in Canada are also referred to as“DTH”DTH, for “direct-to-home” satellite providers), multichannel multipoint distribution systems (or“MDS”MDS), and satellite master antenna television systems. In addition, we compete against incumbent local exchange carriers (or“ILECs”ILECs), which have secured licenses to launch video distribution services using video digital subscriber line (or“VDSL”VDSL) technology (also known as internet protocol television or“IPTV”IPTV). The main ILEC in our market holds a regional license to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and several other communities in the Province of Québec. The same ILEC is also a cable operator in our main service area and recently launched its own IPTV service in Montréal which is expected to be launched(including a portion of the greater Montreal area) and in Québec City in the coming months and with aCity. A full rollout throughout the Province of Québec is expected in the years to come. The direct access to some broadcasters’ web sites that provide in high definition streaming video-on-demand content is also available for some of the same channels we offer in our television programming. In addition, third-party Internet access providers (or“TPIAs”) could launch IP video services in our footprint using ILEC DSL networks.footprint.

We also face competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access to non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy), as well as from signal theft of DBS that enables customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include the video store industry (rental & sale) as well as other emerging content delivery platforms. Furthermore, over-the-top (“OTT”) content providers, such as Netflix, are expected to compete for viewership.

Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinction between traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet and telephony) is fading rapidly. For instance, the Internet, as well as distribution over mobile devices, are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G and Long Term Evolution and Advanced (also known as“LTE”LTE) networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services. In addition, our VoIP telephony service also competes with Internet-based solutions.

In our Internet access business, we compete against other Internet service providers (or“ISP”ISPs), and TPIA offering residential and commercial Internet access services as well as WiMAX and open Wi-Fi networks in some cities. In addition, satellite operators such as Xplornet are increasing their existing high-speed Internet access (“HSIA”) capabilities with the launch of high-throughput satellites, targeting households in rural and remote locations and claiming future download speeds of up to 25 Mbps. The CRTC also requires uscable and ILEC network providers, including ourselves, to offer wholesale access to our high-speed Internet systemsystems to third party ISP competitors and third-party ISPs to access our network, for the purpose of providing telephony and networking applications, in addition to retail Internet access services. These third party ISP competitors may also provide telephony and networking applications.

Our VoIP servicecable telephony business has numerous competitors, including ILECs, competitive local exchange carriers (or“CLECs”CLECs), mobile telephony service operators and other providers of telephony, VoIP and Internet communications, including competitors that are not facilities-based and therefore have a much lower infrastructure cost. In addition, internet protocol-based ((““IP-based”IP-based) products and services are generally subject to downward pricing pressure, lower margins and technological evolution, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operation.

In our mobile High-Speed Packet Access (“HSPA+”) telephony business, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, with others offering only mobile telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communications needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which

have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. There can be no assurance that current or future competitors will not provide network capacity and/or services comparable or superior to those we provide or may in the future provide, or at lower prices, adapt more quickly to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements, or introduce competing services. For instance, since 2008 some providers of mobile telephony services (including most of the incumbent carriers as well as at least one other new entrant) have launched lower-cost mobile telephony services in order to acquire additional market share and increase their respective mobile telephony penetration rates in our market. Also, the Canadian incumbents have started rolling out their LTE 4G networks, and this technology is expected to become an industry standard. The cost of implementing, modifying our existing network or competing against future technological innovations may be prohibitive to us, and we may lose customers if we fail to keep pace with these changes or fail to keep pace with surging network capacity demand. Any of these factors could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably. Moreover, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations. See also the risk factor “— Videotron is using a new technology for which only a limited offernumber of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness” below.competitiveness.”

Finally, a few of our competitors are offering special discounts to customers who subscribe to two or more of their services (cable television or IPTV, internet, residential phone and mobile telephony services). As a result, should we fail to keep our existing customers and lose them to such competitors, we may end up losing up to one subscriber for each of our services. This could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operation.

We have entered into roaming agreements with other mobile operators in order to provide worldwide coverage to our mobile telephony customers. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

We have entered into roaming agreements with multiple carriers around the world (including Canada, the United States and Europe), and have established worldwide coverage. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

In addition, various aspects of mobile communications operations, including the ability of mobile providers to enter into interconnection agreements with traditional landline telephone companies and the ability of mobile providers to manage data traffic on their networks, are subject to regulation by the CRTC. TheRegulations adopted or actions taken by the government agencies having jurisdiction over any mobile business that we may develop could adopt regulations or take other actions that could adversely affect our mobile business and operations, including actions that could increase competition or that could increase our costs.

Our reputation may be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have generally enjoyed a good reputation among the public. Our ability to maintain our existing customer relationships and to attract new customers depends to a large extent on our reputation. While we have put in place certain mechanisms to mitigate the risk that our reputation may be tarnished, including good governance practices and a code of ethics, we cannot be assured that we will continue to enjoy a good reputation nor can we be assured that events that are beyond our control will not cause our reputation to be negatively impacted. The loss or tarnishing of our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Videotron is using a new technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness.

Advanced wireless services ((“AWS”) in the 2GHz range is a spectrum that has not been broadly used until recently for mobile telephony. While certain mobile device suppliers offer hardware for AWS technology, there are still only a limited number of AWS handsets on the market, which could reduce our ability to compete with our competitors that offer a broader range of handsets. As a result, the handset portfolio for AWS we are currently offering does not

include certain more popular devices and is not as broad as those of certain other providers. Moreover, most handset manufacturers have reduced the number of stock keeping units in their portfolio. In addition, the handsets available to us are sometimes subject to an exclusivity period which varies in length when they are released to market. If manufacturers continue to offer exclusivity on future products in Canada, this could potentially reduce the number of handsets available to us in the AWS band. We could potentially incur higher customer acquisition costs due to a smaller market for this type of technology and could potentially have a reduced offer of handsets to offer to our customers, which could slow the growth of our customer base and adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and competitively.

We are regularly required to make capital expenditures to remain technologically and economically competitive. We may not be able to obtain additional capital to implement our business strategies and make certain capital expenditures.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services we offer and launching new products and services requires capital investments in our network and infrastructure to support growth in our customer base and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. In this regard, we have in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our network and the launch and expansiondeployment of new or additional services. We expect that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain our systems and services, including expenditures relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition television ((““HDTV”HDTV), as well as the cost of our mobile services infrastructure deployment.

The demand for wireless data services has been growing at unprecedented rates and it is projected that this demand will further accelerate, driven by increasingthe following increases: levels of broadband penetration, increasingpenetration; need for personal connectivity and networking, increasingnetworking; affordability of smartphones and Internet-only devices (e.g., high-usage data devices such as mobile Internet keys, tablets and electronic book readers), increasingly; multimedia-rich services and applications, increasingapplications; wireless competition,competition; and possibly unlimited data plans. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. We may have to acquire additional spectrum, if available and if economically reasonable, in order to address this increased demand. The ability to acquire additional spectrum (if needed) is dependent on the timing and the rules established by Industry Canada. If we are not successful in acquiring additional spectrum if needed on reasonable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and financial condition. See also “Business Overview — Regulation — Canadian Telecommunications Services — Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services.”

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the funds necessary to finance our capital improvement programs, new strategies and services or other capital expenditure requirements, whether through cash from operations, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, we may not be able to implement our business strategies or proceed with the capital expenditures and investments required to maintain our leadership position, and our business, financial condition, results of operations,

reputation and prospects could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to obtain adequate funding, the period of time required to upgrade our network could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Moreover, additional funds that we invest in our business may not translate into incremental revenues.

See also the risk factors “— Our cable and telecommunications businessesWe operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations”, “— We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies, and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development” and “— Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure — We may requirebe required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us”.us.”

We may need to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our cable network.

We require access to the support structures of hydro electric and telephone utilities and to municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access to the structures of telephone utilities cannot be secured, we may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under theTelecommunications Act (Canada) (theTelecommunications Act”Act). We have entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in our service territory. Our agreement with Hydro-Québec, by far the largestmost significant of the hydro electric companies, expiresthem, expired in December 2012. RatesNegotiations are currently adjusted annually based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI).under way toward renewing this agreement. An increase in rates charged by Hydro-Québec could have a significant impact on Videotron’s cost structure.

We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.

Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our strategies include offering multi-platform advertising solutions, generating and distributing content across a spectrum of media properties and assets, launching and deploying additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further integrating the operations of our subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering and maximizing customer satisfaction. We may not be able to fully implement these strategies or realize their anticipated results without incurring significant costs or at all. In addition, our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties, increased ongoing operating costs, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition, technological changes and the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section. While the centralization of certain business operations and processes has the advantage of standardizing our practices, thereby reducing costs and increasing our effectiveness, it also represents a risk in itself should a business solution implemented by a centralized office throughout the organization fail to produce the intended results. We may also be required to make capital expenditures or other investments, which may affect our ability to implement our business strategies to the extent we are unable to secure additional financing on acceptable terms or generate sufficient funds internally to cover these requirements. Any material failure to implement our strategies could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.

We could be adversely impacted by consumers’ switch from landline telephony to mobile telephony.

The recent trend toward mobile substitution or “cord-cutting” (when users cancel their landline telephony services and opt for mobile telephony services only) is largely the result of the increasing mobile penetration rate in Canada and the various unlimited offers launched by mobile operators. We may not be successful in converting our existing cable telephony subscriber base to our mobile telephony services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development.

The media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological change, which has resulted in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional media. Furthermore, in each of our broadcasting markets, industry

regulators have authorized DTH, microwave services and VDSL services and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television and other content with improved speed and quality. We may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as IPTV, or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

The continuous technological improvement of the Internet, combined with higher download speeds and cost reductions for customers, may divert a portion of our existing television subscriber base from our video-on-demand services to new video-over-the-Internet model. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, video-over-the-Internet could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

We have grown rapidly and are seeking to continue our growth. If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our operations in recent years. We have sought in the past, and may in the future seek, to make opportunistic or strategic acquisitions and further expand the types of businesses in which we participate, as was the case for our expansion into facilities-based mobile telephony operations, under appropriate conditions. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in either developing or fulfilling the objectives of any such acquisition or business expansion.

In addition, our expansion and acquisitions may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources, and may limit our ability to pursue other strategic and business initiatives, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations. Furthermore, if we are not successful in managing and integrating any acquired businesses, or if we are required to incur significant or unforeseen costs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We depend on key personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our senior management and our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, train and retain such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, to implement and manage our businesses and operating strategies effectively, we must maintain a high level of efficiency, performance and content quality, continue to enhance our operational and management systems, and continue to effectively attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. We currently anticipate a near-term need to attract and train a substantial number of new employees, including many skilled employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our News Media and Broadcasting businesses face substantial competition for advertising. In addition, advertising spend is being affected by continuing soft economic conditions as well as the continuing fragmentation of the media landscape.and circulation revenues/audience.

Advertising revenue is the primary source of revenue for our News Media business and our Broadcasting business. Our revenues and operating results in these businesses depend on the relative strength of the economy in our principal News Medianewspapers and television markets, as well as the strength or weakness of local, regional and national economic factors. These economic factors affect the levels of retail, national and classified News Medianewspapers advertising revenue, as well as television advertising revenue. Since a significant portion of our advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive sector advertisers, weakness in these sectors and in the real estate industry has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the revenues and results of operations of our News Media and Broadcasting businesses. Continuing or deepening softness in the Canadian or U.S. economy could further adversely affect key national advertising revenue.

In additionAdvertising revenues for our News Media business are also driven by readership and circulation levels, as well as market demographics, price, service and advertiser results. Readership and circulation levels tend to be based upon the impactcontent of economic cycles, the newspaper, service, availability and price. A prolonged decline in readership and circulation levels in our newspaper business and lack of audience acceptance for our content would have a material effect on the rate and volume

of our newspaper advertising revenues (as rates reflect circulation and readership, among other factors), and it could also affect our ability to institute circulation price increases for our print products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

The newspaper industry is experiencing structural changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising industry.industry as well as the declining frequency of regular newspaper buying, particularly among young people, who increasingly rely on non-traditional media as a source for news. As a result, competition for advertising spend and circulation revenues comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs,medium, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet and distribution over wireless devices and e-readers) to consumersreaders and advertisers.

While we continue to pursue initiatives to offer value-added advertising solutions to our advertisers and to maintain our circulation base, such as investments in the re-design and overhaul of our newspaper websites and the publication of e-editions of a number of our newspapers, we may not be successful in retaining our historical share of advertising revenues.revenues or transfer our audience to our new digital products. The ability of our News Media business to grow and succeed over the long-term depends on various factors, including our ability to attract advertisers and readers (including subscribers) to our online sites, which depends partly on our abilitysites. Our new initiatives developed to generate additional revenues from our websites (such as digital platform advertising and/or our paywall revenue model) may not be accepted by users and consequently, negatively affect online traffic and partly on the rate at which users click through on advertisements. We may be adversely affected by the development of new technologies to block the display of our advertisements and theretraffic. In addition, we can beprovide no assurance that we will be successful in attracting online traffic or advertisersable to our Internet sites.recover the costs associated with the implementation of these initiatives through increased circulation, advertising and digital revenues.

In broadcasting, the proliferation of cable and satellite channels, advancesprogress in mobile and wireless technology, the migration of television audiences to the Internet and the viewing public’s increased control over the manner, content and timing of their media consumption through personal video recording devices, have all contributed to the fragmentation of the television viewing audience and in a more challenging advertising sales environment. For example, the increased availability of personal video recording devices and video programming on the Internet, as well as increased access to various media through mobile devices, have the potential to reduce the viewing of our content through traditional

distribution outlets. Some of these new technologies also give consumers greater flexibility to watch programming on a time-delayed or on-demand basis or to fast-forward or skip advertisements within our programming, which may adversely impact the advertising revenues we receive. Delayed viewing and advertising skipping have the potential to become more common as the penetration of personal video recording devices increases and content becomes increasingly available via Internet sources.

These factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. See also the risk factor “– Our News Media and Broadcasting businesses face substantial competition for readership and audience share, respectively. Our newspaper circulation levels and broadcasting audience share may continue to decline as consumers migrate to other media alternatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects”, as well as “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation – Canadian Broadcast Programming (Off the Air and Thematic Television) – Advertising.”

Our News Media and Broadcasting businesses face substantial competition for readership and audience share, respectively. Our newspaper circulation levels and broadcasting audience share may continue to decline as consumers migrate to other media alternatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Revenue generation in our News Media business depends in large part on advertising revenues, which are in turn driven by readership and circulation levels, as well as market demographics, price, service and advertiser results. Readership and circulation levels tend to be based upon the content of the newspaper, service, availability and price. For several years, we, along with the newspaper industry as a whole, have experienced challenges in maintaining circulation volume and revenues because of, among other things, competition from other newspapers and other media platforms (often free to the user), such as the Internet and wireless devices, as well as the declining frequency of regular newspaper buying, particularly among young people, who increasingly rely on non-traditional media as a source for news. A prolonged decline in readership and circulation levels in our newspaper business would have a material effect on the rate and volume of our newspaper advertising revenues (as rates reflect circulation and readership, among other factors), and it could also affect our ability to institute circulation price increases for our print products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. To maintain our circulation base and online traffic, we may incur additional costs, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to recover these costs through increased circulation and advertising revenues. Lack of audience acceptance for our content or fragmented readership could also limit our ability to generate advertising and circulation revenues.

In our Broadcasting business, audience share and ratings information, as well as audience demographics and price, are the principal drivers in the competition for television advertising. As with the newspaper industry, the conventional television audience has grown increasingly fragmented, due in large part to the proliferation and growth in popularity of cable and satellite channels and the migration to alternative content delivery sources, such as the Internet and wireless devices, which are increasingly being used for distribution of (and access to) news, entertainment and other content. If the broadcasting market continues to fragment, our audience share levels and our advertising revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to distribute a wide range of television programming on commercially reasonable terms.

The financial performance of our cable and mobile services businesses depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates. We obtain television programming from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. These suppliers have become, in recent years, vertically integrated and are now more limited in number. The quality and amount of television programming we offer affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and, accordingly, the rates we can charge for these services. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, our inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates or our inability to pass-through rate increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain cable customers depends, to a certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content, high definition programming, an appealing variety of programming choices and packages, as well as

multiplatform distribution and on-demand content, at competitive prices. If the number of specialty channels being offered does not increase at the level and the pace comparable to our competitors, if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, or if we are unable to offer multiplatform availability, high definition programming and on-demand content, it may have a significant negative impact on revenues from our cable operations.

We may be adversely affected by variations in our costs, quality and variety of our television programming.

The most significant costcosts in our Broadcasting business is television programming. Our Broadcasting operations may be exposed to volatilebroadcasting are programming and production costs. Increased competition in the television broadcasting industry, developments affecting producers and distributors of programming content, the vertical integration of distributors and broadcasters, changes in viewer preferences and other developments could impact both the availability and the costs of programming content and the costs of production. Future increases or increased televisionvolatility in programming and production costs which maycould adversely affect ourthe operating results.

results of the Company. Developments in cable, satellite Internet, wireless andor other forms of content distribution could also affect both the availability and the cost of programming and production and increase competition for advertising revenue. The production and distribution costs of television and other forms of entertainment may also increase in the future. Moreover, programs may be purchased for broadcasting two to three years in advance, making it difficult to predict how such programs will perform. In some instances, programs must be replaced before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in accounting adjustments that would accelerate the recognition of expenses.expenditures.

We may be adversely affected by variations in the cost of newsprint. In addition, our newspaper operations are labour-intensive, resulting in a relatively high fixed-cost structure.

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2011,2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 146,600140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 10.9%9.4% ($83.579.8 million) of our News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our income, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (ourNewsprint Supplier”Supplier). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates for purchases aboveif certain thresholds are met and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint. Our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier is a 3-year agreementexpires on December 31, 2014 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew this agreement or that our Newsprint Supplier will continue to supply newsprint to us on favourable terms or at all after the expiry of our agreement. If we are unable to continue to source newsprint from our Newsprint Supplier on favourable terms, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially, which could materially adversely affect the profitability of our newspaper business and our results of operations. We also rely on our Newsprint Supplier for deliveries of newsprint. The availability of our newsprint supply, and therefore our operations, may be adversely affected by various factors, including labor disruptions affecting our Newsprint Supplier or the cessation of operations of our Newsprint Supplier.

In addition, since our newspaper publishing isoperations are labour intensive and our operations are located across Canada, our newspaper business has a relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, our revenue may decrease while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a single clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a primary headend and our analog television services through twelve additional regional headends in our single clustered network. Despite available emergency backup or replacement sites, a failure in our primary headend, including pursuant to exogenous threats, such as natural disasters, sabotage or terrorism, or dependence on certain external infrastructure providers (such as electricity), could prevent us from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until we have resolved the failure, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction, loss of revenues and potential civil litigation.

We are dependent upon our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties. The inability to enhance our systems, or to protect them from a security breach or disaster, could have an adverse impact on our financial results and operations.

The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing,

generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position. In addition, although we use industry standard networks and established information technology security and survivability/disaster recovery practices, a security breach or disaster or a violation of our internet security could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.

In our cable, Internet access and telephony operations,business, we may not be able to protect our services and data from piracy. We may be unable to prevent electronic attacks to gain unauthorized access to our network, analog and digital programming, as well asand our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized access to our services,network, programming and data, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in our revenues.revenues as well as significant remediation costs and legal claims.

Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data services.

Our cable data customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we or they may become victim of common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers, including deterioration of service, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our customers’ equipment and data or ours. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, to loss of customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data, customers or revenue, or a significant increase in costs of serving those customers could adversely affect our reputation, growth, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services, information and other items critical to our operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services, hardware and equipment that are critical to our operations.operations and network evolution. These materials and services include set-top boxes, mobile telephony handsets and network equipment, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers, fibre-optic cable, telephony switches, inter-city links, support structures, software, the “backbone” telecommunications network for our Internet access and telephony services, and construction services for expansion and upgrades of our cable and mobile networks. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers.suppliers and therefore we face the risks of supplier disruption, including pursuant to business difficulties, restructuring or supply-chain issues. If no supplier can provide us with the equipmentsequipment or services that we require or that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See also the risk factor “— Videotron is using a technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costscost and reduce our competitiveness”.

In addition, we obtain significant information through licensing arrangements with content providers. Some providers may seek to increase fees for providing their proprietary content. If we are unable to renegotiate commercially acceptable arrangements with these content providers or find alternative sources of equivalent content, our News Media operations may be adversely affected.

We may be adversely affected by litigation and other claims.

In the normal course, we are involved in various legal proceedings and other claims relating to the conduct of our business. Although, in the opinion of our management, the outcome of current pending claims and other litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, liquidity or financial position, a negative outcome in respect of any such claim or litigation could have such an adverse effect. Moreover, the cost of defending against lawsuits and diversion of management’s attention could be significant. See also “Item 8. Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” in this annual report.

We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labour protests.

At December 31, 2011,2012, approximately 41%40% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently party to 10198 collective bargaining agreements:agreements

Videotron is party to five collective bargaining agreements representing approximately 3,700 unionized employees. The two most important collective bargaining agreements, covering unionized employees in the Montréal and Québec City regions, have terms extending to December 31, 2013. There are also two collective bargaining agreements covering unionized employees in the Saguenay and Gatineau regions, with terms running through December 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015, respectively, and one other collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 50 employees of our SETTE inc. subsidiary, which will expire on December 31, 2012.

Sun Media is party to 73 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,510 unionized employees. 11 collective bargaining agreements have expired, representing approximately 100 unionized employees, or 6% of its unionized workforce. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2012. Of the other collective bargaining agreements, 38 will expire in 2012, representing approximately 475 employees or 31% of its unionized workforce, and the others to expire on various dates through December 2019.

TVA Group is party to 13 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,230 unionized employees. Of this number, eight collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 200 unionized employees or 19% of its unionized workforce, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are in progress. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

Of the other 10 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 580 unionized employees, two collective bargaining agreement representing approximately 200 unionized employees or 35% of its unionized workforce are expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are in progress. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between December 2012 and December 2017.

We cannotare not currently subject to a labour dispute. Nevertheless, we can neither predict the outcome of any current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, union representation or the renewal of our collective bargaining agreements, nor can we assure youprovide any assurance that we will not experience future work stoppages, strikes property damage or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

We could be impacted by increased pension plan liabilities.

The economic cycle and employee demographics could have a negative impact on the funding of our defined benefit pension plans and the related expenditures. There is no guarantee that the expenditures and contributions required to fund these pension plans will not increase in the future and therefore negatively impact our operating results and financial position. Risks related to the funding of defined benefit plans may materialize if total obligations with respect to a pension plan exceed the total value of its trust fund. Shortfalls may arise due to lower-than-expected returns on investments, changes in the discount rate used to assess the pension plan’s obligations, and actuarial losses. This risk is mitigated by policies and procedures instituted by us and our pension committees to monitor investment risk and pension plan funding. It is also mitigated by the fact that some of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are no longer offered to new employees.

We may be adversely affected by litigation and other claims.

In the normal course, we are involved in various legal proceedings and other claims relating to the conduct of our business. Although, in the opinion of our management, the outcome of current pending claims and other litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, liquidity or financial position, a negative outcome in respect of any such claim or litigation could have such an adverse effect. Moreover, the cost of defending against lawsuits and diversion of management’s attention could be significant. See also “Item 8. Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” in this annual report.

We may be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. However, certain expenditures, such as the purchase of set-top boxes and cable modems, mobile devices (handsets) and certain capital expenditures, including certain costs related to the development and maintenance of our mobile network, are paid in U.S. dollars. Also, a substantial portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, thereon is payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar-denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign-exchange gains or losses. Although we have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt outstanding at December 31, 2011,2012, and we intend in the future to enter into such transactions for new U.S. dollar-denominated debt, these hedging transactions could, in certain circumstances, prove economically ineffective and may not be successful in protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide cash and other collateral to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions, or we may in the future be unable to enter into such transactions on favorable terms or at all.

In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Company and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then-fair value.

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments we are party to is estimated using period-end market rates and reflects the amount we would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated and settled at those dates, as adjusted for counterparties’ non-performance risk. At December 31, 2011,2012, the net aggregate fair value of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign-exchange forward contracts was in a net liability position of $280.5 million.$262.9 million on a consolidated basis. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this annual report.

Certain of the commodities we consume in our daily operations are traded on commodities exchanges or are negotiated on their respective markets in U.S. dollars and, therefore, although we pay our suppliers in Canadian dollars, the prices we pay for such commodities may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate. We have entered into and may in the future enter into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk related to the prices of some of those commodities. However, fluctuations of the exchange rate for the portion of our commodities purchases that are not hedged could affect the prices we pay for such commodities and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.

The capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility and disruption over the last several years, resulting in periods of extreme upward pressure on the cost of new debt capital and severe restrictions in credit availability for many companies. TheIn these periods, the disruptions in the capital and credit markets have also resulted in higher interest rates or greater credit spreads on issuance of debt securities and increased costs under credit facilities. Continuation of these disruptionsDisruptions in the capital and credit markets could increase our interest expense, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and financial position.

Our access to funds under our existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the financial institutions that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those financial institutions may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests within a short period of time. Moreover, the obligations of the financial institutions under our credit facilities are several and not joint and, as a result, a funding default by one or more institutions does not need to be made up by the others.

Longer-term volatility and continued disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation of financial institutions, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity and the affordability of funding needed for our businesses in the longer term. Such disruptions could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Continued market disruptions and broader economic challenges may lead to lower demand for certain of our products and increased incidences of customers’ inability to pay or timely pay for the services or products that we provide. Events such as these could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, financial position and prospects.

Risks Relating to Our IndustriesRegulation

We are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making. Changes in government regulation or policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making in Canada. Laws and regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of broadcast programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern, among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. For the time being, thereThere are significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting licenses and telecommunications carriers in Canada, although the federal government is currently reviewing whether to relaxrecently eliminated the foreign ownership restrictions.restrictions on telecommunications companies with less than 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues. Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access service) are regulated respectively by theBroadcasting Act (Canada) (theBroadcasting Act”Act) and the Telecommunications Act and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and policies in accordance with the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet. Our wireless and cable operations are also subject to technical requirements, license conditions and performance standards under theRadiocommunication Act(Canada) (theRadiocommunication Act”Act), which is administered by Industry Canada.

In addition, laws relating to communications, data protection, e-commerce, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have become more prevalent in recent years. Existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information. For a more extensive description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation”.

Changes to the laws, regulations and policies governing our operations, the introduction of new laws, regulations, policies or terms of license, the issuance of new licenses, including additional spectrum licenses to our competitors or changes in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business (including how we provide products and services), financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. It is difficult to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts, or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us.

The CRTC may not renew our existing distribution licenses or grant us new licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our CRTC broadcasting and distribution licenses must be renewed from time to time, typically every seven years, and cannot be transferred without regulatory approval. While CRTC regulations and policies do not require CRTC approval before a broadcaster purchases an unregulated media entity, such as a newspaper, the CRTC may consider the issue of our cross-media ownership at license renewal proceedings, and may also consider this issue in deciding whether to grant new licenses. The CRTC further has the power to prevent or address the emergence of undue competitive advantage on behalf of one licensee where it is found to exist.

The CRTC may require us to take measures which could have a material adverse effect on the integration of our assets, our employees and our ability to realize certain of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions. Our inability to renew any of our licenses or acquire new interests or licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Industry Canada may not renew Videotron’s AWS licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

Videotron’s AWS licenses were issued in December 2008 for a term of ten years. At least two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent term, Videotron may apply for a renewed license for a term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight of the license.

We are required to provide third-party ISPs with access to our cable systems, which may result in increased competition.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. Several third-party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAN/VPN) applications in addition to retail Internet access services. As a result of these requirements, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and residential telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Certain of our facilities are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, the handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste, recycling, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability to us. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any of our properties, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

Concerns about alleged health risks relating to radiofrequency emissions may adversely affect our business.

Some studies have alleged links between radiofrequency emissions from certain wireless devices and cell sites and various health problems or possible interference with electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. All our cell sites comply with applicable laws and we rely on our suppliers to ensure that the network equipment and customer equipment supplied to us meets all applicable safety requirements. While there is no definitive evidence of harmful effects from exposure to radiofrequency emissions when the limits imposed by applicable laws and regulations are complied with, additional studies of radiofrequency emissions are ongoing and we cannot be sure that the results of any such future studies will not demonstrate a link between radiofrequency emissions and health problems.

The current concerns over radiofrequency emissions or perceived health risks of exposure to radiofrequency emissions could lead to additional governmental regulation, diminished use of wireless services, including Videotron’s, or expose us to potential litigation. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Subject to the realization of various conditions and factors, we may have to record, in the future, asset impairment charges, which could be material and could adversely affect our future reported results of operations and shareholders’ equity.

We have recorded, in the past, asset impairment charges which, in some cases, have been material. Subject to the realization of various factors, including, but not limited to, continuous weak economic or market conditions, we may be required to record, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) accounting valuation principles, a non-cash charge if the financial statement carrying value of an asset is in excess of its recoverable value. Any such asset impairment charge could be material and may adversely affect our future reported results of operations and shareholders’ equity, although such charges would not affect our cash flow.

Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure

Our indebtedness and significant interest payment requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult for us to fulfill our obligations, including our obligations under our Senior Notes.

We currently have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As at December 31, 2011,2012, we had $3.7$4.4 billion of consolidated long-term debt. Our indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the following:

 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to making interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes;

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate;

 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater financial resources; and

 

limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Although we have significant indebtedness, as at December 31, 2011,2012, we had approximately $827.0 million$1 billion available for additional borrowings under our existing credit facilities on a consolidated basis, and the indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and its maturities, as well as our latest financing transactions, refer to Notes 18 and 19 to our audited

consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 20112012 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report. See also the risk factor “— Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities”.opportunities.”

Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes contain a number of operating and financial covenants restricting our ability to, among other things:

 

incur indebtedness;

 

create liens;

 

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

 

make certain types of investments;

 

restrict dividends or other payments from restricted subsidiaries;

 

enter into transactions with affiliatesaffiliates;

 

issue guarantees of debt; and

 

sell assets or merge with other companies.

If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our creditors, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and could, if not cured or waived, result in an acceleration of such indebtedness and cause cross-defaults under our other debt, including our Senior Notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it, and any such prepayment or refinancing could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.

We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on our Senior Notes.

We are a holding company and a substantial portion of our assets are the capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through our subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flow and ability to service our debt obligations, including our outstanding Senior Notes, are dependent upon the cash flow of our existing and future subsidiaries and the distribution of this cash flow to us, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make loans, advances or payments to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. Videotron has outstanding several series of debt securities and each of Videotron and TVA Group has credit facilities that limit the ability of each to distribute cash to us. In addition, if our existing or future subsidiaries incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing that debt which may be more restrictive than those that we are currently subject to.

The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors as well as structural changes, many of which are outside of our or their

control. We can provide no assurance thatIf the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that they are able to distribute to us, as dividends or otherwise, will beare not sufficient for us, we may not be able to satisfy our debt obligations. If we are unable to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We can provide no assurance that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance these obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our existing debt instruments at or prior to their maturity. Our ability to obtain additional financing to repay such existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our operating performance. The tightening of credit availability and the challenges affecting global capital markets could also limit our or our subsidiaries’ ability to refinance existing maturities. There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to us on favourablefavorable terms or at all. See also the risk factor “— The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due”.due.”

There is no public market for our Senior Notes.

There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding Senior Notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of any of our Senior Notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or trading markets for, any series of our Senior Notes. The liquidity of any market for our Senior Notes will depend upon the number of holders of our Senior Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in our Senior Notes, prevailing interest rates, the

market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our Senior Notes could adversely affect their market price and liquidity.

In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically, including recently, been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices of securities. It is possible that the market for our Senior Notes will be subject to such disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on a holder’s ability to sell our Senior Notes, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

Non-U.S. holders of our Senior Notes are subject to restrictions on the transfer or resale of our notes.

Although we have registered certain series of our Senior Notes under the Securities Act, we did not, and we do not intend to, qualify our notes by prospectus in Canada, and, accordingly, the notes remain subject to restrictions on resale and transfer in Canada. In addition, non-U.S. holders remain subject to restrictions imposed by the jurisdiction in which the holder is resident.

We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes in the event of a change of control as required by the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes because we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control or our Senior Secured Credit Facilities may not allow the repurchases.

If we experience acertain change of control events, as that term is definedspecified in the indenturerespective indentures governing our Senior Notes, or if we or our subsidiaries dispose of significant assets under specified circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our Senior Notes prior to maturity. We can provide no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for additional financing to repurchase our Senior Notes following such change of control or asset sale. There is no sinking fund with respect to our outstanding Senior Notes.

In addition, a change of control would be an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Any future credit agreement or other agreementagreements relating to our senior indebtedness to which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Our failure to offer to repurchase our Senior Notes if required upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes, constitute an event of default under such indentures. Any such default could, in turn, constitute an event of default under future senior indebtedness, any of which may cause the related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase our Senior Notes and repay the debt.

Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees’ ability to enforce remedies under the indentures governing our Senior Notes or the Senior Notes themselves.

The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our Senior Notes, to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both theBankruptcy and Insolvency Act(Canada) and theCompanies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place. In addition, it may be possible in certain circumstances to restructure certain debt obligations under the corporate governing statute applicable to the debtor.

The powers of the court under theBankruptcy and Insolvency Act(Canada) and particularly under the CCAACompanies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) have been interpreted and exercised broadly so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding Senior Notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustees could exercise their respective rights under the respective indentures governing each series of our Senior Notes or whether and to what extent holders of our Senior Notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.

Non-U.S. holders of our Senior Notes are subject to restrictions on the transfer or resale of our notes.

Although we have registered certain series of our Senior Notes under the Securities Act, we did not, and we do not intend to, qualify our notes by prospectus in Canada, and, accordingly, the notes remain subject to restrictions on resale and transfer in Canada. In addition, non-U.S. holders remain subject to restrictions imposed by the jurisdiction in which the holder is resident.

U.S. investors in our Senior Notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Substantially all of our directors,Directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. We have agreed, underin accordance with the terms of the respective indentures governing each series of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 2016 and(other than our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 2016,Canadian-dollar denominated notes), to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indentures or such notes brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. Nevertheless,However, it may be difficult for holders of our Senior Notes to effect service of process within the United States upon directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to enforce against us or them in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S.under United States federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S.United States federal or state securities lawlaws against us or against our directors, controlling persons, officers and officersexperts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States.

Although our Senior Notes are referred to as “senior notes,” they are effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries.

Our Senior Notes are unsecured and, therefore, are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we may incur to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving us, the assets that serve as collateral for any secured indebtedness will be available to satisfy the obligations under the secured indebtedness before any payments are made on the notes. The notes are effectively subordinated to any

borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes and the notes permit us to incur additional secured indebtedness in the future, which could be significant.

Our subsidiaries will not guarantee the Senior Notes and will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. Holders of Senior Notes do not have a claim as a creditor against our subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are, therefore, structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. In the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any such subsidiary, all of such subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors) would be entitled to payment in full out of such subsidiary’s assets before the holders of our Senior Notes would be entitled to any payment.

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A - History and Development of Quebecor Media

A -History and Development of Quebecor Media

Our legal and commercial name is Quebecor Media Inc. Our registered office is located at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 380-1999. Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.quebecor.com. The information found on our corporate website or any other website to which we refer in this annual report does not, however, form part of this annual report and is not incorporated herein by reference. In respect of our issued and outstanding notes (other than our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021, which were issued on January 5, 2011), ourOur agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

Quebecor Media was incorporated in Canada on August 8, 2000 under Part 1A of theCompanies Act (Québec) (since February 14, 2011, theBusiness Corporations Act (Québec)). In connection with our formation, our parent company, Quebecor, transferred all the shares of its wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Communications Inc. (“QCI”), to us, which made QCI our wholly-owned subsidiary. The assets of QCI, as of the date of the transfer in October 2000, included a 70% interest in Sun Media (which was subsequently increased to 100%); a 57.3% interest in Nurun (which was subsequently increased to 100%); all the assets of theCanoe Network; and all the assets of our Leisure and Entertainment segment. In addition, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ contributed $0.9 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, in cash in exchange for common shares of the capital stock of Quebecor Media. On December 31, 2001, QCI was liquidated into Quebecor Media.

On October 23, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Groupe Videotron for $5.3 billion. At the time of the acquisition, the assets of Groupe Videotron included all of the shares of Videotron, a 99.9% voting interest in TVA Group, all of the shares of Le SuperClub Vidéotron, a 66.7% voting interest in Videotron Telecom Ltd. (which was merged with Videotron on January 1, 2006), a 54.0% voting interest (which was subsequently increased to 100%) in Netgraphe Inc. (which changed its name, effective December 31, 2004, to Canoe), and other assets.

Since December 31, 2008,2009, we have undertaken and/or completed several business acquisitions, combinations, divestitures and business development projects and financing transactions through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including, among others, the following:

 

We have continued to actively pursue the roll-out of Videotron’s 4G network. As of December 31, 2012, Videotron’s mobile telephony service was available to more than 7 million people across the Province of Québec and in Eastern Ontario. During 2012, we activated 112,058 net new lines on our new advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 9,338 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 402,636 activated lines.

On October 11, 2012, we repurchased 20,351,307 of our common shares held by CDP Capital for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion, paid in cash, and, concurrently, with that transaction, Quebecor purchased 10,175,653 of our common shares held by CDP Capital. Following completion of these transactions, Quebecor’s interest in Quebecor Media increased from 54.7% to 75.4% and CDP Capital’s interest decreased from 45.3% to 24.6%.

On October 11, 2012, Quebecor Media issued US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 for net proceeds of $820.7 million (net of financing expenses) and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6  5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 for net proceeds of $493.8 million (net of financing expenses). Quebecor Media used the proceeds of these offerings to finance: (i) the repurchase for cancellation from CDP Capital of 20,351,307 of its common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion, (ii) the redemption and retirement of US$320.0 million aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 7  3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 issued in 2007 and (iii) for the payment of related transaction fees and expenses.

On June 21, 2012, following an invitation to tender, Quebecor Media was selected to install, maintain and manage the advertising on Société de transport de Montréal (STM) bus shelters for the next 20 years.

In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media repurchased and retired US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 issued in 2006.

  

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800800.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5% Senior Notes due 2022 for net proceeds of $787.6 million (net of financing expenses). On February 29, Videotron has simultaneously launched a cash tender offer and issued a notice of redemption for the entire outstanding principal amount of its 6 7/8% senior notes due January 15, 2014. Videotron will useused the proceeds to

repurchase and retire all US$395395.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2014, to fully repay the borrowings under its revolving credit facility, to pay related fees and expenses and use the remainder for general corporate purposes.

 

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

 

Effective on February 3, 2012, Sun Media Corporation repaid all outstanding loans underand terminated its syndicated credit agreement, dated February 7, 2003 with Bank of America, N.A. acting as administrative agent (as amended, the “Sun Media Credit Agreement”) and as of such date the Sun Media Credit Agreement was terminated.

On February 3, 2012, Sun Media Corporation repaid the $37.6 million balance on its term loan credit facility and terminated all its credit facilities.facility. Sun Media Corporation’s liabilities no longer include any long-term debt.

On February 2, 2012, we struck an alliance with Saguenay-area entrepreneurs to create BlooBuzz Studios L.P., a new Québec video game developer. BlooBuzz will focus on products for occasional gamers, a market that is experiencing strong growth, particularly on mobile devices.

 

On January 25, 2012, we amended our bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of our $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016.

In 2011, we actively pursued the roll-out of Videotron’s 4G network. As of December 31, 2011, Videotron’s mobile telephony service was available to close to 7 million people across the Province of Québec and in Eastern Ontario. During 2011, we activated 154,467 net new lines on our new advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 12,900 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 290,578 activated lines.

 

In the third quarter of 2011, Nurun completed the acquisition of Odopod, a digital agency in San Francisco, California, that has expertise in brand promotion and interactive product development.

 

  

On September 12, 2011, TVA Group launched theTVA Sports channel that broadcasts Ottawa Senators, Toronto Blue Jays, Montréal Impact, Interbox, Ultimate Fighting Championship, Québec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”) and Canadian Hockey League events, among others.

 

  

On August 31, 2011, our subsidiary, Quebecor Media Network Inc. (“Quebecor Media Network”), launchedLe Sac Plus. In addition to distributing all Quebecor Media community newspapers in the Province of Québec,Le Sac Plus door-knob bag contains advertising materials, such as flyers, leaflets, product samples and other value-added promotions every week.

 

On June 22, 2011, we announced the acquisition of a QMJHL franchise. Our new team, L’Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand, played its first regular game in September 2011.

In June, 2011, we acquired a QMJHL franchise, which is now known asL’Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand.

 

On July 20, 2011, Videotron amended its $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to modify certain other terms and conditions thereof.

 

  

On July 5, 2011, Videotron issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2021 for net proceeds of $294.8 million (net of fees payable to the underwriters and the expenses of the offering)financing expenses). Videotron used the net proceeds to redeem and retire US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Videotron’s issued and outstanding 6 7/8% senior notes due 2014.

 

  

On April 18, 2011, we launchedSun Newsan English-language news and opinion specialty channel.

In March 2011, Quebecor Media completed another step in its development plan by reachingreached an agreement with Québec City granting Quebecor Media management and naming rights for a 25-year period to the new multipurpose amphitheaterarena/amphitheatre to be built in Québec City. These rights represent a major asset to Quebecor Media that will allow the Company to pursue initiatives to leverage growth and convergence opportunities and to cross-promote its brands, programs and other content. Pursuant to agreements entered into with Québec City in early September 2011, we will implement our business plan for the management of this multipurpose arena.

 

  

On February 3, 2011, Quebecor Media expanded its distribution network in the Province of Québec and its stable of community newspapers with the acquisition ofLes Hebdos Montérégiens’15 newspapers.

 

  

On January 5, 2011, Quebecor Media issued $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 for net proceeds of $319.9 million (net of fees payable to the underwriters and the expenses of the offering) in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws.financing expenses). Quebecor Media used the net proceeds to effect a contribution (the “QMI Contribution”) to Sun Media and for general corporate purposes. On February 15, 2011, Sun Media used the $288.0 million proceeds of the QMI Contribution to redeem and retire all of its outstanding 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million, and to finance the settlement and termination of related hedging contracts.

 

On January 1, 2011, as part of a corporate reorganization of the News Media segment, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. was wound up and its operations were integrated into Sun Media.

On November 10, 2010, Quebecor Media announced the creation of a national sales office in the Province of Québec. Like the QMI National Sales Office in Toronto for the English-language market, this office offers the French-language market the new integrated approach to marketing solutions. Quebecor Media is pooling the expertise of its various teams to provide its customers a one-stop shop in the Province of Québec, where sales representatives offer solutions that meet each customer’s specific needs.

On September 9, 2010, Videotron launched its High Speed Packet Access (“HSPA+”) mobile communication network.

 

  

In September 2010, Videotron launched its illico mobile, a service delivered over its 4G network that provides customers with mobile telephone access to several television andGalaxy Music channels, and to the illico mobile store.

 

In June 2010, Videotron launched illico web (illicoweb.tv), an Internet television service offering an exceptional variety of content to our digital television and Internet customers, at no additional cost. Customers can access from a computer thousands of French and English movies, series and music from several different television channels.

 

In May 2010, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. paid down the $114.8 million balance on its term credit facility. On June 30, 2010, all Osprey Media Publishing Inc.’s credit facilities were cancelled.

On January 14, 2010, Quebecor Media made a US$170.0 million early payment on drawings on its term loan “B” and settled a corresponding portion of its hedge agreements for $30.9 million, for a total cash disbursement of $206.7 million. On January 14, 2010, Quebecor Media also obtained from its credit agreement lenders the extension of the maturity date of its $100 million revolving credit facility from January 2011 to January 2013 and certain other favourable amendments to the covenants contained in its credit facilities.

  

In January 2010, Videotron issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2020 for net proceeds of $293.9 million (net of financing expenses). Videotron used the proceeds to repay the drawings under its Senior Secured Credit Facilitiessenior secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes.

On November 13, 2009, Videotron amended its Senior Secured Credit Facilities to create a separate $75.0 million secured term facility having a maturity date expiring in June 2018 (“Export Financing Facility”). In addition, on November 13, 2009, Videotron entered into a separate credit agreement with a group of lenders and HSBC Bank plc acting as agent for the lenders, providing for an unsecured term credit facility (“Facility B”) in a maximum amount equal to the difference between US$100 million and the aggregate of the US dollar equivalent of each drawing made under the Export Financing Facility. The Facility B has never been used and was cancelled as of August 2011. The proceeds of the Export Financing Facility may be used, among other things, for payments and/or reimbursement of payments for export equipment and local services in relation to the contract for wireless infrastructure equipment entered into by Videotron with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation.- Business Overview

On March 5, 2009, Videotron issued US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 for net proceeds of $332.4 million (including accrued interest and net of financing expenses). Videotron used the proceeds to repay drawings on its Senior Secured Credit Facilities and for general corporate purposes.

B -Business Overview

Overview

Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, telecommunications, newspaper publishing, production and distribution of printing products, television broadcasting, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music recording, production and distribution, and new media services. Through its operating subsidiaries, Quebecor Media holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within its portfolio of media properties.

We operate in the following industry segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions

In our Telecommunications segment, we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers. We believe that our strong market position has enabled us to launch and deploy new products and services more effectively. For example, since the introduction of our

cable Internet access service, we estimate that we have become the largest provider of such service in the areas we serve. In addition, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video stores in the Province of Québec through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary. Our extensive proprietary and third-party retail distribution network of stores and points of sale, including both the Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores and our Videotron branded stores and kiosks, assist us in marketing and distributing our advanced telecommunications services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony, on a large scale basis. We are the franchisor of the largest chain of video stores in the Province of Québec through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary. Sun Media is the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation (according to management estimates) and is Canada’s second largest newspaper publisher in terms of weekly paid average circulation according to statistics published in Newpapers Canada’s “Daily Circulation Report 2010”2011” (the “Newspapers Canada Circulation Data”). In our Broadcasting segment, we are the largest private-sector broadcaster of French-language entertainment, information and public affairs programs in North America in terms of market share.

Diverse Media Platform

Our diverse media platform allows us to extend our market reach and cross-promote our brands, programs and other content. In addition, we canit allows us to provide advertisers with an integrated solution for local, regional and national multi-platform advertising. We can leverage our content, management, sales and marketing and production resources to provide superior information and entertainment services to our customers.

Differentiated Bundled Services

Through our technologically advanced fixed and mobile network, we offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet access, video-on-demand and other interactive television services, as well as residential and commercial cable telephony services using VoIP technology, and mobile telephony services. In addition, we deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard cable Internet access service that enables our customers to download data at a higher speed than currently offered by standard digital subscriber line or DSL technology. We also offer the widest range of French-language programming in Canada including content from our illico on demandillico-on-Demand service available on our illico Digital TV, illico web and illico mobile platforms. Customers can interrupt and resume programming at will on any of these three illico platforms.

Advanced Broadband Network

We are able to leverage our advanced broadband network, 99.6%substantially all of which is bi-directional, to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as digital television, video-on-demand, cable Internet access and cable telephony services. We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end, we currently anticipate that futureongoing capital expenditures over the next five years will be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the demand for increased capacity.

Focused and Highly Reliable Network Cluster

Our single hybrid fibre coaxial clustered network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s total addressable market and nine of the province’s top ten urban areas. We believe that our single cluster and network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more reliable network, the ability to launch and deploy new products and services such as illico TV new generation, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical support costs.

Strong, Market-Focused Management Team

We have a strong, market-focused management team that has extensive experience and expertise in a range of areas, including marketing, finance, telecommunications, publishing and technology. Under the leadership of our senior management team, we have, among other things, improved penetration of our high-speed Internet accessHSIA offering, our VoIP telephony services, our cable products and our mobile telephony services, including through the successful built-outbuild-out and launch of our mobile telephony network.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to increase our revenues and profitability by leveraging the integrationconvergence and growth opportunities presented by our portfolio of leading media assets. We attribute our strong historical results and positive outlook for growth and profitability to an ability to develop and execute forward lookingforward-looking business strategies. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

  

Leverage growth opportunities and convergence of content and platforms. We are the largest private sector French language programming broadcaster in North America, a leading producer of French language programming, the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation (according to management estimates), and a leading English and French language Internet news and information portal in Canada. As a result, we are able to generate and distribute content across a spectrum of media properties and platforms. In addition, these multi-platform media assets enable us to provide advertisers with integrated advertising solutions. We are able to provide flexible, bundled advertising packages that allow advertisers to reach local, regional and national markets, as well as special interest and specific demographic groups. We continue to explore and implement initiatives to leverage growth and convergence opportunities, including efforts to accelerate the migration of content generated by our various publications and broadcasters to our other media platforms, the launch ofSun News (which occurred in April 2011) which is an addition to Sun Media’s English-language news media and website offering, the transfer of the printing of several of our publications to two state-of-the-art facilities owned by Quebecor Media Printing, the creation of Quebecor Media Network and the launch ofLe Sac Plus, the sharing of editorial

content between our News Media business and QMI News Agency, the acquisition of our QMJHL hockey franchise and the broadcast of its games on our recently launched TVA Sports channel, and the integration of advertising assets with the creation of our national sales services (“QMI National Sales”) aimed at developing global, integrated and multi-platform advertising and marketing solutions.

 

  

Build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our 4G mobile servicesservices.. We provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small and medium businesses that are based on effective, reliable technology, diverse and convergent content and unambiguous business policies. Our recently launched mobile service is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information.

 

  

Introduce new and enhanced products and services. We expect a significant portion of the revenue growth in our Telecommunications segment to be driven by the introduction of new products and services (such as Wideband Internet technology and products and services leveraging our new mobile network) and by the continuing penetration of our existing suite of products and services such as digital cable services, cable Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services, as well as high-definition television, video-on-demand and interactive television content of our digital television, Internet and mobile platforms. We believe that the continued increase in the penetration rate of our digital television, cable Internet access, telephony and mobile voice and data services will result in increased ARPU, and we are focusing sales and marketing efforts on the bundling of these value-added products and services.

 

  

Cross-promote brands, programs and other content. The geographic overlap of our cable, television, newspaper and magazine publishing, music and video store chains, and Internet platforms enables us to cost effectively promote and co-brand media properties. We will continue to promote initiatives to advance these cross-promotional activities, including the cross-promotion of various businesses, cross-divisional advertising and shared infrastructures. Our efforts to obtain a National Hockey League franchise for Québec City is an example of such initiatives.

 

  

Leverage geographic clustering. Our Videotron subsidiary holds cable licenses that cover approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s estimated 3 million residential and commercial premises. Geographic clusters facilitate bundled service offerings and, in addition, allow us to tailor our offerings to certain demographic markets. We aim to leverage the highly clustered nature of our systems to enable us to use marketing dollars more efficiently and to enhance customer awareness, increase use of products and services and build brand loyalty.

  

Maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty. Across our media platform, we believe that maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction is critical to future growth and profitability. An important factor in our historical growth and profitability has been our ability to attract and satisfy customers with high quality products and services. We will continue our efforts to maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty.

 

  

Manage expenses through success driven capital spending and technology improvements. In our Telecommunications segment, we support the growth in our customer base and bandwidth requirements through strategic success driven modernizations of our network and increases in network capacity. In our News Media segment, we have undertaken restructurings of certain printing facilities and news production operations, and invested in certain technology improvements with a view to modernizing our operations and improving our cost structure. In addition, we continuously seek to manage our salaries and benefits expenses, which comprise a significant portion of our costs.

Telecommunications

Through Videotron we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, as well as being a major internetan Internet service provider (“ISP”) and a provider of cable and mobile telephony services in the Province of Québec. Our cable network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s approximately 3 million residential and commercial premises.

Our mobile network, which was launched in September 2010, is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information anytime, anywhere.information. The deployment of our 4G network and our enhanced offering of mobile communication services for residential and business customers allow us to consolidate our position as a provider of integrated telecommunication services.

In addition, through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary, we are also the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We had a total of 211205 retail locations as of December 31, 2011.2012.

Videotron Business SolutionsSector is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider serving businesses of small, medium and large size. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunication segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services include Internet, television, cable and mobile telephony services, and business solutions products such as hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission.

We own a 100% voting and 100% equity interest in Videotron.

For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, our Telecommunications operations generated revenues of $2.6 billion and operating income of $1.2 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Telecommunications operations generated revenues of $2.43$2.4 billion and operating income of $1.10 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our Telecommunications operations generated revenues of $2.23 billion and operating income of $1.05$1.1 billion.

Products and Services

Videotron currently offers its customers cable services, mobile telephony services, business telecommunications services and video and video games rental services (as franchisor). In addition, all activities and websites associated with the businesses ofJobboom and Réseau Contact were transferred to Videotron in the second quarter of 2011.

Cable Services

Advanced Cable-Based Products and Services

Cable’s large bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customers have presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. We currently offer a variety of advanced products and services, including cable Internet access, digital television, cable telephony and selected interactive services. In April, 2012, we launched illico TV new generation, offering a new interface with entirely redesigned ergonomics for fluid, intuitive navigation, as well as additional value-added features. We intend to continue to develop and deploy additional added-value services to further broaden our service offering.

 

Cable Internet Access. Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our residential customers primarily via cable modems attached to personal computers. We generally provide this service at download speeds of up to 60 Mbps. In some portions of the network, we offer download speeds of up to 120 Mbps. As of December 31, 2011, we had 1,332,551 cable Internet access customers, representing 71.6% of our basic customers and 50.1% of our total homes passed. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 56.3% as of December 31, 2011.

Cable Internet Access. Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our customers primarily via cable modems. We generally provide this service at download speeds of up to 60 Mbps. In some portions of the network, we offer download speeds of up to 200 Mbps. As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,387,657 cable Internet access customers, representing 74.8% of our basic customers and 51.4% of our total homes passed. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 51.7% as of December 31, 2012.

 

  

Digital Television.Television. We have installed headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way digital capable set-top box in the customer’s home.home and premises. This digital connection provides significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us to increase both programming and service offerings while providing increased flexibility in packaging our services. Our basic digital package includes 29 television channels, 45 audio services providing CD-quality music, 1918 AM/FM radio channels, an interactive programming guide as well as television based e-mail capability. Our extended digital basic television offering branded as “sur mesure” (on-demand), offersallows customers to customize their choices with the ability to select fromchoose between custom or pre-assembled packages with a selection of more than 300 additional channels, of their choice, including U.S. super-stations and other special entertainment programs, allowing them to customize their choices.programs. This also offers customers significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only,

English-language only or a combination of FrenchFrench- and English languageEnglish-language programming, as well as many foreign-language channels. We also offer pre-packaged themed service tiers in the areas of news, sports and discovery. Customers who purchase basic service and one customized package can also purchase channels on anà la carte basis at a specified cost per channel per month.month or choose one of our customized package adding 10, 20 or 30 of their favorite channels to the basic programming. As part of our digital service offering, customers can also purchase near-video-on-demand services on a per-event basis. As of December 31, 2011,2012, we had 1,400,8141,484,589 customers for our digital television service, representing 75.3%80.0% of our total basic customers and 52.7%55.0% of our total homes passed. Our customers currently have the option to purchase or lease the digital set-top boxes required for digital service.

 

Cable Telephony. Since January 2005, we have been offering cable telephony service using VoIP technology in the Province of Québec. We offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services. We also offer discounts for a second telephone line subscription. In addition, we offer a Softphone service, a computer-based service providing users with more flexibility when traveling, the ability to make local calls anywhere in the world, and new communications management capabilities. As of December 31, 2011, we had 1,205,272 subscribers to our cable telephony service, representing a penetration rate of 64.7% of our basic cable subscribers and 45.4% of our homes passed.

Video-On-Demand. Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent content from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box, Internet access or mobile phone through illico web and illico mobile. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand selections for a period of 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during that period. In addition, customers can now resume viewing on-demand programming that was paused on either the television, illico web or illico mobile device. We sometimes group movies, events or TV programs available on video-on-demand and offer them on a weekly basis. We also offer a substantial amount of video-on-demand content free of charge to our digital cable customers, comprised predominantly of previously aired television programs and youth-oriented programming. In addition, we offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permits our customers to access and watch most of the movies available on the linear pay TV channels these clients subscribe to.

Cable Telephony. We offer cable telephony service using VoIP technology. We offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services. As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,264,862 subscribers to our cable telephony service, representing a penetration rate of 68.2% of our basic cable subscribers and 46.8% of our homes passed.

 

  

Video-On-Demand. Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent content from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box, Internet access or mobile phone respectively through illico web and illico mobile. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand selections for a period of up to 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during their rental period. In addition, customers can now resume viewing on-demand programming that was paused on either the television, illico web or illico mobile . We sometimes group movies, events or TV programs available on video-on-demand and offer them, when available, for a period of seven days. We also offer a substantial amount of video-on-demand content free of charge to our digital cable customers, comprised predominantly of previously aired television programs and youth-oriented programming. In March of

2013, we introduced Club Unlimited, a flat-fee plan offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited, on-demand content (movies, television shows, children’s shows, documentaries, comedy performances and concerts). In addition, we offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permits our customers to access and watch most of the movies available on the linear pay TV channels these clients subscribe to.

Pay-Per-View (Canal Indigo).Canal Indigo is a group of pay-per-view channels that allowallows our digital customers to order live events and movies based on a pre-determined schedule.

Traditional Cable Television Services

Customers subscribing to our traditional analog “basic” and analog “extended basic” services generally receive a line-up of 42 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth capacity of their local cable system. We also feature an expanding offering of optional channels as well as customized selection of channels or channel packages tailored to satisfy the specific needs of the different customer segments we serve.

Our analog cable television service offerings include the following:

Basic Service. Our basic service customers generally receive 25-channels on basic cable, consisting of local broadcast television stations, the four U.S. commercial networks and PBS, selected Canadian specialty programming services, and local and regional community programming.

Extended Basic Service. This expanded programming level of services, which is generally comprised of approximately 17 channels, includes a package of French-and-English-language specialty television programming and U.S. cable channels in addition to the basic service channel line-up described above. Branded as “Telemax”, this service was introduced in almost all of our markets largely to satisfy customer demand for greater flexibility and choice.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, we had 460,663370,392 customers for our analog television service, representing 24.7%20.0% of our total basic customers.

Mobile Services

On September 9, 2010, we launched our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G). As of December 31, 2011,2012, most ofhouseholds and businesses on our cable footprint had access to our advanced mobile services. Prior to launching our HSPA+ mobile communication network, (4G), we havehad been offering mobile wireless telephony services as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (“MVNO”) since 2006.

In August 2011, Videotron upgraded its wireless network to HSPA+ Dual Carrier Technology allowing speed of up to 42Mbps. Bundling its cable broadband Internet access with its mobile Internet access was a first in the industry and is a unique offering of “everywhere Internet”.

In partnershipUnder an arrangement with Industry Canada, Videotron launched a fixed wireless Internet access in selected rural areas of the Province of Québec onin December 14, 2011. Powered by itsour HSPA+ network, this service allows thousands of households and businesses that had no access to high speed cable Internet to benefit from a reliable and professionally installed high speed Internet. As a result, we extended our residential and business Internet footprint to dozens of underserved municipalities across the Province of Québec.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our 4G mobile services. With this service,these services, we provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small and medium-sized businesses that are based on effective and reliable technology as well as diverse and convergent content and unambiguous business policies.content. Our mobile service is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information anytime, anywhere.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 290,5782012, there were 402,636 lines activated lines toon our mobile telephony services.services, representing a year-over-year increase of 112,058 lines (38.6%).

Business Telecommunications Services

Videotron Business SolutionsSector is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider. We serve three customer segments: small and medium-sized businesses, large businesses, and telecommunications carriers. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunications segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services for small and medium-sized businesses are supported by our coaxial technology and our solid expertise in business services. Customized solutions designed to meet customers’ needs incorporating tools such as fibre-opticfiber-optic landlines, High Speedhigh speed Internet access, television, telephony services, website hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission, all based on state-of-the-art technology, are also offered to large businesses and carriers. Videotron also offers mobile communicationscommunication services, telephony services using our multiple label switching (“MPLS”) network and 120Mbpsup to 200Mbps high speed Internet access targeted at small and medium sizedmedium-size businesses using our Hybrid fibrefiber coaxial (“HFC”) network.

Video Rental Services

Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We havehad a total of 211205 retail locations.locations as of December 31, 2012. With 171the majority of these retail locations offering our suite of telecommunication services and products, Le SuperClub Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for Videotron’s growing array of advanced products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony.

Jobboom and Réseau Contact

Jobboom.com is a unique web-based employment site with over 2.5 million members as of December 31, 2011.2012. The activities ofJobboom also includeLes Éditions Jobboom (a careers book editor) andJobboom Formation (an internet directory of continuing education services).

RéseauContact.com is the largest French-language dating and friendship website in the Province of Québec.

Customer Statistics Summary

The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our analog and digital cable and advanced products and services:

 

  As of December 31, 
  As of December 31,   2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 
  2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 

Homes passed(1)

   2,657,315    2,612,406    2,575,315    2,542,859    2,497,403     2,701,242    2,657,315    2,612,406    2,575,315    2,542,859  

Cable

            

Basic customers(2)

   1,861,477    1,811,570    1,777,025    1,715,616    1,638,097     1,854,981    1,861,477    1,811,570    1,777,025    1,715,616  

Penetration(3)

   70.1  69.3  69.0  67.5  65.6   68.7  70.1  69.3  69.0  67.5

Digital customers

   1,400,814    1,219,599    1,084,100    927,322    768,211     1,484,589    1,400,814    1,219,599    1,084,100    927,322  

Penetration(4)

   75.3  67.3  61.0  54.1  46.9   80.0  75.3  67.3  61.0  54.1

Dial-up Internet Access

            

Dial-up customers

   2,986    3,851    4,988    6,533    9,052     2,258    2,986    3,851    4,988    6,533  

Mobile High Speed Internet

      

Mobile High Speed Internet

   6,086    2,319    —      —      —    

Internet Over Wireless

      

Internet over wireless customers

   7,129    5,644    2,319    —      —    

Cable Internet Access

            

Cable modem customers

   1,332,551    1,252,104    1,170,570    1,063,847    932,989     1,387,657    1,332,551    1,252,104    1,170,570    1,063,847  

Penetration(3)

   50.1  47.9  45.5  41.8  37.4   51.4  50.1  47.9  45.5  41.8

Telephony Services

            

Cable telephony customers

   1,205,272    1,114,294    1,014,038    851,987    636,352     1,264,862    1,205,272    1,114,294    1,014,038    851,987  

Penetration(3)

   45.4  42.7  39.4  33.5  25.5   46.8  45.4  42.7  39.4  33.5

Mobile telephony lines(5)

   290,578    136,111    82,813    63,402    45,077     402,636    290,578    136,111    82,813    63,402  

 

(1)Homes passed”passed means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
(2)Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the analog or digital mode.
(3)Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.
(4)Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic cable customers.
(5)Prior to September 9, 2010, represents only lines under our MVNO service offering.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a net increase of 49,907 basic cable customers. During the same period, we also recorded net additions of 80,447 subscribers to our cable Internet access service, 181,215 customers to our digital television service (which includes customers who have upgraded from our analog cable service), and 90,978 customers to our cable telephony services. In 2011, we added 154,467 net lines on our mobile wireless telephony services.

Industry Overview

Cable Television Industry

Industry Data

Cable television has been available in Canada for more than 50 years and is a well developed market. As of August 31, 2010,2011, the most recent date for which data is available, there were approximately 8.38.5 million cable television customers in Canada. For the twelve months ended August 31, 20102011 (the most recent data available), total industry revenue was estimated to be over $10.1$10.9 billion and is expected to grow in the future based on the fact that Canadian cable operators have aggressively upgraded their networks and have begun launching and deploying newbroadened their offerings of products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television services and telephony services. The following table summarizes the most recent available annual key statistics for the Canadian and U.S. cable television industries.

   Twelve Months Ended August 31, 
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006   CAGR(1) 
   (US Dollars in billions and basic cable customers in millions) 

Canada

            

Industry Revenue(2)

   10.1    $9.2    $8.2    $7.1    $6.1     13.5

Basic Cable Customers(2)

   8.3     8.1     7.9     7.7     7.5     2.5

 

   Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
   2010  2009  2008  2007  2006  CAGR(1) 
   (Dollars in billions, homes passed and basic cable customers in millions) 

U.S.

       

Industry Revenue

  US$93.7   US$90.2   US$86.3   US$78.8   US$71.9    5.44

Homes Passed(3)

   129.3    125.7    124.2    123.0    111.6    2.99

Basic Cable Customers

   59.8    62.6    63.7    64.9    65.4    -1.77

Basic Penetration

   45.5  49.8  51.3  52.8  58.6  -4.93
   Twelve Months Ended August 31, 
   2011   2010   2009   2008   2007   CAGR(1) 
   (Dollars in billions and basic cable customers in millions) 

Canada

            

Industry Revenue(2)

   10.9    $10.1    $9.2    $8.2    $7.1     11.4

Basic Cable Customers(2)

   8.5     8.3     8.1     7.9     7.7     2.5

   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008  CAGR(3) 
   (U.S. dollars in billions, and homes passed and basic cable customers in millions) 

U.S.

       

Industry Revenue

   n/a   US$97.6   US$93.7   US$90.2   US$86.3    n/a  

Homes Passed(4)

   131.2    130.3    129.3    125.7    124.2    1.10

Basic Cable Customers

   56.8    58.0    59.8    62.6    63.7    -2.27

Basic Penetration

   43.7  44.4  45.5  49.8  51.3    

 

Source of Canadian data: CRTC.

Source of U.S. data: NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and SNL Kagan.

 

(1)Compounded Canadian annual growth rate from 20062007 through 2010.2011.
(2)Including IPTV since 2008.
(3)Compounded U.S. annual growth rate from 2008 through 2012.
(4)“Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.

Expansion of Digital Distribution and Programming

In recent years, digital technology has significantly expanded the range of services that may be offered to our customers. We now offer 395421 channels on our digital platform (82 in HD), including 176224 English-language channels, 60100 French-language channels, 64 HDTV channels, 10 time-shifting channels, 6365 radio/music channels and 2225 others.

Many programming services have converted to high-definition format and HDTV programming is steadily increasing. We believe that the availability of HDTV programming will continue to increase significantly in the coming years and will result in a higher penetration level of digital distribution.

Our strategy inover the coming years will be to continue the expansion in our offering and to maintain the quality of our programming. Our cable television service depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates and will be an important factor in our success to maintain the attractiveness of our services to customers. In addition, we will continue working on the expansion of our added-value products, such as video-on-demand, and digital television interactive content. In late 2010, we also started offeringcontent and certain content, such as certain sporting events, movies and documentaries, using new 3D technologies.

Mobile Telephony Industry

In terms of wireless penetration rate (i.e., the number of active SIM cards and/or connected lines versus total population, expressed as a percentage), the Canadian mobile telephony market is relatively under-developed. Based onThe Netsize Guide 2011: Truly mobile, Canada occupies the fortieth position out of forty-one countries in terms of wireless penetration, with a penetration rate of 72.4% in the fourth quarter of 2011. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2011, the Province of Québec had a penetration rate under the Canadian average.penetration. Comparatively, according toGlobal mobile statistics,Mobile Statistics, the United States had a penetration rate of 94.1% as of November 30, 2011, while Europe’s overall penetration rate reached 120%. As of September 30, 2012, the Province of Québec had a penetration rate under the Canadian average (67.8% vs 77.8% according to the CRTC).

The wireless spectrum auction completed in July 2008 has brought new players onto the market, which led to lower prices for customers. To respond to this new offer, traditional incumbents launched, or have operated for some time, low-price subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011,September 30, 2012, incumbents were still dominant in the Industryindustry in Canada, with market share exceedingof approximately 90% in the Province of Québec.bec, according to internal estimates.

With an increasing number of regional operators competing on price, coverage, handset offers and technological reliability, the Canadian wireless industry is highly competitive. With the deployment of Advanced Wireless Networks throughout the country and the increasing penetration rate among younger customers, the demand for technologically advanced bandwidth-hungry devices (smartphones, tablets, etc.) is increasing rapidly. As of September 30, 2011,December 31, 2012, there were 25.5more than 26.0 million subscribers in Canada.

Pricing of our Products and Services

Our revenues are derived from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable television, Internet and telephony and mobile services. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the average monthly invoice on recurring subscription fees per customer was $96.49$98.80 and approximately 76%79.0% of our customers were bundling two services or more. A one-time installation fee, which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for rented equipment, such as set-top boxes, are also charged to customers.

Although our service offerings vary by market, because of differences in the bandwidth capacity of the cable systems in each of our markets and other factors, our services are typically offered at monthly price ranges, which reflect discounts for bundled service offerings, as follows:offerings.

Service

Price Range

Basic analog cable

$15.07 – $32.88

Extended basic analog cable

$31.50 – $45.19

Basic digital cable

$14.99 – $19.98

Extended basic digital cable

$31.98 – $80.98

Pay-television

$3.99 – $29.99

Pay-per-view (per movie or event)

$4.49 – $69.99

Video-on-demand (per movie or event)

$0.99 – $59.99

Dial-up Internet access

$9.95 – $15.95

Cable Internet access

$27.95– $159.95

Mobile High Speed Internet

$29.95 – $44.95

Cable telephony

$17.35 – $23.35

Mobile telephony

$19.95– $104.45

Our Network Technology

Cable

As of December 31, 2011,2012, our cable systems consisted of 29,51730,126 km of fibre optic cable and 44,64145,444 km of coaxial cable, passing approximately 2.6572.7 million homes and serving approximately 2.1 million customers. Our network is the largest broadband network in the Province of Québec covering approximately 78% of households and, according to our estimates, more than 75% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of the Province of Québec. Our extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, the Maritimes and the United States.

The following table summarizes the current technological state of our systems, based on the percentage of our customers who have access to the bandwidths listed below and two-way (or “bi-directional”) capability:

    450 MHz and
Under
 480 to 625
MHz
 750 to 1000
MHz
 Two-Way
Capability

December 31, 2007

      1% 2%    97%    99%

December 31, 2008

      1% 0%    99%    99%

December 31, 2009

      1% 0%    99%    99%

December 31, 2010

      1% 0%    99%    99%

December 31, 2011

   0.4% 0% 99.6% 99.6%

Our cable television networks are comprised of four distinct parts including signal acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main headends by way of over-the-air links, coaxial links or fibre optic relay systems. Each main headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive the digital MPEG2 signals and the IP backbone for the Internet services. The first stage of this distribution consists of a fibre optic link which distributes the signals to distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fibre coaxial cable network made of wide-band optical nodes, amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the signal into the customer’s television set directly or, depending on the area or the services selected, through various types of customer equipment including set-top boxes and cable modems.

We have adopted the hybrid fibre coaxial (“HFC”) network architecture as the standard for our ongoing system upgrades. HFC network architecture combines the use of fibre optic cable with coaxial cable. Fibre optic cable has excellent broadband frequency characteristics, noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we deliver our signals via fibre optic cable from the headend to a group of optical nodes and then via coax to the homes passed served by the nodes. Traditionally, our system design provided for cells of approximately 500 homes each to be served by fibre-optic cable. To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into operation in the Greater Montréal Area and in the Greater Québec City Area. Remote secondary headends must also be connected with fibre optic links. From the secondary headends to the homes, the customer services are provided through the transmission of a radiofrequency (“RF”) signal which contains both downstream and upstream information (two-way). The loop structure of the two-way HFC networks brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and reliability. The HFC network design provided us with significant flexibility to offer customized programming to individual cells of approximately 500 homes, which is critical to our advanced services, such as video-on-demand, Switched Digital Video Broadcast and the continued expansion of our interactive services. Starting in 2008, we began an extensive network modernization effort in the Greater Montréal Area in order to meet the ever expanding service needs of the customer in terms of video, telephony and Internet services. This ongoing modernization implies an extension of the upper limit of the RF spectrum available for service offerings and a deep fibre deployment, which significantly extends the fibre portion in the HFC network (thereby reducing the coax portion). Additional optical nodes were systematically deployed to increase the segmentation of customer cells, both for upstream and downstream traffic. This modernization initiative results in (i) a network architecture where the segmentation for the upstream traffic is for 125 homes while that for the downstream traffic is set to 250 (which can evolve to 125 homes), and (ii) the availability of a 1 GHz spectrum for service offerings. The robustness of the network is greatly enhanced (much less active equipment in the network such as RF amplifiers for the coax portion), the service offering potential and customization to the customer base is significantly improved (through the extension of the spectrum to 1 GHz and the increased segmentation) and allows much greater speeds of transmission for Internet services which are presently unrivalled. The overall architecture employs Division Wavelength Multiplexing (“DWM”), which allows us to limit the amount of fibre required, while providing an effective customization potential. As such, in addition to the broadcast information, up to 24 wavelengths can be combined on a transport fibre from the secondary headend to a 3,000 home aggregation point. Each of these wavelengths is dedicated to the specific requirements of 125 homes. The RF spectrum is set with analog content (to be phased out eventually) and digital information using quadrature amplitude modulation. MPEG video compression techniques and the Data over Cable Service Interface Specification (“DOCSIS”) protocol allow us to provide a great service offering of standard definition and high definition video, as well as complete voice and Internet services. This modernization project gives us flexibility to meet customer needs and future network evolution requirements. The modernization of the Greater-Montréal network is scheduled to be completed by 2015.2017.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in respect of the suite of products and services that we offer and launching new products and services requires investments in our network to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. Approximately 99.6%99.7% of our network in the Province of Québec has been upgraded to a bandwidth of 750 MHz or greater. Also, in light of the greater availability of HDTV programming, the ever increasing speed of Internet access and increasing demand for our cable telephony service, further investment in the network will be required.

Mobile Telephony

During 2011,2012, we continued our HSPA + network expansion and densification plan throughout the Province of Québec and over the Greater Ottawa Area. As of December 31, 2011,2012, our network reached approximately 78.5%89% of the population of the Province of Québec and most of our cable homes passed, allowing the vast majority of our potential clients to have access to advanced mobile services from Videotron. The majority of our towers and antennas are linked through our fibre opticfibre-optic network using a MPLS protocol, and our network was built and designed to support important customer growth in coming years.

With the introduction of a new technology called the Dual-Carrier technology in August of this year,2011, our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G) allows data transmission speeds up to 42 Mbps.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunication leader with our 4G mobile services and to keep the technology at the cutting edge as it continues to evolve rapidly and new market standards such as Long Term Evolution-Advanced (“LTE 4G”), are appearing. We will also expect to continue to expand our offer of handset devices in 2012.2013.

Marketing and Customer Care

Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market penetration of our services, developmentdevelop of new services and continuedcontinue growth in revenue per customer. We believe that customers will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to the home for a multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

develop attractive bundle offers to encourage our customers to subscribe to two or more products, which increases ARPU and customer retention as well as increasing our operating margin;

 

continue to rapidly deploy advanced products and services such as cable Internet access, digital television, cable telephony and mobile wireless telephony services;

 

encourage our clients to migrate from analog to digital television using attractive incentives;

 

design product offerings that provide greater opportunity for customer entertainment and information choices;

 

target marketing opportunities based on demographic data and past purchasing behaviour;

 

develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers, households that have never subscribed to our services and customers of alternative or competitive services;

 

enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced products and services;

 

leverage the retail presence of Le SuperClub Vidéotron, Videotron’sour Videotron branded stores and kiosks, Archambault stores and third-party commercial retailers;

 

cross-promote the wide variety of content and services offered within the Quebecor Media group (including, for example, the content of TVA Group productions and the 1-900 service for audience voting during reality television shows popular in the Province of Québec) in order to distribute our cable, data transmission, cable telephony and mobile telephony services to our existing and future customers;

introduce new value-added packages of products and services, which we believe increases average revenue per user, or ARPU, and improves customer retention; and

 

leverage our business market, using our network and expertise with our commercial customer base, which should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers and may result in new business opportunities.

We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers, we use coordinated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation.

Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we provide a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a week for nearly all of our systems, in addition to our web-based customer service capabilities. All of our customer service representatives and technical support

staff are trained to assist our customers with respect to all products and services we offer,offered by us, which in turn allows our customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue to receive extensive training to develop customer contact skills and product knowledge, which are key contributors to high rates of customer retention as well as to selling additional products and services and higher levels of service to our customers. To assist us in our marketing efforts, we utilize surveys, focus groups and other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and proactively respond to customer needs.

Programming

We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor in influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including TVA Group.

Our programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to seven years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per customer. Our overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce or purchase specialty programming, inflationary or negotiated annual increases, and the concentration of broadcasters following recent acquisionsacquisitions in the market.

Competition

We operate in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and service offerings and service reliability. We compete with other providers of television signals and other sources of home entertainment. Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinctions among the traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet, and telecommunications) isare fading rapidly. The Internet as well as mobile devices are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services and our VoIP telephony service is also competing with Internet-based solutions.

 

Providers of Other Entertainment. Cable systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theatres and home video products, including digital recorders, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service than are available through competitive alternative delivery sources.

Direct Broadcast Satellite. DBS is a significant competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.

Providers of Other Entertainment. Cable systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theatres and home video products, including digital recorders, OTT content providers, such as Netflix, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service than are available through competitive alternative delivery sources. Our introduction of Club Unlimited, a flat-fee plan offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited, on-demand content aims to reduce the effect of competition from alternative delivery sources.

 

DSL. The deployment of DSL technology provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from other providers of DSL service.

Direct Broadcast Satellite. DBS is a significant competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or sidemounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.

 

DSL. The deployment of digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from other providers of DSL services.

Internet Video Streaming. The continuous technology improvement of the Internet combined with higher download speeds contributes to the emergence of alternative technologies such as IPTV digital content (movies, television shows and other video programming) offered on various Internet streaming platforms. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, this model could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

Internet Video Streaming. The continuous technology improvement of the Internet combined with higher download speeds contributes to the emergence of alternative technologies such as IPTV digital content (movies, television shows and other video programming) offered on various Internet streaming platforms. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, this model could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

 

VDSL. VDSL technology increases the available capacity of DSL lines, thereby allowing the distribution of digital video. Multi-system operators are now facing competition from ILECs, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology, which operates over copper phone lines. The transmission capabilities of VDSL will be significantly boosted with the deployment of technologies such as vectoring (the reduction or elimination of the effects of far-end crosstalk) and twisted pair bonding (use of additional twisted pairs to increase data carriage capacity). Certain ILECs have already started replacing many of their main feeds with fibre optic cable and positioning VDSL transceivers, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple-dwelling units, in order to overcome the initial distance limitations of VDSL. With this added capacity, along with the evolution of compression technology, VDSL-2 will offer significant opportunities for services and increase its competitive threat against other multi-system operators.

VDSL. VDSL technology increases the available capacity of DSL lines, thereby allowing the distribution of digital video. Multi-system operators are now facing competition from ILECs, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology, which operates over copper phone lines. The transmission capabilities of VDSL will be significantly boosted with the deployment of technologies such as vectoring (the reduction or elimination of the effects of far-end crosstalk) and twisted pair bonding (use of additional twisted pairs to increase data carriage capacity). Certain ILECs have already started replacing many of their main feeds with fibre optic cable and positioning VDSL transceivers, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple-dwelling units, in order to overcome the initial distance limitations of VDSL. With this added capacity, along with the evolution of compression technology, VDSL-2 will offer significant opportunities for services and increase its competitive threat against other multi-system operators.

 

Mobile telephony services. With our mobile telephony 4G network, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, while others only offer mobile wireless telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. Also, the Canadian incumbents have recently started the deployment of LTE 4G networks and this technology is deemed to become an industry standard. These LTE 4G technologies are being developed in anticipation of the additional network capacity that may be required to address the surging demand for wireless data. Such technologies evolved in the past year but will not offer voice over LTE until 2013.

Mobile Telephony Services. With our mobile telephony 4G network, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, while others only offer mobile wireless telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. Also, the Canadian incumbents have recently started the deployment of LTE 4G networks and this technology is deemed to become an industry standard. These LTE 4G technologies are being developed in anticipation of the additional network capacity that may be required to address the surging demand for wireless data. Such technologies evolved in the past year but will not offer voice over LTE until 2013.

 

Private Cable. Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.

Private Cable. Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.

 

Other Cable Distribution. Currently, a cable operator offering television distribution and providing cable-modem Internet access service is serving the Greater Montréal Area. This cable operator is owned by the regional ILEC.

Wireless Distribution. Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as multi channel MDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.

Wireless Distribution. Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as multi channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.

 

Grey and Black Market DBS Providers. Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).

Grey and Black Market DBS Providers. Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).

 

Telephony Service. Our cable telephony service competes against other telephone companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in the Province of Québec, which used to control a significant portion of the telephony market in the Province of Québec, as well as other VoIP telephony service providers and mobile wireless telephone service providers.

Telephony Service. Our cable telephony service competes against other telephone companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in the Province of Québec, which used to control a significant portion of the telephony market in the Province of Québec, and the other VoIP telephony service providers and mobile wireless telephone service providers.

 

Other Internet Service Providers. In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high-speed Internet system to competitive Internet service providers at mandated rates.

Other ISPs. In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other ISPs offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high speed Internet system to competitive ISPs at mandated rates.

News Media

Our newspaper publishing operations, which we conduct through our Sun Media operating subsidiary, (Osprey Media Publishing Inc., which was an operating subsidiary in our newspaper publishing operations until December 31, 2010, was wound-up and its operations integrated into Sun Media on January 1, 2011), are the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation, according to management estimates. With a 23.6%23.3% average market share, our newspaper publishing operations are the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada in terms of weekly paid circulation, according to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data. As of December 31, 2011,2012, our News Media segment published 36 paid-circulation dailies, six free commuter dailies and 236229 community weekly newspapers, magazines, buyers guides, farm publications and other specialty publications. Our publications have an established presence on the Internet and offer classified and local advertising, as well as other services for local advertisers and readers. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the combined weekly circulation of our News Media segment’s paid and unpaid newspapers was approximately 15.714.2 million copies, according to internal statistics.

In the second quarter of 2011, all of the internet portals that were formally owned by Canoe Inc. were transferred to Sun Media (other than Réseau Contact and Jobboom which were transferred to Videotron), including theCanoe Network, which logs over 9.310.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including 5.0more than 5.1 million in the Province of Québec, and ranks as the number one general news destination in Canada (according to ComScore Media Metrix figures for December 2011)2012). In 2011, Sun Media acquiredStealthedeal.com, an online couponing business to further expand our business in the digital market.

Our News Media segment is also engaged in the distribution of newspapers, magazines, inserts and flyers; commercial printing and related services to third-parties through itsour national network of printing and production facilities.

Quebecor Media continues the development of its News Media segment in order to increasebroaden its revenue streams. In this regard, the QMI news agency (the “QMI News Agency”) established two newsrooms in Montréal and Toronto, creating multiplatform teams for event coverage, and centralizing photo coverage across Canada. Since July 1, 2010, the QMI News Agency has been the main supplier of general Canadian news content to our media properties. In addition, we continue to leverage our printing capacities and distribution services with Quebecor Media Network which offers flyer printing and distributing across Canada.

Quebecor Media owns 100% of the voting and equity interests of Sun Media.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our News Media operations generated revenues of $960.0 million and operating income of $115.1 million, with 67.2% of these revenues derived from advertising, 17.1% from circulation, 4.5% from digital revenues and 11.2% from commercial printing and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our News Media operations generated revenues of $1.02 billion and operating income of $150.1 million, with 72.7%69.0% of these revenues derived from advertising, 16.9%16.8% from circulation, 4.3% from digital revenues and 10.4%9.9% from commercial printing and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our News Media operations generated revenues of $1.01 billion and operating income of $191.4 million, with 73.0% of these revenues from advertising, 17.9% from circulation, and 9.1% from commercial printing and other revenues.

Canadian Newspaper Publishing Industry Overview

Newspaper publishing is the oldest segment of the advertising based media industry in Canada. The industry is mature and is dominated by a small number of major newspaper publishers largely segmented in different markets and geographic areas. As of December 31, 2011,2012, our News Media Segment’s combined average weekly circulation (paid and unpaid) was approximately 15.7 14.2million copies, according to internal statistics. According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, Sun Media’s 23.6%23.3% market share of paid weekly circulation for Canadian daily newspapers makes our newspaper publishing operations the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada in terms of weekly paid average circulation.

According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, there are approximately 9695 paid circulation daily newspapers, numerous paid non-daily publications and free-distribution daily and non-daily publications. Of the 9695 paid circulation daily newspapers, 2221 have average weekday circulation in excess of 50,000 copies. These include 1615 English-language metropolitan newspapers, four French language daily newspapers and two national daily newspapers. In addition

to daily newspapers, both paid and unpaid non-daily newspapers are distributed nationally and locally across Canada. Newspaper publishers may also produce and distribute niche publications that target specific readers with customized editorial content and advertising. The newspaper market consists primarily of two segments, broadsheet and tabloid newspapers, which vary in format. With the exception of the broadsheet theLondon Free Press, all of Sun Media’s urban paid daily newspapers are tabloids.

Newspaper publishers derive revenue primarily from the sale of retail, classified, national and insert advertising, and to a lesser extent through paid subscriptions and single copy sales of newspapers. The mature nature of the Canadian newspaper industry has resulted in limited growth, if any, for traditional newspaper publishers, for many years, and the newspaper industry is now undergoing fundamental changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising market. As a result of these changes in the market, competition in the newspaper industry now comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet and distribution over wireless devices) to consumers and advertisers. As a result, the newspaper industry is facing challenges to retain its revenues and circulation/readership, as advertisers and readers become increasingly fragmented in the increasingly populated media landscape.

Advertising and Circulation

Advertising revenue is the largest source of revenue for our newspaperNews Media operations, representing 72.7%67.2% of our newspaper operations’ total revenues in 2011.2012. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in which each newspaper operates, circulation, readership, demographic composition of the market and the availability of alternative advertising media. Our strategy is to maximize advertising revenue by providing advertisers with a range of pricing and marketing alternatives to better enable them to reach their target audience. Our newspapers offer a variety of advertising alternatives, including full-run advertisements in regular sections of the newspaper targeted to different readers (including automotive, real estate and travel), geographically targeted inserts, special interest pullout sections and advertising supplements.

The principal categories of advertising revenues in our newspaper operations are classified, retail and national advertising. Classified advertising is made up of four principal sectors: automotive, private party, recruitment and real estate.estate, which appear in the classified section of our newspapers. Retail advertising is display advertising principally placed by local businesses and organizations. Most of our retail advertisers are department stores, electronics stores and furniture stores. National advertising is display advertising primarily from advertisers promoting products or services on a national basis. Ourbasis, and sold through our national advertisers are principally in the retail automotive sector.sales force.

In the smaller community papers, substantially all of the advertising revenues are derived from local retailers and classified advertisers. These newspapers publish advertising supplements with specialized themes such as agriculture, tourism, home improvement and gardening to encourage advertisers to purchase additional lineage in these special editions.

We believe our advertising revenues are diversified not only by category (classified, retail and national), but also by customer and geography. For the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, our top ten national advertisers accounted for approximately 7.5%11.4% of the total advertising revenue and approximately 5.4%7.6% of the total revenue of our News Media segment. In addition, because we sell advertising in numerous regional markets in Canada, the impact of a decline in any one market can be offset by strength in other markets.

Circulation sales are our newspaper operations’ second-largest source of revenue and represented 16.9%17.1% of total revenues of our News Media segment in 2011.2012. In the large urban markets, newspapers are available through newspaper boxes and retail outlets Monday through Sunday, except theLondon Free Press, which does not publish a Sunday edition. We offer daily home delivery in each of our newspaper markets. We derive our circulation revenues from single copy sales and subscription sales. Our strategy is to increase circulation revenue by adding newspaper boxes and point-of-sale locations, as well as expanding home delivery. In order to increase readership, we are targeting editorial content to identified groups through the introduction of niche products, and in recent years we have launched e-editions of a number of our newspapers.

In order to respond to the ongoing transformation

Digital revenues represented 4.5% of the newspaper industry, which has affected advertisingtotal revenues and circulation levels in recent years, and to make adjustments in respect of the deterioration of economic conditions that have affected many of our advertisers, we are undertaking initiatives to leverage synergies and convergence among our subsidiaries, including those which are part of our newspaper operations. These initiatives include the launch of e-editions of a number of Sun Media’s newspapers. This initiative provides our advertisers with added-value and exposure on the Internet platform, which we hope will allow us to retain and secure certain advertising revenues. Furthermore, we have transferred the printing of several of our publications to two state-of-the-art facilities owned by Quebecor Media Printing (our wholly-owned subsidiary), we have created Quebecor Media Network which offers advertisers the full range of services from printing to the distribution of advertising materials, includingLe Sac Plus, andfor our News Media businesssegment in 2012. Digital revenues are generated from advertising on our websites, digital subscriptions to the e-editions of our newspapers and more recently through paywalls launched in our urban daily newspaper websites. Our News Media segment operates over 200 websites, which include publication websites to complement each of its urban and community paid daily newspaper publications. Revenues from digital products represent a potential growth opportunity for our News Media operations. To this end, in 2012, the News Media segment completed an overhaul and re-launch of its paid urban daily and English community websites to improve the look and feel of our publication websites while at the same time standardizing their format and design. Our strategy is sharingto increase our digital revenues by improving the user’s overall experience by offering rich and visually-appealing content, including photo galleries and video clips, as well as improved navigation and functionalities, which in turn should increase traffic to our websites and provide advertisers with compelling media platforms on which to reach their target audience.

In the third quarter of 2012, Sun Media announced a strategic redesign of its operating structure, including the reorganization of its editorial, contentadvertising and industrial operations into pillars and away from its traditional management-by-publication structure. Concurrent with QMI News Agency. Finally,this announcement, Sun Media appointed new leaders for each of its respective pillars and realigned its management structure with a focus on relationships with the creationmedia community – being our readers, advertisers, business opportunities and sales. In addition, the News Media segment announced the elimination of QMI National Sales, we have integrated our advertising assetsapproximately 500 positions throughout its organization, including the closure of two production facilities in Ottawa and Kingston, Ontario, as well as the closure or merger of several unprofitable newspaper publications that were not considered a strategic fit to offer our clients global, integratedthe News Media segment. The objective of these and multiplatform advertisingother optimization initiatives, when completed, is to deliver more than $45.0 million annualized cost savings and marketing solutions. We have also expanded our reach into further streamline and optimize the Montérégie region in the Province of Québec through the acquisition ofHebdos Montérégiens’15 newspapers and launched three new Québec weekly newspapers in 2011 in ordersegment’s operations to maximize the benefits of synergies among our operations.focus on its core competencies.

Newspaper Operations

We operate our newspaper business through our Sun Media subsidiary in urban and community markets principally through two groups of products:

 

the Urban Daily Group; and

 

the Community Newspaper Group.

A majority of Sun Media’s newspapers in the Community Newspaper Group are clustered around our eight paid urban dailies in the Urban Daily Group. Sun Media has strategically established its community newspapers near regional printing facilities in suburban and rural markets across Canada. This geographic clustering enables us to realize operating efficiencies and economic synergies through sharing of management, production, printing, and distribution functions.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing, we operate two printing state-of-the-art facilities located in Islington, Ontario, and Mirabel, Québec.24 Hours in Toronto, theToronto Sun, and a number of Ontario community publications are printed in Islington, Ontario. TheJournal de Montréal,Ottawa Sun and24 Heures (Montréal), as well as a number of our Québec community publications are printed in Mirabel, Québec.

The Urban Daily Group

Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group is comprised of eight paid daily newspapers, six free daily commuter publications and twoone free weekly publications.publication.

Paid daily newspapers

Sun Media’s paid daily newspapers are published seven days a week and are all tabloids with the exception of the broadsheet theLondon Free Press which is also not published on Sundays. These are mass circulation newspapers that provide succinct and complete news coverage with an emphasis on local news, sports and entertainment. The tabloid format makes extensive use of color, photographs and graphics. Each newspaper contains inserts that feature subjects of interest such as fashion, lifestyle and special sections.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, on a combined weekly basis, the eight paid daily newspapers in Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group had a circulation of approximately 5.25.1 million copies, according to internal statistics. These newspapers hold either the number one or number two position in each of their respective markets in terms of weekly readership.

Paid circulation is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue. Readership (as opposed to paid circulation) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper and is measured by an independent survey conducted by NADbank® Inc. According to the 20102011 NADbank® study (the “NADbank® Study”), the most recent available survey, readership estimates are based upon the number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank® Inc. who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.

The following table lists Sun Media’s paid daily newspapers and their respective readership in 20102011 as well as their market position by weekly readership during that period, based on information provided in the NADbank® Study:

 

  2010 AVERAGE READERSHIP   MARKET
POSITION

BY  READERSHIP(1)
  2011 AVERAGE READERSHIP   MARKET POSITION
BY READERSHIP (1)
 

NEWSPAPER

  SATURDAY   SUNDAY   MON-FRI   

NEWSPAPER

  SATURDAY   SUNDAY   MON-FRI   MARKET POSITION
BY READERSHIP (1)
 

Journal de Montréal

   668,900     430,500     621,100    1st   617,300     407,900     597,900    

Journal de Québec

   204,700     130,400     175,700    1st   201,800     127,900     187,300     1st  

Toronto Sun

   522,900     679,000     628,200    2nd   589,400     672,500     642,400     2nd  

London Free Press

   148,500     n/a     145,800    1st   143,600     n/a     152,400     1st  

Ottawa Sun

   111,800     96,900     138,400    2nd   86,600     74,000     128,200     2nd  

Winnipeg Sun

   78,600     72,400     110,100    2nd   87,600     77,700     120,900     2nd  

Edmonton Sun

   132,000     151,300     166,300    2nd   126,100     134,800     158,200     2nd  

Calgary Sun

   133,900     150,900     149,000    2nd   120,200     126,500     158,500     2nd  
  

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

Total Average Readership

   2,001,300     1,711,400     2,134,600       1,972,600     1,621,300     2,145,800    
  

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

(1)

Based on paid weekly readership data published by the NADbank® Study.

Journal de Montréal.TheJournal de Montréalis published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, theJournal deMontréalranks second in paid circulation among non-national dailies in Canada and first among French-language dailies in North America. TheJournal de Montréalis the number one newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study. The main competitors of theJournal de MontréalareLa PresseandThe Montréal Gazette. Its website is accessible atwww.journaldemontreal.com.

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of theJournal de Montréalfor the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Journal de Montréal

            

Saturday

   256,400     271,600     274,700     248,800     256,400     271,600  

Sunday

   232,500     236,900     247,900     227,700     232,500     236,900  

Monday to Friday

   234,000     242,200     250,300     233,700     234,000     242,200  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Journal de Québecbec..TheJournal de Québec is published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. TheJournal de Québecis the number one newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study. The main competitor of theJournal de QuébecisLe Soleil. Its website is accessible atwww.lejournaldequebec.com.

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of theJournal de Québecfor the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Journal de Québec

            

Saturday

   116,800     113,000     111,500     114,100     116,800     113,000  

Sunday

   103,400     98,800     98,200     98,900     103,400     98,800  

Monday to Friday

   100,800     96,300     97,200     100,500     100,800     96,300  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Toronto SunSun..TheToronto Sun is published seven days a week throughout the greater metropolitan Toronto area. TheToronto Sunis the number two non-national daily newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study.

The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive. TheToronto Suncompetes with Canada’s largest newspaper, theToronto Starand to a lesser extent with theGlobe & Mail and theNational Post, which are national newspapers. As a tabloid newspaper, the Toronto Sun has a unique format compared to these broadsheet competitors. The competitiveness of the Toronto newspaper market is further increased by several free publications and niche publications relating to, for example, entertainment and television. Its website is accessible atwww.torontosun.com.

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of theToronto Sunfor the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Toronto Sun

            

Saturday

   141,400     149,100     145,700     138,300     141,400     149,100  

Sunday

   193,800     247,200     266,400     177,500     193,800     247,200  

Monday to Friday

   166,300     180,200     171,400     161,600     166,300     180,200  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

London Free PressPress..TheLondon Free Press, one of Canada’s oldest daily newspapers, emphasizes national and local news, sports and entertainment and is distributed throughout the London area. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market and is published six days a week, Monday through Saturday. Its website is accessible atwww.lfpress.com.

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of theLondon Free Press for the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

London Free Press

            

Saturday

   77,600     81,400     87,000     75,300     77,600     81,400  

Monday to Friday

   70,600     73,000     74,900     69,500     70,600     73,000  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Ottawa SunSun.. TheOttawa Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout the Ottawa region. TheOttawa Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank®Study. It competes daily with the English-language broadsheet, theOttawa Citizen, and also with the French language paper,Le Droit. Its website is accessible atwww.ottawasun.com.

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of theOttawa Sun for the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Ottawa Sun

            

Saturday

   34,800     37,900     39,000     33,000     34,800     37,900  

Sunday

   37,200     40,800     42,900     36,700     37,200     40,800  

Monday to Friday

   43,700     44,700     46,600     41,500     43,700     44,700  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

TheOttawa Sun also publishes theOttawa Pennysaver, a free weekly community shopping guide with circulation of approximately 168,700 as of December 31, 2011, according to internal statistics.

Winnipeg SunSun.. TheWinnipeg Sun is published seven days a week and serves the metropolitan Winnipeg area. TheWinnipeg Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study, and it competes with theWinnipeg Free Press. Its website is accessible atwww.winnipegsun.com.

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of theWinnipeg Sun for the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Winnipeg Sun

            

Saturday

   28,400     34,000     48,500     23,300     28,400     34,000  

Sunday

   30,100     33,500     45,500     24,600     30,100     33,500  

Monday to Friday

   28,200     34,800     50,000     23,000     28,200     34,800  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Edmonton SunSun.. TheEdmonton Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Edmonton. TheEdmonton Sunis the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study, and it competes with Edmonton’s broadsheet daily, theEdmonton Journal. Its website is accessible atwww.edmontonsun.com.

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of theEdmonton Sun for the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Edmonton Sun

            

Saturday

   43,100     49,200     50,500     40,600     43,100     49,200  

Sunday

   53,500     58,800     67,300     57,200     53,500     58,800  

Monday to Friday

   45,800     51,400     56,200     41,900     45,800     51,400  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Calgary SunSun.. TheCalgary Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Calgary. TheCalgary Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank® Study, and it competes with Calgary’s broadsheet daily, theCalgary Herald. Its website is accessible atwww.calgarysun.com.

The following table presents the average daily circulation of theCalgary Sun for the periods indicated:

 

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2012   2011   2010 

Calgary Sun

            

Saturday

   47,100     46,800     48,300     44,900     47,100     46,800  

Sunday

   56,600     60,900     67,900     54,600     56,600     60,900  

Monday to Friday

   45,700     45,700     47,300     42,700     45,700     45,700  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Free daily newspapers

Sun Media publishes free daily commuter publications in six urban markets including Toronto, Montréal, Vancouver, Ottawa, Calgary, and Edmonton. The editorial content of these free daily commuter publications concentrates on the greater metropolitan area of each of these cities, respectively.

The following table reflects the average weekday circulation of our free daily commuter publications:

 

   Year ended December 31, 

FREE DAILY COMMUTER PUBLICATIONS

  2011   2010   2009 

24 Hours - Toronto

   238,600     246,300     256,800  

24 Heures - Montréal

   153,200     151,500     148,600  

24 Hours - Vancouver

   123,100     123,000     120,700  

24 Hours - Calgary

   37,000     36,000     40,300  

24 Hours - Edmonton

   35,900     35,800     36,100  

24 Hours - Ottawa

   35,200     34,600     32,800  
   Year ended December 31, 

FREE DAILY COMMUTER PUBLICATIONS

  2012   2011   2010 

24 Hours — Toronto

   247,100     238,600     246,300  

24 Heures — Montréal

   159,100     153,200     151,500  

24 Hours — Vancouver

   118,100     123,100     123,000  

24 Hours — Calgary

   34,500     37,000     36,000  

24 Hours — Edmonton

   40,200     35,900     35,800  

24 Hours — Ottawa

   34,100     35,200     34,600  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Competition

The newspaper industry is seeing secular changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising market, all of which affect the nature of competition in the newspaper industry. Competition increasingly comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet, digital readers (e-readers) and distribution over wireless devices) to consumers and advertisers.

The rate of development of opportunities in, and competition from, these digital media services, including those related to the Internet, is increasing. Through internal development programs, joint initiatives among Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, and acquisitions, our efforts to explore new opportunities in news, information and communications businesses have expanded and will continue to do so. For instance, in order to leverage synergies and convergence among our subsidiaries, we have launched e-editions of a number of Sun Media’s newspapers, we have transferred the printing of several of our publications to two state-of-the-art facilities owned by Quebecor Media Printing (our wholly-owned subsidiary), we have created Quebecor Media Network which offers advertisers the full range of services from printing to the distribution of advertising materials, includingLe Sac Plus, and our News Media business is sharing editorial content with QMI News Agency. In addition, with the creation of QMI National Sales, we have integrated our advertising assets to offer our clients global, integrated and multiplatform advertising and marketing solutions. In 2012, we completed an overhaul and re-launch of our Urban Daily and English Community publication websites to improve the look and feel of our publication websites while at the same time standardizing their format and design.

We believe that the high cost associated with starting a major daily newspaper operation represents a barrier to entry to potential new competitors of Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group.

The Community Newspaper Group

Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group consists of 28 paid daily community newspapers, 205201 community weekly newspapers and shopping guides, and 2927 agricultural and other specialty publications. The total average weekly circulation of the publications in Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 20112012 was approximately 4.74.2 million free copies and approximately 2.41.6 million paid copies, according to internal statistics. The table below sets forth the average daily paid circulation and geographic location of the daily newspapers published by Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2011:2012:

 

NEWSPAPERNEWSPAPER(1)

 

LOCATIONLOCATION

 AVERAGEAVERAGE DAILYPAID
CIRCULATION
The Kingston Whig-Standard Kingston, Ontario21,700

The Standard

 St. Catharines, Ontario 19,20025,200

The Kingston Whig-Standard

Kingston, Ontario20,500

The Expositor

 Brantford, Ontario 15,90015,100

The Sudbury StarNiagara Falls Review

 Sudbury,Niagara Falls, Ontario 14,10013,700

The Sault Star

 Sault Ste Marie, Ontario 13,50012,400

The Tribune

Welland, Ontario12,200

The Sudbury Star

Sudbury, Ontario12,100

The Peterborough Examiner

 Peterborough, Ontario 13,10011,900

The Observer

 Sarnia, Ontario 12,30011,400

The Sun Times

 Owen Sound, Ontario 12,00011,300

North Bay NuggettNugget

 North Bay, Ontario 11,50011,000
Niagara Falls ReviewNiagara Falls, Ontario10,600

Cornwall Standard Freeholder

 Cornwall, Ontario 10,4009,300
The TribuneWelland, Ontario9,900

The Intelligencer

 Belleville, Ontario 9,4008,300

The Recorder & Times

 Brockville, Ontario 8,5007,800

The Chatham Daily News

 Chatham, Ontario 7,9007,100

Beacon Herald

 Stratford, Ontario 7,6007,100

The Daily Press

 Timmins, Ontario 6,4006,000

Simcoe Reformer

 Simcoe, Ontario 5,8005,200

The Barrie Examiner

 Barrie, Ontario 5,3004,700

Packet & Times

 Orillia, Ontario 5,2004,700

Daily Herald Tribune

 Grande Prairie, Alberta 5,0004,200

Sentinel-Review

 Woodstock, Ontario 4,8004,100

The Daily Observer

 Pembroke, Ontario 4,3003,800
Northumberland TodayNorthumberland, Ontario4,100

St. Thomas Time-Journal

 St. Thomas, Ontario 4,0003,700

Northumberland Today

Northumberland, Ontario3,600

Kenora Daily Miner & News

 Kenora, Ontario 2,3002,100

Fort McMurray Today

 Fort McMurray, Alberta 2,0001,900

Portage Daily Graphic

 Portage La Prairie, Manitoba 1,8001,500
  

 

Total Average Daily Paid Circulation

 248,600241,900

 

Source: Internal Statistics

 

(1)The listed newspapers are published at least five days per week, except for the Simcoe Reformer, Kenora Daily Miner & News, and Portage Daily Graphic and North Bay Nugget, which are published four days per week.

The number of community publications (comprised principally of non-daily newspapers and shopping guides) presented on a regional basis is as follows:

 

Province

  Number of
Publications
 

Ontario

   130122  

Québec

   7476  

Alberta

   40  

Manitoba

   13  

Saskatchewan

   4  

New Brunswick

   1  
  

 

 

 

Total Publications

   262256  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Our community newspaper publications generally offer news, sports and special features, with an emphasis on local information. We believe that these newspapers cultivate reader loyalty and create franchise value by emphasizing local news, thereby differentiating themselves from national newspapers.

Competition

Several of the Community Newspaper Group’s publications maintain the number one position in the markets that they serve. Our community publications are generally located in small towns and are typically the only daily or weekly newspapers of general circulation published in their respective communities, although some face competition from daily or weekly publications published in nearby locations and circulated in the markets where we publish our daily or weekly publications. Historically, the Community Newspaper Group’s publications have been a consistent source of cash flow, derived primarily from advertising revenue.

Other Operations

Commercial Printing

Our national network of production and printing facilities enables us to provide printing services for web press (coldset and heatset) and sheetfed products, and graphic design for print and electronic media. Web presses utilize rolls of newsprint, whereas sheetfed presses use individual sheets of paper. Heatset web presses, which involve a more complex process than coldset web presses, are generally associated with printing on glossy paper. These operations provide commercial printing services for both Sun Media’s internal printing needs and for third parties. Sun Media’s printing facilities include 13ten printing facilities for its urban and community daily publications and eightseven other printing facilities operated by the Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group in fivefour provinces. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing, we operate two printing state-of-the-art facilities located in Islington, Ontario, and Mirabel, Québec.

We also offer third party commercial printing services, which provides us with an additional revenue source that leverages existing equipment with excess capacity. In our third party commercial printing operations, we compete with other newspaper publishing companies as well as with commercial printers. Our competitive strengths in this area include our modern equipment, our status in some of our markets as the only local provider of commercial printing services and our ability to price projects on a variable cost basis, as our core newspaper business covers overhead expenses.

Distribution Network

Quebecor Media Network distributes dailies, weeklies, magazines and other electronic and print media and reaches approximately 200,000 households and 14,000 retail outlets through its operations in the Province of Québec. Moreover, we continue to leverage our printing capacities and distribution services with Quebecor Media Network which offers flyer printing and distributing across Canada. In addition to distributing all Quebecor Media community newspapers in the Province of Québec,Le Sac Plus door-knob bag contains advertising materials, such as flyers, leaflets, product samples, and other value-added promotions every week.

Television

Sun Newswas launched in April 2011 and offers comprehensive coverage of the events that impact Canadian society and the country’s political and economic life. Sun News General Partnership is a partnership owned by TVA GroupSun Media (51%) and Sun MediaTVA Group (49%). For additional information see “— Broadcasting” below.

Internet/Portals

In the second quarter of 2011, all of the internet portals that were formally owned by Canoe Inc. (other than Réseau Contact and Jobboom which were transferred to Videotron) were transferred to Sun Media, including theCanoe Network, which logs over 9.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including more than 5.0 million in the Province of Québec, and ranks as the number one general news destination in Canada (according to ComScore Media Metrix figures for December 2011). In 2011, Sun Media acquiredStealthedeal.com, an online couponing business to further expand our business in the digital market.

TheCanoe Network includes information and service sites for the general public. As such, it is one of the most popular Internet destinations in Canada, in both the English and French speaking markets, and a key vehicle for Internet users and advertisers alike. Advertising revenues constitute a large portion of theCanoe Network’s annual revenues.

Media Properties

The News Media segment operates the following portals and destination sites:

 

  

Canoe (canoe.ca)Network (canoe.ca), a bilingual portal with more than 95374 million page views in December 2011,2012, according to internal statistics;

 

  

Sun Media dedicated websites for its corresponding weekly and daily newspapers (such aswww.torontosun.com,www.edmontonsun.com,www.journaldequebec.com andwww.journaldemontreal.com), which provide local and national news;

 

  

Canoe.tv, the first Canadian web broadcaster with unique content commissioned byCanoe.tv in addition to video content from traditional sources including Quebecor Media, the Sun Media network of newspapers and various external partners;

 

  

StealTheDeal.com, a website dedicated to daily deals in more than 120 Sun Media markets in English Canada, which was acquired by Sun Media in April 2011; and

LeSacPlus.ca, a website that gives access to deals, promotional offers and discounts on a wide range of products, services and activities for Québec’s residents.

E-commerce Properties

The following e-commerce properties are included under theCanoe Networkumbrella:

 

  

Autonet.ca, one of Canada’s leading Internet sites devoted entirely to automobiles;

  

Canoeclassifieds.ca and,Vitevitevite.ca (formerlycanoeclassees.ca), and our recently launched local classified ad sites attached to our large urban newspaper brands, through which visitors can view more than 157,000130,000 classified ads, reaching potential purchasers across the country by integrating more than 250 dailies and community newspapers;

 

  

YourLifeMoments.ca, Sun Media’s premier site for announcing, celebrating, sharing all of life’s special moments.YourLifeMoments.ca publishes an average of 10,0002,000 announcements every week from over 250 dailies and community newspapers and is the leader in Canada in this niche market; and

 

  

Micasa.ca, one of the leading real-estate listing sites in the Province of Québec, providing comprehensive property listing services available to all real estate brokers as well as individual homeowners.

In the second quarter of 2011, all of the internet portals that were formerly owned by Canoe Inc. (other than Réseau Contact and Jobboom which were transferred to Videotron) were transferred to Sun Media, including theCanoe Network, which logs over 10.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including more than 5.1 million in the Province of Québec, and ranks as the number one general news destination in Canada (according to ComScore Media Metrix figures for December 2012).

Seasonality and Cyclicality

Canadian newspaper publishing companycompanies operating results tend to follow a recurring seasonal pattern with higher advertising revenue in the spring and in the fall. Accordingly, the second and fourth fiscal quarters are typically our strongest quarters, with the fourth quarter generally being the strongest. Due to the seasonal retail decline and generally poor weather, the first quarter has historically been our weakest quarter.

Our newspaper business is cyclical in nature. Our operating results are sensitive to prevailing local, regional and national economic conditions because of our dependence on advertising sales for a substantial portion of our revenue. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical reflecting overall economic conditions, as well as budgeting and buying patterns and priorities. In addition, a substantial portion of our advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive advertisers, who have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, and our operating results have in the past been materially adversely affected by extended downturns in the Canadian retail and automotive sectors. Similarly, since a substantial portion of our advertising revenue is derived from local advertisers, our operating results in individual markets could be adversely affected by local or regional economic downturns.

Raw Materials

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2011,2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 146,600140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 10.9%9.4% ($83.579.8 million) of our News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our earnings, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial condition. We manage the effects of newsprint price increases through a combination of, among other things, waste management, technology improvements, web width reduction, inventory management, and by controlling the mix of editorial versus advertising content.

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (our “Newsprint Supplier”). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates for purchases above certain thresholds, and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint.

Broadcasting

Through TVA Group, we operate the largest private French-language television network in North America as well as 118 specialty services. Also through TVA Group, we hold minority interests in Sun News General Partnership and in the specialty channelEvasion. According to data published by the BBM People Meters (which is based on a measurement methodology using audimetry), we had a 31.8%32.2% market share of French-speaking viewers in the Province of Québec in 2011for the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 and according to the Canadian TVB Report for the period from January 1, 20112012 through October 31, 2011,November 30, 2012, our share of the Province of Québec’s French-language broadcast television advertising market was 40.6%41.5%.

In 2011,For the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, we aired seventhirteen of the tenfifteen most popular TV programs in the Province of Québec, includingOn connaît la chanson, Occupation Double au PortugalCéline Dion… sans attendre, Le Banquier-Spécial Halloween and Le Gala ArtisStar Académie 2012. In addition, for the same period in 2011,2012, the Réseau TVA (“TVA Network”) had 1923 of the top 30 French-language prime time television shows in the Province of Québec, according to BBM People Meter data. Since May 1999, the TVA Network, which consists of ten stations, has been included in the basic channel line-up of most cable and satellite providers across Canada, enabling us to reach a significant portion of the French-speaking population of Canada outside the Province of Québec.

Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following 13 specialty services:LCN, a Category C French-language all news service,Évasion, a Category A French-language travel and tourism service,Télé achats, a French-language infomercial and tele-shopping channel,Argent, a Category A French-language economic, business and personal finance news service,mysteryTV, a national English-language Category A specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming,addikTV, a national French-language Category A specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming,Prise 2, a French-language Category B specialty television service devoted to the Province of Québec and American television classics,Mlle, a French-language Category B specialty television service dedicated to style, beauty and the well-being of Québec women,The Cave, a national English-language Category A specialty television service dedicated to the Canadian man’s lifestyle,CASA, a French-language Category B specialty television service devoted to home-improvements, do-it-yourself and cooking,YOOPA, a French-language Category B specialty television service aimed exclusively at preschoolers,TVA Sports, a French-language Category C specialty television service devoted to sports, andSun News, a national English-language Category C specialty television service focused on news and opinion. On December 22, 2011, TVA Group announced it had reached an agreement through which TVA Group will sell its 50% interest in themysteryTV specialty channel and its 51% interest inThe Cave specialty channel to Shaw Television GP Inc. Each of TVA Group’s specialty channels has its own dedicated website.

TVA Group also publishes more than 75 magazines, including regular, special and seasonal issues. Its principal magazines focus on five market niches: entertainment, fashion and beauty, decoration, teenagers and services. It ismaking it Quebec’s largest publisher of French-language magazines. TVA Group also active in theoffers custom publishing, activities, pre-mediacommercial printed production services and operates websites in order to broadcast itspremedia services that promote customers’ trademarks on different digital platforms.through print media.

As at December 31, 2011,2012, we own 51.4%51.45% of the equity and control 99.9%99.97% of the voting power in TVA Group.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, our Broadcasting operations generated revenues of $461.1 million and operating income of $38.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Broadcasting operations generated revenues of $445.5 million and operating income of $50.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our Broadcasting operations generated revenues of $448.2 million and operating income of $74.9 million.

Canadian Television Industry Overview

Canada has a well-developed television market that provides viewers with a range of viewing alternatives.

There are three main French language broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: Société Radio-Canada, “V” and TVA Network. In addition to French language programming, there are three English-language national broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: the Global Television Network, CTV and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, known as CBC. Global Television Network, V and CTV are privately held and are commercial networks. CBC and Société Radio-Canada are government owned and financed by a combination of federal government grants and advertising revenue. French language viewers in the Province of Québec also have access to certain U.S. networks.

Drama and comedy programming are the most popular genres with French speaking viewers, followed by news and other information programming. Viewing trends by French speaking viewers are predominantly to French Canadian programs in all genres, with the exception of drama and comedy programs where the viewing has remained evenly split between Canadian and foreign programs.

The following table sets forth the market share of French speaking viewers in the Province of Québec in 2011:as of December 31, 2012:

 

Network

  Share of Province
of Québec Television
 

TVA Network

   24.223.7

Société Radio-Canada

   13.011.8

V

   8.18.6

TVA Group’s French language specialty TV

   7.68.5

Various French language specialty and pay cable TV

   39.437.3

Others

   7.710.1

Source: BBM People Meters 20112012 for the period between January 1, 20112012 and December 31, 2011.2012.

Television Broadcasting

Broadcast Network

Our French language network of ten stations, which consists of six owned and four affiliated stations, is available to a significant portion of the French speaking population in Canada.

Our owned and operated stations include: CFTM-TV in Montréal, CFCM-TV in Québec City, CHLT-TV in Sherbrooke, CHEM-TV in Trois-Rivières, CFER-TV in Rimouski Matane-Sept-Iles and CJPM-TV in Saguenay/Lac-St-Jean. Our four affiliated stations are CFEM-TV in Rouyn, CHOT-TV in Gatineau, CHAU-TV in Carleton and CIMT-TV in Rivière-du-Loup. We own a 45% interest of the latter two. A substantial portion of our network’s broadcast schedule is originated from our main station in Montréal. Our signal is transmitted from transmission and retransmission sites authorized by Industry Canada and licensed by the CRTC and is also retransmitted by satellite elsewhere in Canada as a distant signal by various modes of authorized distribution: cable, direct-to-home satellite distribution and multi channel MDS.

TVA Group’s website is accessible at groupetva.cagroupetva.ca.

Specialty Broadcasting

Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following 10 specialty services:LCN, a French-language all news service,Évasion, a French-language travel and tourism service,Argent, a French-language economic, business and personal finance news service,addikTV, a national French-language specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming,Prise 2, a French-language specialty television service devoted to the Province of Québec and American television classics,Moi&cie (formerly “Mlle”), a French-language specialty television service dedicated to style, beauty and the well-being of Québec women,CASA, a French-language specialty television service devoted to home-improvements, do-it-yourself and cooking,YOOPA, a French-language specialty television service aimed exclusively at preschoolers,TVA Group controls or participates in 13Sports, a French-language specialty services, including the following:television service devoted to sports, andSun News, a national English-language specialty television service focused on news and opinion. Each of TVA Group’s specialty channels has its own dedicated website.

 

Type of Service

  Language  Voting Interest 

Category A Digital Specialty Services:

    

ŸThe Cave

English51.0%* 

ŸmysteryTV

English50.0%* 

Ÿ•      addikTV

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      Argent (LCN - (LCN—Affaires)

  French   100.0

ŸÉvasion•      Évasion

  French   8.3%

Type of Service

LanguageVoting Interest 

Category B Digital Specialty Services:

    

Ÿ•      Prise 2

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      CASA

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      YOOPA

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      MlleMoi&cie(formerly “Mlle”)

  French   100.0

Category C Digital Specialty Services:

    

Ÿ•      LCN Le Canal Nouvelles

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      TVA Sports

  French   100.0

Ÿ•      Sun News

  English   51.049.0%

Exempted Programming Service:

ŸTélé achats

French100.0%* 

 

*On December 22, 2011,June 30, 2012, TVA Group announced it had reached an agreement through which TVA Group will sell its 50%sold a 2% interest in themysteryTV specialty channel and its 51% interest inThe Cave specialty channelSUN News to Shaw Television GP Inc.Sun Media Corporation, an affiliated company.

Advertising Sales and Revenue

We derive a majority of our revenues from the sale of air-time to national, regional and local advertisers. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2011,2012, we derived approximately 76%70% of our advertising revenues from national advertisers and 24%30% from regional and local advertisers.

Programming

We produce a variety of French language programming, including a broad selection of entertainment, news and public affairs programming. We actively promote our programming and seek to develop viewer loyalty by offering a consistent programming schedule.

A majority of our programming is produced by our wholly-owned subsidiary, TVA Productions Inc. Through TVA Productions Inc. (and its affiliate TVA Productions II inc.), we produced approximately 16831,600 hours of original programming from January 20111, 2012 through December 2011,31, 2012, consisting primarily of soap operas, morning and general interest shows, variety shows and quiz shows.

The remainder of our programming is comprised of foreign and Canadian independently produced programming.

Magazine Publishing Activities

TVA Publications Inc. (“TVA Publications”) publishes more than 75 magazinestitles (which include its regular publications, special issues and seasonal publications). Its principal magazines focus on five main market niches: entertainment, fashionwomen, decoration, services and beauty, decoration, teenagers and services.customized publishing. According to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, TVA Publications represented approximately 72%69% of newsstand sales of French language magazines in the Province of Québec as of December 31, 2011.2012. TVA Publications is the leading magazine publisher in the Province of Québec and we expect to leverage its focus on entertainment across our television and Internet programming.

Leisure and Entertainment

Our activities in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs, books, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, games and toys, video games, gifts and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and thearchambault.ca e-commerce site, online sales of downloadable music and ebooks through thearchambault.ca e-commerce site, distribution of CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs (through Select, a division of Archambault Group), online music distribution by way of file transfer and streaming music service (through Select Digital, a division of Archambault Group), music recording and video production (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group), the recording of live concerts, the production of live-event video shows and television advertising (through Les Productions Select TV Inc., a subsidiary of Archambault Group) and the production of music shows and concerts (through Musicor Spectacles, a division of Archambault Group). Through its production capacity made possible with Musicor Spectacles and Les Productions Select TV, Archambault Group is now fully integrated in Canada’s music industry, as a producer of a wider offering of media solutions, and a growing participant in the live-event production industry.

We are also involved in book publishing and distribution through academic publisher CEC Publishing Inc. (“CEC Publishing”), 16 general literature publishers under the Groupe Sogides Inc. (“Sogides Group”) umbrella, and Messageries A.D.P. Inc. (“Messageries A.D.P.ADP”), the exclusive distributor for approximately 165170 Québec and European French-language publishers.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Leisure and Entertainment segment generated revenues of $292.5 million and had an operating income of $13.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the revenues of our Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled $312.9 million and operating income totalled $26.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the revenues of our Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled $302.5 million and operating income totalled $27.6 million.

Cultural Products Production, Distribution and Retailing

Archambault Group is one of the largest chains of music and book stores in the Province of Québec with 16 retail locations, consisting of 15 Archambault megastores and one ParagrapheParagraph bookstore. Archambault Group also offers a variety of games, toys and other gift ideas. Archambault Group’s products are also distributed through its websitearchambault.ca. Archambault Group also operates music and books downloading services with per-item fees.fees and offers streaming music service throughzik.ca.

Archambault Group, through Select, is also one of the largest independent music distributors in Canada with 24%25% of the Province of Québec market and 67%62% of the Province of Québec French market. Select has a catalogue of over 6,7436,900 different CDs, LPs or other audio formats and 1,0541,150 DVDs, VHS or other video formats, a large number of which are from French speaking artists. In addition, Archambault Group, through Select Digital, is a digital aggregator of downloadable products with a selection of approximately 103,384140,500 songs available through 192196 retailers worldwide.

Book Publishing and Distribution

Through Sogides Group (which is comprised of 16 publishing houses: six in Groupe Librex inc.Group Inc., namelyÉditions Libre Expression Éditions,Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké, ÉditionsÉditions Logiques Éditions,Éditions du Trécarré, Éditions QuebecorÉditions Publistar andPublistarLes Éditions Québec-Livres, six in Groupe l’Homme, namelyLes Éditions de l’Homme,Le Jour Éditeur,Utilis,Les Presses Libres le ,Petit Homme andLa Griffe and four in Le Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature inc., namelyL’Hexagone, Les Éditions de l’Hexagone,VLB Éditeur,Typo and De la Bagnole)Les Éditions La Bagnole) and the academic publisher CEC Publishing, we are involved in French-language book publishing and we form one of the Province of Québec’s largest book publishing groups. In 2011,2012, we published or reissued a total of 678633 titles in paper format and 394666 titles in digital format.

Through Messageries ADP, our book distribution company, we are the exclusive distributor for 165 Province of174 Québec and European French-language publishers. We distribute French-language books to approximately 2,8503,000 retail outlets in Canada. In addition, Messageries ADP distributes 3,310approximately 6,500 digital books.

Ownership

We own 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Archambault Group, CEC Publishing and Groupe Sogides.Sogides Group.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Through our Nurun, subsidiary, we provide interactive communication and technology services in North America, Europe and China. Nurun helps companies and other organizations develop innovative interactive products, including interface design, technical platform implementation, which includes e-commerce, online marketing programs, client relationships and social media strategy. Nurun’s clients include organizations and multinational corporations such as L’Oréal, Groupe Danone, BRP,Jean Coutu Group, Tag Heuer, SEAT, Videotron, Home Depot, Google, Sony, McDonald’s, SearsWalmart Canada, Pirelli, Sky Italy BBVA and the Government of Québec.

InFor the third quarteryear ended December 31, 2012, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment (including Odopod) generated revenues of 2011, Nurun completed the acquisition$145.5 million and operating income of Odopod, a digital agency in San Francisco, California, that has expertise in brand promotion and interactive product development.

$9.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated revenues of $120.9 million and operating income of $7.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated revenues of $98.0 million and operating income of $6.0 million.

Ownership

We own 100% of the equity and voting interest in Nurun.

Intellectual Property

We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.

Television programming and motion pictures are granted legal protection under the copyright laws of the countries in which we operate, and there are substantial civil and criminal sanctions for unauthorized duplication and exhibition. The content of our newspapers and websites is similarly protected by copyright. We own copyright in each of

our publications as a whole, and in all individual content items created by our employees in the course of their employment, subject to very limited exceptions. We have entered into licensing agreements with wire services, freelancers and other content suppliers on terms that we believe are sufficient to meet the needs of our publishing operations. We believe we have taken appropriate and reasonable measures to secure, protect and maintain our rights or obtain agreements from licensees to secure, protect and maintain copyright protection of content produced or distributed by us.

We have registered a number of domain names under which we operate websites associated with our television, publishing and Internet operations. As every Internet domain name is unique, our domain names cannot be registered by other entities as long as our registrations are valid.

Insurance

Quebecor Media is exposed to a variety of operational risks in the normal course of business, the most significant of which are transferred to third parties by way of insurance agreements. Quebecor Media has a policy of self-insurance when the foreseeable losses from self-insurance are low relative to the cost of purchasing third-party insurance. Quebecor Media maintains insurance coverage through third parties for property and casualty losses. Quebecor Media believes that it has a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance sufficient to provide adequate protection against unexpected losses, while minimizing costs.

Environment

Some of our operations are subject to Canadian, provincial and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, the recycling of waste, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations.

Compliance with these laws has not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We have monitored the changes closely and have modified our practices where necessary or appropriate. For example, Québec’s regulation on the recovery and reclamation of products by enterprises officially came into force on July 13, 2011. This regulation will require certain subsidiaries of Quebecor Media, specifically Videotron, to implement a recycling program or to become member of a program from an organization accredited by Recyc-Québec. Recovery rates are stipulated for different categorycategories of products commercialized by companies to which this regulation applies andapplies. Starting in 2015, penalties will be imposed if suchupon those companies which fail to achieve the recovery rates are not reached by 2015. Penaltiestargets set forth in the regulation and fines will vary depending uponas a function of the amount of products commercialized and the actual recovery raterates of the company, which failed to reach the targets set forth in the regulation, with potential penalties reaching up to $600,000 annually and with fines for non compliance ranging between $5,000 and $250,000.

Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We are not currently conducting or planning any material study

or remedial measure. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

C - Organizational Structure

C -Organizational Structure

The following chart illustrates the relationship among Quebecor Media and its significant operating subsidiaries and holdings as of December 31, 20112012 and indicates the jurisdiction of incorporation of each entity. In each case, unless otherwise indicated, Quebecor Media owns a 100% equity and voting interest in its subsidiaries (where applicable, the number on the top indicates the percentage of equity owned directly and indirectly by Quebecor Media and the number on the bottom indicates the percentage of voting rights held).

 

LOGOLOGO

Quebecor, a communications holding company, owns 54.72%75.4% of Quebecor Media and CDP Capital, a wholly-owned subsidiary of theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec,CDPQ, owns the other 45.28%24.6% of Quebecor Media. Quebecor’s primary asset is its interest in Quebecor Media. TheCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec CDPQ is one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

D - Property, Plants and Equipment

D -Property, Plants and Equipment

Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8.

Telecommunications

Videotron’s corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, in the same building as Quebecor Media’s head office. Videotron also owns several buildings in Montréal, the largest building of which is located at 2155 Pie IX Street in Montréal (approximately 128,000 square feet). Videotron also owns a building located at 150 Beaubien Street in Montréal (approximately 72,000 square feet). Videotron leases approximately 52,000 square feet of office space in a building located at 800 de la Gauchetière Street in Montréal to accommodate staffing growth. Videotron also leases approximately 54,000 square feet in a building located at 4545 Frontenac Street in Montréal and 47,000 square feet in a building located at 888 De Maisonneuve Street in Montréal. In Québec City, Videotron owns a building of approximately 40,000 square feet where its regional headend for the Québec City region is located. Videotron also owns or leases a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception sites and customer service and business offices.

News Media

Sun Media’s principal business offices are located at 333 King612 St-Jacques Street, East, Toronto, Ontario,Montreal, Québec, Canada, M5A 3X5.H3C 4M8.

The following table presents the addresses, the square footage and primary use of the main facilities and other buildings of our newspaper operations. No other single property currently used in our News Media segment exceeds 50,000 square feet. Unless stated otherwise, we own all of the properties listed below.

 

Address

  

Use of Property

  Floor Space Occupied
(sq.  ft.)

Islington, Ontario

2250 Islington Avenue(1)

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Toronto Sun

24 Hours(Toronto)

  546,900

Mirabel, Québec

12800 Brault Street(2)

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Journal de Montréal

24 Heures (Montréal)

  235,000

London, Ontario

369 York Street

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

London Free Press

  147,600146,900

Calgary, Alberta

2615-12 Street NE

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Calgary Sun

  90,000

Vanier, Québec

450 Bechard Avenue

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Journal de Québec

  74,000

Toronto, Ontario

333 King Street East

  

Operations building —

Toronto Sun and Head Office

(leased until 2020)

  71,700

Montréal, Québec

4545 Frontenac Street(2)

  

Operations building —

Journal de Montréal

  102,200

Winnipeg, Manitoba

1700 Church Avenue

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Winnipeg Sun

  63,000

Address

Use of Property

Floor Space Occupied
(sq.  ft.)

St. Catharines, Ontario

17 Queen Street

  

Operations building —

St. Catharines Standard

  56,300

Edmonton, Alberta

9300-47 Street

  

Printing plant —

Edmonton Sun

  50,700

(1)In 2008, printing of the Toronto Sun was fully transferred to Quebecor Media Printing’s facility in Islington, Ontario.
(2)In 2008, printing of theJournal de Montréal was fully transferred to Quebecor Media Printing’s facility in Mirabel, Québec.

Television Broadcasting

Our television broadcasting operations are mainly carried out in Montréal at 1600 De Maisonneuve Boulevard East in a complex of four buildings owned by us which represent a total of approximately 574,000600,000 square feet. We also own buildings in Québec City, Chicoutimi, Trois-Rivières, Rimouski, Sherbrooke and TorontoSherbrooke for local broadcasting and lease space in MontréalLongueuil for TVA Publications.

Leisure and Entertainment segment and Interactive Technologies and Communications segment

We generally lease space for the business offices, retail outlets and warehousing activities for the operation of our Leisure and Entertainment segment. Business offices for our Interactive Technologies and Communications operations are also primarily leased.

Liens and charges

Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilitiessenior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property (chattels). Our subsidiaries’ credit facilities are generally secured by first-ranking charges over all of their respective assets.

E - Regulation

E -Regulation

Foreign Ownership Restrictions Applicable under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) and the Broadcasting Act (Canada)

In the March 2010 Throne Speech,On June 29, 2012, the Government of Canada stated its intention to loosen restrictions on foreign investmentCanada’s omnibus budget implementation bill (C-38) received Royal Assent. Included in the telecommunications industry. Consultations on this subject, including referencesbill were provisions to the related subject of foreign investment in the broadcasting industry, were held in June and July 2010. A consultation document issued by the Government at that time listed three options for loosening restrictions: (1) increase the direct limit for foreign ownership of broadcasting and telecommunication companies to 49 percent; (2) permit unrestricted foreign investment in start-upexempt telecommunications companies as well as existing small industry players, defined as those with less than 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues from foreign investment restrictions under theTelecommunications Act (Canada). Companies that are successful in Canada; and (3) remove thegrowing their market shares in excess of 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications restrictions completely. Public statementsmarket revenues other than by the Ministerway of Industry have since indicated that the Government seeks to enact its chosen option in time for the next wireless spectrum auction, which is expectedmerger or acquisition will continue to be held in late 2012 or early 2013.exempt from the restrictions.

Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

The Governor in Council, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC (Ineligibility of Non-Canadians), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction, means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation of which a majority of the directors are appointed or designated by statute, regulation or specified governmental authorities, or a qualified mutual insurance company, qualified pension fund society or qualified cooperative of which not less than 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer (or if there is no chief executive officer, the person performing functions similar to those performed by a chief executive officer) and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and

outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent company that controls the subsidiary, and neither the parent company nor its directors may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent corporation’s directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on the number of non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly in the Direction to mean control in any manner that

results in control in fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust, agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. Videotron, TVA Group and Sun Media are qualified Canadian corporations.

Regulations made under the Broadcasting Act require the prior approval of the CRTC for any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking or a television programming undertaking (such as a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), (ii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a licensee or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified of the transaction. Similarly, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 40% or more but less than 50% of the voting interests of a licensee, or a person who has directly or indirectly effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified.

“Diversity of Voices”

On January 15, 2008, the CRTC issued its determination inThe CRTC’s Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2008-4, entitled “Diversity of Voices”. In this public notice,Voices,” sets forth the CRTC introduced newCRTC’s policies with respect to cross-media ownership; the common ownership of television services, including pay and specialty services; and the common ownership of broadcasting distribution undertakings (“BDUsBDUs”). TheThis Notice operates in tandem with the CRTC’s existingother policies with respect to the common ownership of over-the-air (“OTAOTA”) television and radio undertakings remain in effect. Theundertakings. Pursuant to these policies, the CRTC will generally permit ownership by one person of no more than one conventional television station in one language in a given market. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of broadcasting undertakings that would result in the ownership or control, by one person, of a local radio station, a local television station and a local newspaper serving the same market. Where a person that controls a local radio station and a local television station acquires a local newspaper serving the same market, the CRTC will, at the earliest opportunity, require the licensee to explain why, in light of this policy, its radio or television license(s) should be renewed. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in effective control that would result in the control, by one person, of a dominant position in the delivery of television services to Canadians that would impact on the diversity of programming available to television audiences. In terms of BDUs, the CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of BDUs in a market that would result in one person being in a position to effectively control the delivery of programming services in that market. The CRTC is not prepared to allow one person to control all BDUs in any given market.

Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

Videotron’s cable distribution undertakings and TVA Group’s programming activities are subject to the Broadcasting Act and regulations made under the Broadcasting Act that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set out in the Broadcasting Act. Certain of Videotron’s and TVA Group’s undertakings are also subject to the Radiocommunication Act, which empowers Industry Canada to establish and administer the technical standards that networks and transmission must comply with, namely, maintaining the technical quality of signals.

The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the Broadcasting Act and regulations promulgated thereunder to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet.

Canadian Broadcasting Distribution (Cable Television)

Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings

A cable distribution undertaking distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license. Videotron operates 52 cable systems pursuant either to the issuance of a license or of an order that exempts certain network operations from the obligation to hold a license.

Cable systems with 20,000 customers or fewer and operating their own local headend are exempted from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued by the CRTC on February 15, 2010 (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-544). These cable systems are required to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the Direction to the CRTC. Pursuant to Decision CRTC 2010-87, Videotron remains with only 8 cable system licences.

In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal for any cable systems.

Distribution of Canadian Content

TheThe Broadcasting Distribution Regulations issued by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be distributed by BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, Canadian television broadcasters are subject to “must carry” rules which require terrestrial distributors, like cable and MDS systems, to carry the signals of local television stations and, in some instances, regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the “must carry” rules is designed to ensure that the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement. Furthermore, cable operators, DBS operators and MDS operators must offer their customers more Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television stations, certain specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but does not include Category B and C digital services.

Broadcasting Distribution Regulations

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations which came into force in 1998 (the 1998 Regulations“1998 Regulations”), apply to broadcasting distribution undertakings in Canada. The 1998 Regulations promote competition betweenamong broadcasting distribution undertakings and the development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality Canadian programs are exhibited.broadcast. The 1998 Regulations introduced important new rules, including the following:

 

  

Competition and Carriage Rules. The 1998 Regulations provide equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services. Similar to the signal carriage and substitution requirements that are imposed on existing cable television systems, under the 1998 Regulations, new broadcasting distribution undertakings are also subject to carriage and substitution requirements. The 1998 Regulations prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person, including itself, or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of anti-competitive behaviour on the part of certain distributors.

  

Signal Substitution. A significant aspect of television broadcasting in Canada is simultaneous program substitution, or simulcasting, a regulatory requirement under which Canadian distribution undertakings, such as cable television systems with over 2,000 customers and DTH satellite operators, are required to substitute the foreign programming service, with local Canadian signal, including Canadian commercials,

for broadcasts of identical programs by a U.S. station when both programs are exhibited at the same time. These requirements are designed to protect the program rights that Canadian broadcasters acquire for their respective local markets.

 

  

Contribution to local expression, Canadian Programmingprogramming and Community Expression Financing Rules.community television. All distributors, except systems with fewer than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian programming including community programming. However, the allocationMoreover, distributors were required to contribute 1.5% of these contributions betweentheir gross annual broadcast and community programming can vary depending on the type and size of the distribution system involved. InBroadcasting Regulatory Policy 2009-406 issued on July 6, 2009 with respectrevenues to the Local ProductionProgramming Improvement Fund (“LPIF”), a fund created to help finance local television stations,(LPIF). However, following the CRTC determined that for the upcoming broadcast year the appropriate contribution level by BDUs to the LPIF should be 1.5% of their respective gross revenues. Broadcasting Regulatory Policy 2010-167 identified further procedural requirements with respect to the LPIF, and maintained the contribution level of 1.5% of the prior broadcast year’s gross revenues derived from broadcasting activities. In Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2011-788, the Commission announces that a public hearing will be held to review itsthe CRTC’s policies and regulations relating to the Local Programming Improvement Fund,LPIF, the CRTC published, on July 18, 2012, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2012-385 whereby the CRTC found that it would be inappropriate to maintain the LPIF in the long term. Therefore, in order to mitigate the effects of eliminating this source of funding for local stations, the CRTC will phase out the fund over the next two broadcast years. Specifically, the CRTC reduced the contribution rate from 1.5% to 1% for the 2012-2013 broadcast year. Moreover, the CRTC will, for the 2013-2014 broadcast year, reduce the contribution rate to 0.5%; and as of September 1, 2014, discontinue the LPIF. Further, the CRTC directed all licensed broadcasting distribution undertakings (BDUs) to file a report in order to describe the measures they have taken or will take, commencing September 1, 2012, to reduce subscriber bills by amounts corresponding to the reduction of the LPIF contribution, including evidence that they have notified subscribers concerning these reductions. Accordingly, Videotron filed its compliance report on April 16,September 17, 2012.

 

  

Inside Wiring Rules. The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is not provided to other distributors.Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. On September 3, 2002, the CRTC established a fee of $0.52 per customer per month for the use of cable inside wire in multiple-dwelling units. In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-774, the Commission found that it was appropriate to amend the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations to permit access by subscribers and competing broadcasting distribution undertakings to inside wire in commercial and institutional properties. Therefore, the CRTC directed all licensees to negotiate appropriate terms and conditions, including a just and reasonable rate, for the use by competitors of the inside wire such licensees own in commercial and institutional properties. If the inside wire configuration resembles that in a multi-unit dwelling, the CRTC would expect that the established $0.52 per subscriber per month rate would be reasonable. If parties cannot come to an agreement, either party may apply to the CRTC for dispute resolution.

Rates

Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television, pay-per-view television and video-on-demand; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.

The CRTC does not regulate the fees charged by non-cable broadcast distribution undertakings and does not regulate the fees charged by cable providers.

Other recent changesComplaint related to regulations which have been announcedthird-party access to TVA VOD content

In DecemberOn January 26, 2011, a public hearing was held byin Decision CRTC 2011-48, the CRTC in orderset out its findings on complaints filed by TELUS and Bell concerning exclusive TVA content on Videotron’s illico-on-Demand service. The CRTC’s finding set out certain remedies and requirements, including that TVA programs distributed on VOD must be provided without delay to renewTELUS and to Bell and that the licencesparties negotiate an agreement for the provision of TVA. TVA requested mainly to:

Replaceprogramming by VOD services or agree on a process for determining a reasonable fee and reasonable terms and conditions for the conditionprovision of licence regarding Canadian priorityTVA programming by third-party VOD services. In November 2011, Bell and the commitment towards independent production with the obligation to devote at least 75% of its programming expenses to Canadian programs;

Amend the condition of licence of CFCM-TV (Québec) regarding the obligation to broadcast programming that must focus exclusivelyTVA agreed on the local Québec market;terms and

Reduce Addik TV Canadian programming expenditures obligation from 40% conditions pursuant to 35% ofwhich TVA programs will be made available, thus ending the previous broadcast year’s gross advertising, infomercial and subscription revenues.

complaint. The decision of the CRTC on the renewal of the licences should be rendered in spring 2012.negotiations with TELUS were suspended.

Vertical Integration

In September 2011, the CRTC released Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601 (the “Policy”) setting out its decisions on the regulatory framework for vertical integration. Vertical integration refers to the ownership or

control by one entity of both programming services, such as conventional television stations or pay and specialty services, as well as distribution services, such as cable systems or DTH satellite services. The Policy: (i) prohibits companies from offering television programs on an exclusive basis to their mobile or Internet subscribers.subscribers in a manner that they are dependent on the subscription to a specific mobile or retail Internet access service. Any program broadcast on television, including hockey games and other live events, must be made available to competitors under fair and reasonable terms; (ii) allows companies to offer exclusive programming to their Internet or mobile customers provided that it is produced specifically for an Internet portal or a mobile device; and (iii) adopts a code of conduct to prevent anti-competitive behaviour and ensure all distributors, broadcasters and online programming services negotiate in good faith (to protect Canadians from losing a television service during negotiations, broadcasters must continue to provide the service in question and distributors must continue to offer it to their subscribers.)

On September 1st, 2011,July 26, 2012, the Commission adopted importantCRTC published Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2012-407 and announced amendments to the Television Broadcasting Regulations, 1987, the Pay Television Regulations, 1990, the Specialty Services Regulations, 1990, and the Broadcasting Distribution RegulationsRegulations. These amendments, related to the distribution of Category B services, the “no head start” rule, the prohibition against tied selling, the standstill provisions and dispute resolution provisions, implement determinations made by the CRTC in Regulatory framework relating to vertical integration, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601, September 21, 2011.

On July 26, 2012, the CRTC published Broadcasting Order CRTC 2012-408. The CRTC amended the terms and conditions of the exemption order for terrestrial broadcasting distribution undertakings serving fewer than 20,000 subscribers. These amendments implement determinations made by the CRTC in Regulatory framework relating to vertical integration, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601, September 21, 2011.

Acquisition of Astral Media Inc. by BCE Inc.

The CRTC held hearings in September 2012 (CRTC’s Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2012-370) with regards to an application filed by BCE Inc., on behalf of Astral Media inc. and its licensed broadcasting subsidiaries, for authority to change the effective control of Astral’s broadcasting undertakings so that it has madeis exercised by BCE Inc. A group of industry participants, including the Company, opposed the transaction on the basis that it would be prejudicial to the Canadian broadcasting system since it would cause the market to be too concentrated and would lessen competition. Consequently, it would reduce consumer choice and result in various policy proceedings.price increases.

On October 18, 2012, the CRTC published Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-574, in which it denied BCE’s application as it was not convinced that the transaction would provide significant and unequivocal benefits to the Canadian broadcasting system and to Canadians sufficient to outweigh the concerns related to competition, ownership concentration in television and radio, vertical integration and the exercise of market power.

On November 19, 2012, Astral Media and BCE announced that they had amended their arrangement agreement and submitted a new proposal to the CRTC for approval of Bell’s acquisition of Astral. On March 6, 2013, The CRTC published the Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2013-106 in relation to the second application by Astral for authority to change its effective control, and control of its licensed broadcasting subsidiaries, to BCE Inc. The deadline for submitting interventions is April 5, 2013 and a public hearing will be held as of May 6, 2013.

Digital transition

OnAs a result of Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-198, on September 1st,1st, 2011, the transition to digital television broadcasting occurred in major markets of Canada. Consequently, a majority of analog transmitters were shut down approximately on the same date.

VOD Conditions of licence

On May 17, 2012, in its Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-292, the CRTC renewed the broadcasting licence for Videotron VOD undertaking (illico sur demande) until August 31, 2014, by referring, notably, to the standard conditions of license for VOD undertakings established in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-59.

In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-59, the CRTC established standard conditions of license to video-on-demand (“VOD”) undertakings pursuant to which exclusive programming rights were prohibited.

New media broadcasting undertakings

On January 26, 2011, in Decision CRTC 2011-48,October 22, 2009, the CRTC set out its findings on complaints filed by TELUSamended the Exemption Order applying to new media broadcasting undertakings (Appendix A to the Public Notice CRTC 1999-197). As such, the description of a “new media broadcasting undertaking” was amended to encompass all Internet-based and Bell concerning exclusive TVA content on Videotron’s illico on Demand service. The CRTC found that TVA and/or Videotron had contravened applicable regulations that prohibit them from givingmobile point-to-point broadcasting services, to introduce an undue preference or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. To remedy the violations, the CRTC set out requirements including that TVA programs distributed on VOD must be provided without delay to TELUSprovision for new media broadcasting undertakings, and to Bell and that, within thirty days following the date of the decision, the parties negotiate an agreementintroduce a reporting requirement for the provision of TVA programming by VOD services or agree on a process for determining a reasonable fee and reasonable terms and conditions for the provision of TVA programming by VOD services. On February 25, 2011, TVA and Videotron filed with thesuch undertakings (Broadcasting Order CRTC two separate reports on the progress of negotiations with TELUS and Bell. The Federal Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court of Canada both denied Videotron/TVA application for leave to appeal the CRTC’s decision. In November 2011, Bell and TVA agreed on the terms and conditions whereby TVA programs will be made available, thus ending Bell’s complaint. TVA is now negotiating with Telus.2009-660).

On July 28, 2009, in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2009-329 entitled “Review of Broadcasting in New Media”,Media,” the CRTC set out its determinations in its proceeding on Canadian broadcasting in new media. However, the CRTC did not determine the legal issue as to whether Internet access providers carry on, in whole or in part, “broadcasting undertakings” pursuant to the Broadcasting Act when they provide access to broadcasting through the Internet. Instead, the CRTC stated that it would refer the matter to the Federal Court of Appeal. Hence, the CRTC referred this question to the Federal Court of Appeal for hearing and determination in its Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-452. On July 6,7, 2010, the Federal Court of Appeal determined that ISPs play a “content-neutral role” in the transmission of data and do not carry on broadcasting activities. The case is now beforeOn February 9, 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada. On October 22, 2009,Canada subsequently upheld the CRTC amended the Exemption Order applying to new media broadcasting undertakings (Appendix A to the Public Notice CRTC 1999-197). As such, the descriptionFederal Court of a “new media broadcasting undertaking” was amended to encompass all Internet-based and mobile point-to-point broadcasting services, to introduce an undue preference provision for new media broadcasting undertakings, and to introduce a reporting requirement for such undertakings (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-660).Appeal’s decision.

Copyright Board Proceedings

Certain copyrights in radio, television, Internet and pay audio content are administered collectively and tariff rates are established by the Copyright Board of Canada (the “Copyright Board”). Tariffs set by the Copyright Board are generally applicable until a public process is held and a decision of the Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable retroactively.

Royalties for the Retransmission of Distant Signals

Following the implementation in 1989 of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement, theCopyright Act(Canada) was amended to require retransmitters, including Canadian cable television operators, to pay royalties in respect of the retransmission of distant television and radio signals.

Since this legislative amendment, theCopyright Act(Canada) empowers the Copyright Board to quantify the amount of royalties payable to retransmit these signals and to allocate them among collective societies representing the holders of copyright in the works thus retransmitted. Regulated cable television operators cannot automatically recover such paid retransmission royalties from their customers, although such charges might be a component of an application for a basic cable service rate increase based on economic need.

For the period 2009-2013, the royalties have been set to between $0.48 and $0.98 per customer per month depending on the number of customers receiving the signal. The new tariff has been homologated after negotiation between the industry and collectives.

Royalties for the Transmission of Pay and Specialty Services

In 1989, theCopyright Act(Canada) was amended, in particular, to define copyright as including the exclusive right to “communicate protected works to the public by telecommunication.” Prior to the amendment, it was generally believed that copyright holders did not have an exclusive right to authorize the transmission of works carried on radio and television station signals when these signals were not broadcast but rather transmitted originally by cable television operators to their customers. In 1996, at the request of the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada (SOCAN), the Copyright Board approved Tariff 17A, which required the payment of royalties by broadcasting distribution undertakings, including cable television operators, that transmit musical works to their customers in the course of transmitting television services on a subscription basis. Through a series of industry agreements, this liability was shared with the pay and specialty programming services.

In March 2004, the Copyright Board changed the name of this tariff from Tariff 17A to Tariff 17 and rendered its decision setting Tariff 17 royalty rates for 2001 through 2004. The Copyright Board changed the structure of Tariff 17 to calculate the royalties based on the revenues of the pay and specialty programming services (affiliation payments only in the case of foreign and pay services, and all revenues in the case of Canadian specialty services) and set a basic royalty rate of 1.78% for 2001 and 1.9% for 2002 through 2004.17. The basic royalty rate is subject to reductions in certain cases, although there is no Francophone market discount. SOCAN has agreed, by filing proposed tariffs, that the 2005 to 2012 tariffs will continue on the same basis as in 2004, the royalty rate remaining at 1.9%. For 2013, SOCAN is seeking an increase to 2.1% which has been opposed by Videotron and the industry.

Royalties for Commercial Television

SOCAN’s Tariff 2.A requires the payment of royalties by commercial television stations to SOCAN in compensation for the right to communicate to the public by telecommunication, in Canada, musical or dramatico musical works forming part of its repertoire. The tariff has been set at a percentage of a television station’s revenues since 1959. In January 1998, the Copyright Board reduced the then applicable rate from 2.1% to 1.8% and set up a “modified blanket license,” allowing television stations to “opt out” of the traditional blanket license for certain programs.

In March 2004, the Copyright Board certified SOCAN’s Tariff 2.A. for the years 1998 to 2004. According to the certified tariff, a commercial television station pays, for the standard blanket license in 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001, 1.8% of the station’s gross income for the second month before the month for which the license is issued. For the year 2002 and thereafter, this rate is increased to 1.9%.

SOCAN filed new proposed tariffs with the Copyright Board for the years 2008 through 2012. SOCAN is not seeking any increase or modifications to the current tariff. The royalties are likely to be maintained at 1.9% for the years 2008 through 2012, and a station still has the option to opt out of the traditional blanket license, but on a monthly basis. This election is allowed only twice in each calendar year. For 2013, SOCAN is seeking an increase to 2.1% which has been opposed by TVA Group and the industry.

SOCAN’s proposed Tariff 22.D would require television stations, including TVA, to pay for communications of musical works as part of audiovisual works from Internet sites. Pursuant to the proposed Tariff 22.D, the royalty would be the greater of 15% of Internet gross revenues or 15% of Internet gross operating expenses, with a minimum monthly fee of $200. The proposed tariff has been contested by the industry.

Royalties for Pay Audio Services

The royalties payable by distribution undertakings for the communication to the public by telecommunication of musical works in SOCAN’s repertoire in connection with the transmission of a pay audio signal other than retransmitted signals are as follows: a monthly fee of 12.35% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 6.175% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. SOCAN has filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the years 2008 through 20122013 that proposes to maintain those rates.

For its part, Re:Sound filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the period 2007-20112012-2013 asking for a monthly fee of 15% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a

pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 7.5% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. The proposed rates have been opposed.

Royalties by Online Music Services

Archambault Group operates an online music downloading service, known as archambault.ca, with per-track fees. In 2007, the Copyright Board rendered two decisions on the tariffs proposed by, on one hand, CMRRA-SODRAC Inc. (CSI), an umbrella organization formed by the Canadian Musical Reproduction Rights Agency (CMRRA) and the Société du droit de reproduction des auteurs, compositeurs et éditeurs du Canada Inc. (SODRAC), for the royalties to be paid by online music services for the reproduction of musical works in CSI’s repertoire (CSI Tariff) and, on the other hand, SOCAN for the royalties to be paid for the public performance of musical works in SOCAN’s repertoire (SOCAN Tariff) for the purposes of communicating and transmitting the musical works in a file to consumers in Canada via the Internet and authorizing consumers in Canada to further reproduce the musical work for their own private use.

The certified tariffs, which resulted from those two decisions, cover a number of years (2005 to 2006 for the CSI Tariff and 1996 to 2007 for the SOCAN Tariff) and establish different formulae for the calculation of royalties payable by online music services that only offer on-demand streams or limited downloads with or without on-demand streams. With respect to services that offer permanent downloads, the combined royalty payable is 11% of the amount paid by the consumer for the download, subject to a minimum of 5.6¢ per permanent download within a bundle of 13 or more files and a minimum of 7.4¢ per permanent download in all other cases. In June 2009, CSI and SOCAN filed proposed tariffs which would double the royalty. The new tariffs have been contested by the industry. In July 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada rendered decisions that clarify the scope of theCopyright Act (Canada), namely, that permanent download of music and short previews are not subject to a copyright royalty, but music streaming is. It is expected that the Copyright Board will change the applicable Tariffs in light of the decisions.

Royalties for Online Music

It is expected that copyright collectives will try to certify tariffs for online music not part of an online music downloading service. This could result in higher costs for operating websites containing online music content.

Royalties for Ringtones

Since 2006, Videotron sells ringtones directly to cellular phone users. After negotiating a proposed increase, SOCAN and the industry, including Videotron, came to an agreement on a new Tariff 24 for the period July 1, 2006 to and including the year 2013, the rate is 6% with a minimum royalty of six cents for the period 2006 to 2009, and 5% with a minimum royalty of five cents for the period 2009 to and including 2013.

In July 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada issued decisions in five copyright cases in which the court ruled that songwriters and music publishers (represented by SOCAN) are not entitled to royalties for certain downloads and samples. Pursuant to those rulings, the industry has requested a refund of the royalties paid and the annulment of Tariff 24. It is expected that this matter will continue to be litigated.

ISP Liability

In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff to be applied against ISPs, in respect of composers’/publishers’ rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to ISPs’ customers. SOCAN’s proposed tariff was challenged by a number of industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that ISPs should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might be liable if they themselves operated a musical

website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that ISPs do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. As a consequence, ISPs may, however, be found liable if their conduct leads to the inference that they have authorized a copyright violation. At the end of 2012, amendments to theCopyright Act (Canada) received royal assent. The amendments clarify ISPs’ liability by putting in place a notice and notice process (i.e., copyright infringement notices must now be sent to the Internet end-users by ISPs).

Canadian Broadcast Programming (Off the Air and Thematic Television)

Programming of Canadian Content

CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming. Specialty or thematic television channels also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming generally set forth in the conditions of their license. A licensee is required to devote not less than 55% of the broadcast year, and not less than 50% of the evening broadcast period (6:00 p.m. to midnight) to the broadcast of Canadian programs.

Broadcasting License Fees

Broadcasting licensees are subject to annual license fees payable to the CRTC. The license fees consist of two separate fees. One fee allocates the CRTC’s regulatory costs for the year to licensees based on a licensee’s proportion of the gross revenue derived during the year from the licensed activities of all licensees whose gross revenues exceed specific exemption levels. The other fee, also called the Part II license fee, for broadcasting undertakings that licensed activity exceeds $1,500,000. The total annual amount to be assessed by the Commission is the lower of: a) $100,000,000; and b) 1.365% multiplied by the aggregate fee revenues for the return year terminating during the previous calendar year of all licensees whose fee revenues exceed the applicable exemption levels, less the aggregate exemption level for all those licensees for that return year.

In a call for comments regarding certain aspects of the regulatory framework for over-the-air television, we had asked the regulator to consider leaving off-the-air TV networks like TVA to negotiate a fee with broadcast distributors for the carriage of the signal. On March 22, 2010, in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2010-167, the CRTC referred the question of its jurisdiction on a proposed regime for value for signal to the Federal Court of Appeal. On February 28, 2011, the Federal Court of Appeal rendered its decision determining that the CRTC has the power to establish a system to enable private local television stations to choose to negotiate with broadcasting distribution undertakings a fair value in exchange for the distribution of the programming services broadcast by those stations. An appeal was filed to the Supreme Court of Canada. The decision of the Supreme Court of Canada, published on December 13, 2012, determined that the Broadcasting Act may not be interpreted as authorizing the CRTC to implement the proposed value for signal regime.

Renewal of TVA’s licences

Following the public hearing held by the CRTC with regards to the renewal of TVA’s licences (TVA network and associated conventional television stations, along with several TVA specialty services), the CRTC published, on April 26, 2012, the Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-242 including, notably, the following determinations:

The Commission imposed a condition of licence to the effect that TVA shall, in each broadcast year, devote to the acquisition of or investment in Canadian programming at least 80% of the current broadcast year’s programming expenditures of the network and all conventional television stations of TVA. Moreover, the CRTC did not consider it necessary to impose a condition of licence with respect to either the broadcast of priority programs or to programs of national interest (PNI).

The CRTC chose to continue to require for the local TVA station in Quebec City, that, of the 18 hours of local programming per broadcast week, 9 hours must focus specifically on the Quebec region, including the 5 hours and 30 minutes of local newscasts (including two newscasts on weekends). The CRTC deemed it unnecessary that the remaining 3 hours and 30 minutes be broadcast exclusively in the local Quebec market and considered that it may be broadcast on the TVA network.

The CRTC chose to maintain the current Canadian programming expenditures (CPE) requirement for Addik TV at 40%.

The conditions of licence came into force on September 1, 2012 and will remain applicable until August 31, 2015.

Canadian Telecommunications Services

Jurisdiction

The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Telecommunications Act. The Telecommunications Act provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal jurisdiction. With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public for compensation are deemed “telecommunications common carriers” under the Telecommunications Act administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering telecommunications services are deemed “Broadcast Carriers.”

In the Canadian telecommunications market, Videotron operates as a CLEC and a Broadcast Carrier. Videotron also operates its own 4G mobile wireless network and offers services over this network as a Wireless Service Provider (“WSP”).

The issuance of licenses for the use of radiofrequency spectrum in Canada is administered by Industry Canada under the Radiocommunication Act. Use of spectrum is governed by conditions of license which address such matters as license term, transferability and divisibility, technical compliance, lawful interception, research and development requirements, and requirements related to antenna site sharing and mandatory roaming.

Our AWS licenses were issued on December 23, 2008, for a term of ten years. At a minimum of two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent terms, we may apply for license renewal for an additional license term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight.

Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation

In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of “non-programming” services by a cable company results in that company being regulated as a carrier under the Telecommunications Act. This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such as providing access to cable Internet services.

In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada.

Elements of the CRTC’s local telecommunications regulatory framework to which Videotron is subject include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory provision of equal access (i.e.(i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; the obligation not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis under reasonable terms and conditions in multi dwelling units where Videotron provides service; and the payment of contribution on VoIP revenues for the purposes of the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone services in rural and remote parts of Canada.

As a CLEC, Videotron is not subject to retail price regulation. ILECs remain subject to retail price regulation in those geographic areas where facilities-based competition is insufficient to protect the interests of consumers. Videotron’s ILEC competitors have requested and been granted forbearance from regulation of local exchange services in the vast majority of residential markets in which Videotron competes, as well as in a large number of business markets, including all of the largest metropolitan markets in the Province of Québec.

Right to Access to Telecommunications and Support Structures

The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the Telecommunications Act may be characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme Court of Canada,

however, held on May 16, 2003 that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the Telecommunications Act to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structurestructures of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.

Videotron has entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro-electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in its service territory. Videotron’s agreement with Hydro-Québec, by far the largest of the hydro-electric companies, was recently extended for two years and will expireexpired in December 2012. Negotiations are under way toward renewing this agreement.

On December 2, 2010, the CRTC issued a decision revising the large ILECs’ support structure service rates. Significant increases in rates, retroactive to mid-2009, were approved for some categories of support structures in Videotron’s operating territory. However, radical changes in rating methodology were rejected. A follow-on proceeding is considering further rating adjustments that may lead to further rate increases. We do not expect these changes to have a material impact on Videotron’s network cost structure.

Right to Access to Municipal Rights-of-Way

On September 23, 2011, the CRTC initiated a public proceeding to consider the development of a model agreement for access by Canadian carriers to municipal rights-of-way, such as street crossings and other municipal property, for the purposes of installing operating and maintaining transmission facilities. Issues to be considered include, among other things, liability requirements, types of costs to be recovered, costing methodologies and assumptions and public safety.

On February 7, 2012, the CRTC’s initial public notice was amended to accommodate the formation of an ad hoc carrier-municipality working group tasked with developing a model agreement based on the “Ledcor principles” established in Telecom Decision CRTC 2001-23 and other relevant Commission decisions. The deadline for the ad hoc working group to report back to the Commission has since been extended twice and is now set for April 15, 2013. Any items of non consensus are expected to be ruled on by the Commission by way of a follow-on proceeding.

The outcome of the carrier-municipality working group’s discussions and any follow-on CRTC proceeding could have a material impact on Videotron’s costs for municipal access for its wireline facilities.

Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks

In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for third-party ISPs is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by the CRTC for cable operators.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. In a decision issued on August 30, 2010, the CRTC reaffirmed the network model underlying the cable operators’ third-party Internet access (or “(“TPIA”) services, and also reaffirmed its directive that, at the same time we offer any new retail Internet service speed, we file proposed revisions to our TPIA tariff to include this new speed offering. TPIA tariff items have been filed and approved for all Videotron Internet service speeds. Several third party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires the large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAS/VPN) applications services in addition to retail Internet access services. In addition, in follow-up proceedings to its decisionThe CRTC has also approved technical solutions for the provision of August 30, 2010, the CRTC is assessing whether large cable carriers should be required to provide static IP addresses under TPIA.

In a decision dated November 15, 2011, the CRTC made substantial changes to the practices that may be employed by incumbent telephone companies and cable operators to bill third parties for the access to and use of their underlying networks. The objective of these changes iswas to grant third parties greater flexibility to bring pricing discipline, innovation and consumer choice to the retail Internet service market. The new rules, which enterentered into force on February 1, 2012, requirerequired Videotron to replace its former end-user usage-based billing model by a new aggregate

capacity-based billing model, for the vast majority of Videotron’s third party customers. On February 21, 2013, the CRTC ruled on a series of disputes related to the new wholesale regime. These recent rulings do not fundamentally alter the nature of the new regime. As a result of these changes, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

Telemarketing

On September 30, 2008, a comprehensive reform of the CRTC’s telemarketing rules came into force, including the establishment of a new National Do Not Call List (DNCL). In accordance with new legislative powers granted under Bill C-37, which came into force on June 30, 2006, the CRTC has the authority to fine violators of its telemarketing rules up to $1,500 per violation in the case of an individual and $15,000 per violation in the case of a corporation. Videotron has established internal controls to minimize the risk of breaching these rules and to provide any required investigative assistance in relation to alleged third party violations.

Internet Traffic Management Practices

On October 21, 2009, the CRTC issued a regulatory policy regarding the Internet traffic management practices (ITMPs) of ISPs. The policy attempts to balance the freedom of Canadians to use the Internet for various purposes with the legitimate interests of ISPs to manage the traffic thus generated on their networks, consistent with legislation, including privacy legislation. Among other things, the policy sets rules for ensuring transparency in the use of economic and technical ITMPs, and establishes an ITMP framework that provides a structured approach to evaluating whether existing and future ITMPs are in compliance with the prohibition on unjust discrimination (e.g. as against specific applications or content) found in the Telecommunications Act. Specific rules are also established to ensure that wholesale customers are not subjected to unjust discrimination.

On June 30, 2010, the CRTC determined that the policy framework regarding ITMPs applies to the use of mobile wireless data services to provide Internet access.

While we consider Videotron’s current ITMPs to be fully compliant with the policy, we note that the policy may limit the range of ITMPs Videotron could choose in the future, thereby potentially constraining our ability to recover our costs associated with providing access to our network.

Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services

On March 14, 2012, the Government of Canada announced its policy framework for the auction of spectrum in the 700 MHz and 2500 MHz bands, both of which are considered attractive candidates for the deployment of LTE 4G mobile wireless technology. The policy framework includes several measures intended to sustain competition and robust investment in wireless telecommunications and promote the timely availability of advanced services, including:

 

Foreign investment restrictions will behave been lifted for companies that initially have a market share of less than a 10 percent share10% of the Canadian telecommunications market.

Spectrum caps will be employed in both the 700 MHz and the 2500 MHz auctions to ensure that in each region of Canada no fewer than four operators gain access to prime spectrum.

 

Tower sharing and roaming policies will be improved and extended.

 

Obligations will be imposed on 700 MHz licence holders to ensure advanced wireless services are quickly delivered to rural Canadians.

The government plans to holdOn March 7, 2013, the Government announced the final rules for the upcoming 700 MHz spectrum auction, which is scheduled to begin on November 19, 2013. In so doing, the government acted to maintain the pro-competitive policy framework it had previously announced in March 2012, notably as it relates to the first halfuse of 2013, tospectrum caps and the strengthening of mandatory roaming and tower sharing rules. We will be followed bystudying the detailed auction format and rules in depth and will be setting our auction strategy accordingly.

Expectations are that the Government will hold the 2500 MHz auction in early 2014.approximately one year after the 700 MHz auction. A consultationconsultations on the detailed auction design, rules and attributes for the 7002500 MHz auction will be initiated soon.

Quebecor Media has expressed its support for the pro-competitive measures includedalready been completed and a decision is expected in the government’s policy framework, and has indicated that it intends to participate actively in the upcoming consultation on the 700 MHz auction design, rules and attributes.due course.

On March 14, 2012, coincident with the release of the government’s broader policy framework,7, 2013, Industry Canada also initiated a consultation on proposedreleased the final text of its revisions to existing measures related tothe mandatory roaming and antenna tower and site sharing.sharing rules. These existing measuresrules were put in place subsequent to the 2008 AWS auction in order to facilitate competitive entry into the wireless sector, among other objectives. Among the revisions proposed in the current consultationthat have been adopted are: an indefinite extension of the obligation to offer both in-territory and out-of-territory roaming services on commercial terms; measures to improve transparency and information exchange related to tower sharing; and measures to streamline the arbitration process in the event of disputes.

In addition, on March 7, 2013, Industry Canada initiated a consultation on considerations relating to transfers, divisions and subordinate licensing of spectrum licences. Among the matters being considered in this consultation are whether there is a threshold in the form of concentration or a measure of MHz-pop that Industry Canada should apply in deciding whether to conduct a detailed review of licence transfers, or whether some other type of threshold, screen or cap should be used to decide if a detailed review is required. The Department further proposes to introduce a notification requirement related to agreements that provide for the future transfer or division of a spectrum licence, or a subordinate licensing arrangement. Comments and reply comments on Industry Canada’s proposals are due into be submitted on April 3 and May 2012, with3, 2013 respectively. The Department has stated that a decision expected prior toon these matters will be made well in advance of the 700 MHz auction. The Department’s decision could have a material impact on the market for any spectrum licenses Videotron may in the future want to transfer or divide.

The CRTC also regulates mobile wireless services under the Telecommunications Act. On August 12, 1994, the CRTC released a decision forbearing from the exercise of most of its powers under the Telecommunications Act as they relate to mobile wireless service. However, the CRTC did maintain its ability to require conditions governing customer confidential information and to place other general conditions on the provision of mobile wireless service. Since 1994, the CRTC has exercised this power, for example, to mandate wireless number portability, and to require all WSPs to upgrade their networks to more precisely determine the location of a person using a mobile phone to call 911.

Canadian PublishingOn October 11, 2012, the CRTC released a decision determining that the conditions for forbearance have not changed sufficiently to require the Commission to regulate rates or interfere in the competitiveness of the retail mobile wireless voice and data services market. However, on the same date, to ensure that consumers are able to participate in the competitive market in an informed and effective manner, and to fulfill the policy objectives of the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC initiated a public proceeding to establish a mandatory code for mobile wireless service providers to address the clarity and content of mobile wireless service contracts and related issues for consumers. This proceeding is currently under way. A decision on the contents of the code, to whom the code should apply, how the code should be enforced and promoted, and how the code’s effectiveness should be assessed and reviewed, is expected in mid-2013.

GeneralMunicipal Siting Processes for Wireless Antenna Systems

On February 28, 2013, the Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association, of which Videotron is a member, and the Federation of Canadian Municipalities signed a joint protocol on the siting process for wireless antenna systems. The protocol establishes a more comprehensive notification and consultation process than current regulations, and emphasizes the need for meaningful pre-consultation to ensure local land use priorities and sensitivities are fully reflected in the location and design of new antenna systems. Telecommunications carriers have agreed for the first time to notify municipalities of all antennas being installed before their construction, regardless of height, and to undertake full public consultation for towers under 15 meters - whenever deemed necessary by the municipality.

Effective implementation of the joint protocol requires a willingness on the part of both carriers and municipalities to engage in constructive discussions related to antenna siting within the framework of current Industry Canada regulations. Any efforts by municipalities to refrain from constructive discussions or to impose requirements that fall outside of the framework of current Industry Canada regulations could have a material impact on Videotron’s ability to expand its existing HSPA+ network or to deploy a future LTE network on a timely and cost-effective basis.

Canadian Publishing

Federal and provincial laws do not directly regulate the publication of newspapers in Canada. There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue of certain provisions of theIncome Tax Act (Canada), which limits the deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures which are made in a newspaper other than, subject to limited exceptions, a “Canadian issue” of a “Canadian newspaper”.newspaper.” For any given publication to qualify as a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded on a prescribed stock exchange in Canada, must ultimately be controlled, in law and in fact, by Canadian citizens and, if a private company, must be at least 75% owned, in vote and in value, and controlled in fact by Canadians. In addition, the publication must be printed and published in Canada and edited in Canada by individuals resident in Canada. All of our newspapers qualify as “Canadian issues” of “Canadian newspapers” (or otherwise fall outside of the limitation on deductibility of advertising expenses) and, as a result, our commercial advertisers generally have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures with us for Canadian tax purposes.

ITEM 4A —UNRESOLVED— UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5 OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following Management Discussion and Analysis provides information concerning the operating results and financial condition of Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media” or the “Corporation”). This discussion should be read in conjunction with ourthe consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. As explained under the section “Transition to IFRS” below, Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), which were previously used in preparing theThe Corporation’s consolidated financial statements were replaced on the adoption ofhave been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on January 1, 2011. The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for financial year ended December 31, 2011 have therefore been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Comparative figures for 2010 have also been restated.

In recent years,, as issued by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) has also adopted rules and regulations that permit foreign private issuers to include, in their filings with the Commission, financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States, and, in this regard, such reconciliation is no longer included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements..

All amounts are in Canadian dollars (“CADCAN dollars”), unless otherwise indicated. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors”.

During the second quarter of 2011, some of the special-interest portals were transferred from the News Media segment to the Telecommunications segment. The Corporation’s segmented financial data for prior years have therefore been restated to reflect the change.Factors.”

OVERVIEW

Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, telecommunications, newspaper publishing, production and distribution of printing products, television broadcasting, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music recording, production, distribution and distribution,streaming, new media services, video game development, out-of-home advertising and Québec junior hockey.Quebec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”). Through its operating subsidiaries, Quebecor Media holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within its portfolio of media properties.

Quebecor Media’s operating subsidiaries’ primary sources of revenuesrevenue include: subscriptions for cable television, Internet access, and cable and mobile telephony services;services and business solutions; newspaper advertising, circulation and Internet/portal services; television broadcasting, advertising, distribution and subscription; book and magazine publishing and distribution; retailing, distribution (traditional distribution and digital download) and production of video games and music products (CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, music recording and live event promotion and production); and rental and sale of videos and games.

The major components of Quebecor Media’s principal directsegments’ costs consistare comprised of television programming costs, including royalties, Internet bandwidth and transportation costs, newsprint and publishingemployee costs and set-top box, handsetpurchase of goods and modem costs. Major components of its operating expensesservices costs, which include employee costs, royalties, rights and creation costs, cost of retail products, marketing, circulation and distribution expenses, and service and printing contracts.contracts, and paper, ink and printing supplies.

TREND INFORMATION

Some of Quebecor Media’s lines of business are cyclical in nature. They are dependent on advertising and, in the News Media segment in particular, circulation sales. Operating results are therefore sensitive to prevailing economic conditions, especially in Québec, Ontario and Alberta.

In the News Media segment, circulation, measured in terms of copies sold, has been generally declining in the industry over the past several years. Also, the traditional run of press advertising for major multimarket retailers has been declining over the past few years due to consolidation in the retail industry, combined with a shift in marketing strategy toward other media. In order to respond to such competition, the News Media operations continue to expanddevelop their Internet presence through branded websites, including French- French—and English-language portals and specialized sites.

Changes in the price of newsprint can have a significant effect on the News Media segment’s operating results as newsprint is its principal expense, besides wages and benefits, representing approximately 10.9%9.4% ($83.579.8 million) of the News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012. Newsprint prices have historically experienced significant volatility. The Corporation currently anticipate that the market price of newsprint will increase in 2012, based on recent announcements from its supplier, citing higher manufacturing costs.

Competition also continues to be intense in the cable and alternative multichannel broadcast distribution industry and in the mobile telephony market. Moreover, the significant subscriber growth recorded in the Telecommunications sector throughoutin past years is not necessarily representative of future growth, due to the penetration rates currently reached.

The Telecommunications segment has in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of its network, and the launch and expansion of new or additional services to support growth in its customer base, and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. The Corporation expects that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain the Telecommunications segment’s systems and services, including expenditures relating to the cost of its mobile services infrastructure upgrade, as well as costs relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition (“HD”) television,television. Moreover, the demand for wireless data services has been growing at unprecedented rates and it is projected that this demand will further increase in the future. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. The Telecommunications segment may have to acquire additional spectrum, as well as the cost of its mobile services infrastructure deployment and upgrade.available, in order to address this increased demand.

The broadcasting industry is undergoing a period of significant change. Television audiences are fragmenting as viewing habits shift not only toward specialty channels, but also toward content delivery platforms that allow users greater control over content and timing, such as the Internet, video-on-demandvideo on demand and mobile devices. Audience fragmentation has prompted many advertisers to review their strategies. The Broadcasting segment is taking steps to adjust to the profound changes occurring in its industry so as to maintain its leadership position and offer audiences and advertisers alike the best available content, when they want it and on the media platform they want.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S SEGMENTS

Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES

Table 1 shows Quebecor Media’s equity interest in its main subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011.2012.

Table 1

Quebecor Media’s interest (direct and indirect) in its main subsidiaries

December 31, 20112012

 

  Percentage
of equity
 Percentage
of vote
 
  Percentage
of equity
 Percentage
of vote

Videotron Ltd.

      100.0%     100.0%   100.0  100.0

Sun Media Corporation

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

Quebecor Media Printing Inc.

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

TVA Group Inc.

    51.4   99.9   51.4    99.9  

Archambault Group Inc.

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

Sogides Group Inc.

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

CEC Publishing Inc.

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

Nurun Inc.

  100.0 100.0   100.0    100.0  

Quebecor Media’s interest in its subsidiaries has not varied significantly over the past three years.

On June 30, 2012, Sun Media Corporation bought a 2% interest in SUN News General Partnership (“SUN News”) from TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”), bringing its interest to 51%.

On May 1, 2011, Canoe Inc. (“Canoe”) was wound up and its operations integrated into Sun Media Corporation, with the exception of those related tothe operations of the specialty sitesjobboom.com andreseaucontact.com, which were integrated into Videotron Ltd.Ltd (“Videotron”).

On January 1, 2011, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. (“Osprey Media”) was wound up and its operations integrated into Sun Media Corporation.

HIGHLIGHTS SINCE END OF 20102011

Quebecor Media’s sales increased $206.5by $145.2 million (5.2%(3.5%) to $4.21$4.35 billion in 2011, resulting from sustained2012, mainly because of the 8.4% revenue growth in the Telecommunications segment.

Quebecor Media’s operating income totalled $1.34 billion, a decrease of $15.7 million (-1.2%) compared with 2010.

Telecommunications

Videotron reported revenue growth for all of its major services in 2012: Internet access (up $74.3 million or 10.6%), cable television ($66.7 million or 6.6%), mobile telephony ($58.9 million or 52.3%), and cable telephony ($18.2 million or 4.2%).

 

 

NetThe net increase of 375,800in revenue generating units1 was 221,800 in 2012 compared with 379,100 in 2011. The 2011 39.3% more thanfigure constituted the 269,700-unitlargest one-year increase in 2010 andrevenue generating units since 2008, resulting mainly from the largest annual increase since 2008. It was due, among other things, to the effective strategyend of marketing bundled services, including mobile telephony service, as over-the-air analog television broadcasting was ending.in Canada.

Net increase of 49,900 cable television customers (34,600 in 2010), including a 181,200-subscriber increase for the digital service (135,500 in 2010), the strongest annual growth for the digital service since its launch in 1999. Total revenues from cable television services passed the $1 billion mark.

Net increase of 80,400 customers for the cable Internet access service (81,500 in 2010).

Net increase of 91,000 customers for the cable telephony service (100,300 in 2010).

Net increase of 154,500 subscriber connections for the mobile telephony service. At December 31, 2011, Videotron’s 4G network was available to nearly seven million people in Québec and eastern Ontario.

 

The Telecommunications segment’s operating income increased by $51.5$126.2 million (4.9%(11.5%) in 2011, despite additional operating costs generated2012.

At the end of February 2013, Videotron launched illico Club Unlimited, a new subscription video on demand service that carries the largest unlimited on-demand selection of French-language titles in Canada.

Videotron rolled out illico TV new generation across its service area in the first half of 2012. illico TV new generation offers subscribers to Videotron’s digital service an entirely new interface for accessing video on demand, managing recordings, customizing the program guide, and using online services. It features innovative functions that deliver a smoother and more intuitive navigation experience.

On May 17, 2012, Videotron launched Ultimate Speed Internet 200, an Internet access service that sets a new standard for speed.

News Media

On February 15, 2013, Quebecor Media and Le Sac Plus announced a multiyear agreement to print and distribute JYSK Canada store flyers in Québec and English Canada. A Québec-wide media campaign developed by Quebecor Media will be carried by all of its media properties. The agreement provides for printing more than 4 million flyers per week and the distribution of nearly 23 million flyers per year in the Le Sac Plus door-knob bag in Québec. The agreement also involves Sun Media Corporation newspapers, another example of the News Media segment’s complementary multiproduct offerings.

On November 13, 2012, Sun Media Corporation also announced new mobile telephony servicerestructuring initiatives designed to streamline its organizational structure to support better execution of business processes, while improving cost effectiveness. These initiatives are expected to yield total annual savings exceeding $45.0 million.

On September 27, 2012, Sun Media Corporation announced the reorganization of its news operations. At the same time, it announced the reorganization of its editorial, advertising and industrial operations across Canada, outside Québec, to focus on customers and on business opportunities at the local and national levels.

On June 21, 2012, following an invitation to tender, Quebecor Media was selected to install, maintain and advertise on Société de transport de Montréal (“STM”) bus shelters for the next 20 years. It was Quebecor Media’s first move into a line of business that is experiencing significant technological change.

Sun Media Corporation announced the acquisition ofPub Extra magazine, which is distributed monthly to nearly 190,000 households in the Montréal North Shore area. It also closed the acquisition of the community weeklyL’Impact de Drummondville, with a circulation of nearly 50,000, and launched a new weekly in the Bois-Francs area,L’Écho de Victoriaville, with a circulation of more than 40,000. Quebecor Media’s Québec community newspapers network now has a combined weekly circulation of over 2.5 million copies.

On April 19, 2012, Quebecor Media Network Inc. (“Quebecor Media Network”) announced an exclusive agreement to distribute the Sears Canada Inc. (“Sears Canada”) national flyer in September 2010.the Le Sac Plus door-knob bag. Under the agreement, Quebecor Media Network will distribute more than 100 million pieces of promotional literature per year for Sears Canada.

 

1 

The sum of cable television, cable and mobile Internet access, and cable telephony service subscriptions plusand subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

News MediaBroadcasting

 

In accordance with Sun Media Corporation’s innovative Internet approach, already implemented at other dailies, the newLe Journal de Montréal andLe Journal de Québec websites launched in February 2012 offer an exceptional user experience. The new sites reflect the tone and style that have made the print versions of the newspapers successful, but they offer more videos and photos, as well as increased opportunities for interaction with columnists, leveraging Quebecor Media’s full potential for convergence.

During 2011, the Corporation continued implementing its investment plan in the News Media segment in order to increase its revenue streams. Capitalizing on the strength of their well-known brands and leveraging all forms of media creativity, the national sales offices in Ontario and Québec now offer advertisers one-stop shopping for nation-wide advertising and an integrated approach to advertising and marketing solutions based on optimal media platform convergence.

The launch of Le Sac Plus door-knob bag in Québec in August 2011 illustrates this unique capacity to interact with consumers. In addition to distributing all Quebecor Media community newspapers, the Le Sac Plus contains advertising materials such as flyers, leaflets, product samples and other value-added promotions every week. The contracts to print The Jean Coutu Group (PJC) Inc. pharmacy chain’s flyers and distribute them in Le Sac Plus demonstrate the complementary fit of the News Media segment’s multiproduct offerings.

The QMI National Sales Offices signed a number of contracts to develop, produce and implement full, innovative, integrated advertising and marketing plans across all of Quebecor Media’s platforms.

Sun Media Corporation launched new restructuring and cost-containment initiatives during the fourth quarter of 2011. Headcount will be reduced by 400 employees, or 8% of the workforce. Annual savings are expected to be in excess of $20.0 million.

According to the NADbank 2010/11 survey for the September 2010 to June 2011 period,Le Journal de Montréal has a weekly readership of 1,194,400, which is 371,600 more than its closest competitor. Readership of theJournal increased 16% in the 18-24 age group. Meanwhile, the free daily24 heures added 45,000 readers, an 8.1% increase from the previous survey.

 

The labour dispute at2012 edition ofLe Journal de MontréalStar Académie ended at the beginning of the second quarter of 2011.was a resounding television and commercial success that had positive ripple effects across Quebecor Media’s properties and provided new opportunities for sharing value-added content. The mediator’s recommendations, as accepted by the parties, called for, among other things, greater flexibility with respect to the workforceweekly gala and the sharingdaily show broadcast on TVA Network were seen by an average of editorial content with2.2 million and 1.4 million viewers respectively. TheStar Académie 2012 CD, released on March 6, 2012, sold more than 125,000 copies and was number one on the Corporation’s other media outlets.Canadian French-language charts and Québec charts (Source: Nielsen SoundScan).

 

In 2011, Quebecor Media acquired Les Hebdos Montérégiens’ 15 community newspapers and launched 3 new community newspapers. Quebecor Media’s distribution network has the capacity to reach more than 3.3 million Québec households (92.0%) of the total.

Broadcasting

On March 1,May 31, 2012, TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”) announced an agreement with Rogers Communications Inc. for carriageclosed the sale of the Sun News Network (“Sun News”), the TVA Sports channel, and TVA Network content on this major Canadian broadcasting distribution undertaking's video-on-demand, mobile telephony and Internet platforms. On November 22, 2011, TVA Group announced an agreement with Bell for carriage of four specialty channels: TVA Sports, Mlle, YOOPA and Sun News. Given the other agreements reached during the year, TVA Group has now secured carriage of all its specialty channels by Canada’s major broadcast distribution undertakings.

On December 22, 2011, TVA Group announced an agreement to sell its 50% and 51% interestsinterest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave respectively to Shaw Media Global Inc.Cave.

On September 12, 2011, TVA Group launched the TVA Sports channel, which carries diverse programming with strong appeal for consumers and advertisers. Its sportscasts and coverage of major sports events are delivered by a roster of sportscasters and columnists fans can relate to.

On May 2, 2011, TVA Group’s new digital channel Mlle, a multiplatform brand targeted at women, began broadcasting.

On April 18, 2011, Sun News, an English-language news and opinion specialty channel, went live. Its mission is to offer comprehensive coverage of events that impact Canada’s political and economic life.

Other highlights

 

The final termsIn October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. In view of continuous weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries, the Corporation recorded a total non-cash charge of $187.0 million for impairment of goodwill, mastheads and customer relationships.

On March 25, 2012, Quebecor Media and Québec City announced finalization of the initial 25-year agreement on usagefunctional and naming rights totechnical program for the future arena in Québec City were ratified by the parties on September 1, 2011. Quebecor Media now has all the tools it needs to pursue its goals, which are to manage a world-class multipurpose arena and to bring a National Hockey League (“NHL”) team tobe built in Québec City.

 

On February 2,April 4, 2012, Quebecor Media struck an alliance with Saguenay-area entrepreneursArchambault Group Inc. (“Archambault Group”) launched ZIK, a music streaming service that offers unlimited interactive access to create BlooBuzz Studios L.P. (“BlooBuzz”), a new Québec video game developer. BlooBuzz will focus on products for occasional gamers, a market that is experiencing explosive growth, particularly on mobile devices.

On September 12, 2011, Nurun Inc. (“Nurun”) announcedmillions of tracks, including the acquisitionlargest catalogue of a digital agency located in San Francisco, U.S.A., that has extensive expertise in brand promotion and interactive product development. Its customer list includes companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, Tesla Motors and Sony Electronics.

On June 22, 2011, Quebecor Media announced the acquisition of the assets of the Montreal Junior Hockey Club (reincarnated as the Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand), which will be moved to a northern suburb of Montréal. Quebecor Media’s interest in the Quebec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”) team will make it possible to add quality content to the Corporation’s broadcast programming, particularly in view of the upcoming launch of the TVA Sports channel.French-language music.

Financing

A number of financial transactions were carried out during 2012.

 

On March 14,December 17, 2012, Quebecor Media issuedprepaid the outstanding balance of its term loan “B” for a noticecash consideration of redemption$153.9 million.

On October 11, 2012, Quebecor Media took advantage of favourable conditions on the debt markets to purchase for cancellation 20,351,307 of its common shares held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc. (“CDP Capital”), a subsidiary of Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion. The following financial operations were carried out as part of this major transaction:

Issuance, on October 11, 2012, of US$100.0850.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.75% and maturing in 2023, and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 6.625% and maturing in 2023, the latter being one of the largest single-tranche high-yield offerings ever completed in Canada;

Quebecor Media increased the size of the offering as a result of oversubscription and favourable financing terms, which provided an opportunity to extend the maturities of its credit instruments by redeeming, in November 2012, US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 15,issued in 2007 and maturing in 2016. The redemption price is 102.583% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the date of redemption will be April 13, 2012.

 

OnIn March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.0%, for a net proceedsmaturing in 2022.

In March 2012, Videotron redeemed all of approximately $787.6 million, netits 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of estimated financing fees of $11.9US$395.0 million.

 

On February 29,In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase up toredeemed US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes duematuring in March 15, 2016. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered2016 and purchased is US$1,028.33 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 14, 2012, or US$1,025.83 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.settled the related hedging contracts.

 

On February 29, 2012, Videotron issued a notice of redemption for anyQuebecor Media and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The redemption price is 100.0% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the redemption date will be March 30, 2012. The purchase will be carried out on Senior Notes that have not been tendered and purchased under the Videotron cash tender offer announced on February 29, 2012.

On February 29, 2012, Videotron announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase any and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered and purchased is US$1,001.25 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 13, 2012, or US$1,000.00 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended itstheir bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 milliondates to 2016 and 2017 respectively and to increase Quebecor Media’s revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.maturing in 2016 by $200.0 million.

 

On February 3, 2012,Finally, Sun Media Corporation repaid the $37.6 million balance on its term loan credit facility and terminatedcancelled all its credit facilities. Sun Media Corporation’s liabilities no longer include any long-term debt.

On January 25, 2012, the Corporation amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016.

On July 20, 2011, Videotron amended its $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to amend some of the terms and conditions.

On July 5, 2011, Videotron issued 6 7/8% Senior Notes maturing in 2021 in the aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, for a net principal amount of $294.8 million. The net proceeds were used to finance the early repayment and withdrawal of US$255.0 million in the principal amount of Videotron’s 6 7/8% Senior Notes maturing in 2014, and to settle the related hedges.

On January 5, 2011, Quebecor Media completed an issuance of Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million, for net proceeds of $319.9 million. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 7 3/8% and mature in 2021. Quebecor Media used the net proceeds from the placement primarily to finance the early repayment and withdrawal, on February 15, 2011, of all of Sun Media Corporation’s outstanding 7 5/8% Senior Notes maturing in 2013, in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million, and to finance the settlement and cancellation of related hedges.

TRANSITION TO IFRS

On January 1, 2011, Canadian GAAP, as used by publicly accountable enterprises, were fully converged into IFRS. Prior to the adoption of IFRS, for all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. IFRS uses a conceptual framework similar to Canadian GAAP, but there are significant differences related to recognition, measurement and disclosures.

The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the date of transition to IFRS are January 1, 2010. The financial data for 2010 have therefore been restated. The Corporation is also required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine its opening balance sheet, subject to certain exemptions. However, the Corporation is not required to restate figures for periods prior to January 1, 2010 that were previously prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP.

The significant accounting policies under IFRS are disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. Note 29 describes the adjustments made by the Corporation in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010 and in restating its previously published Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Note 29 also provides details on exemption choices made by the Corporation with respect to the general principle of retrospective application of IFRS.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The non-IFRS financial measures used by the Corporation to assess its financial performance, such as operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities, and average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”), are not calculated in accordance with or recognized by IFRS. The Corporation’s method of calculating these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this document may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

Operating Income

The Corporation defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments, charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, and income taxes. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is recognized underconsistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity andliquidity. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s parent company, Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor”), considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. The Corporation’s management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating its consolidated results as well as the results of its operating segments. As such, thisThis measure eliminates the effectsignificant level of significant levels of non-cash charges related to depreciation of tangible assetsimpairment and amortization of certaintangible and intangible assets and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and its segments. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of itsthe Corporation’s annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in the Corporation’s segments. Quebecor Media uses other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we arethe Corporation is engaged. Quebecor Media’s definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Table 2 below presentsprovides a reconciliation of operating income to net income as presenteddisclosed in Quebecor Mediathe Corporation’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The consolidated income statement data for the three-month periods ended December 31, 20112012 and 20102011 presented in Table 2 below is derived from ourthe unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods not included in this annual report.

Table 2

Reconciliation of the operating income measure used in this report to the net income measure used in the condensed consolidated financial statements

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

  Year ended
December 31
 Three months ended
December 31
   Year ended
December 31
 Three months ended
December 31
 
  2011 2010 2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 

Operating income:

     

Operating (loss) income:

      

Telecommunications

  $1,098.8   $1,047.3   $294.7   $263.2    $1,225.0   $1,098.8   $1,047.3   $310.4   $294.7  

News Media

   150.1    191.4    47.0    57.8     115.1    150.1    191.4    38.6    47.0  

Broadcasting

   50.5    74.9    20.6    29.2     38.1    50.5    74.9    17.2    20.6  

Leisure and Entertainment

   26.6    27.6    7.6    11.3     13.1    26.6    27.6    5.0    7.6  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   7.9    6.0    2.5    2.5     9.8    7.9    6.0    3.4    2.5  

Head Office

   2.3    4.7    (0.8  2.4     4.2    2.3    4.7    —      (0.8
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   1,336.2    1,351.9    371.6    366.4     1,405.3    1,336.2    1,351.9    374.6    371.6  

Amortization

   (509.3  (396.7  (137.3  (119.4   (597.7  (509.3  (396.7  (166.8  (137.3

Financial expenses

   (311.5  (300.7  (76.0  (74.4   (326.4  (311.5  (300.7  (91.7  (76.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   54.6    46.1    82.5    (23.6   198.3    54.6    46.1    (43.2  82.5  

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (30.2  (37.1  (11.2  (23.4   (29.4  (30.2  (37.1  (0.6  (11.2

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   (201.5  —      —      —      —    

Loss on debt refinancing

   (6.6  (12.3  –      –       (67.7  (6.6  (12.3  (60.4  —    

Income taxes

   (146.4  (162.6  (61.4  (23.9   (137.0  (146.4  (162.6  4.2    (61.4
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

  $386.8   $488.6   $168.2   $101.7    $243.9   $386.8   $488.6   $16.1   $168.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash Flows from Segment Operations

Cash flows from segment operations represents operating income, less additions to property, plant and equipment and acquisitions ofadditions to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from disposal of assets. The Corporation uses cash flows from segment operations as a measure of the liquidity generated by its segments. Cash flows from segment operations represents funds available for interest and income tax payments, expenditures related to restructuring programs, business acquisitions, the payment of dividends, and the repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows from segment operations is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Cash flows from segment operations is used by the Corporation’s management and Board of Directors to evaluate cash flows generated by its segments’ operations. When cash flows from segment operationsoperation is reported, a reconciliation to operating incomedetail calculation is provided in the same section of the report.

Free Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities consists of cash flows provided by operating activities, minus additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from segment operations (see ”Cash Flows from Segment Operations” above), minus cash interest payments and cash charges for restructuringdisposal of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, plus or minus current income tax expenses, other receipts (disbursements), and the net change in non-cash balances related to operations.assets. The Corporation uses free cash flows from continuing operating activities as a measure of total liquidity generated on a consolidated basis. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities represents funds available for business acquisitions, the payment of dividends and the repayment of long-term debt. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. The Corporation’s definition of free cash flows from continuing operating activities may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Table 39 provides a reconciliation of free cash flows from continuing operating activities of the Corporation to cash flows provided by its operating activities reported in the consolidated financial statements.

Table 3

Reconciliation of free cash flows from continuing operating activities to cash flows provided by operating activities reported in the consolidated financial statements

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities (Table 4)

  $21.9   $103.6  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   780.7    689.0  

Additions to intangible assets

   91.6    95.2  

Proceeds from disposal of assets1

   (12.0  (53.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

  $882.2   $834.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
1

2010 figures include the sale of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment.

Average Monthly Revenue per User

ARPU is an industry metric that the Corporation uses to measure its monthly cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony revenues per average basic cable customer. ARPU is not a measurement that is consistent with IFRS and the Corporation’s definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. The Corporation calculates ARPU by dividing its combined cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony revenues by the average number of basic customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.

2012/2011 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

The 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues:$4.35 billion, an increase of $145.2 million (3.5%).

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($204.4 million or 8.4% of segment revenues), Interactive Technologies and Communications ($24.6 million or 20.3%) and Broadcasting ($15.6 million or 3.5%).

Revenues decreased in News Media ($58.4 million or-5.7%) and Leisure and Entertainment ($20.4 million or -6.5%).

Operating income:$1.41 billion, an increase of $69.1 million (5.2%).

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($126.2 million or 11.5% of segment operating income) and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.9 million or 24.1%).

Operating income decreased in News Media ($35.0 million or-23.3%), Leisure and Entertainment ($13.5 million or -50.8%) and Broadcasting ($12.4 million or -24.6%).

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $10.4 million unfavourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2012 compared with 2011. The fair value of the options increased in 2012, whereas it decreased in 2011. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $2.6 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2012.

Net income attributable to shareholders:$245.7 million compared with $374.0 million in 2011, a decrease of $128.3 million.

The decrease was mainly due to:

$201.5 million charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets recorded in 2012;

$88.4 million increase in amortization charge;

$61.1 million unfavourable variance in loss on debt refinancing;

$14.9 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

$143.7 million favourable variance in gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

$69.1 million increase in operating income.

Amortization charge:$597.7 million, an $88.4 million increase due essentially to the impact of significant capital expenditures since 2010 in the Telecommunications segment, including amortization of 4G network equipment and impact of emphasis on equipment leasing in the promotional strategy.

Financial expenses:$326.4 million, an increase of $14.9 million due mainly to higher indebtedness.

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments:$198.3 million in 2012 compared with $54.6 million in 2011. The positive variance of $143.7 million was mainly due to a favourable change in the fair value of early settlement options caused by interest rate and credit premium fluctuations.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items:$29.4 million in 2012 compared with $30.2 million in 2011, a favourable variance of $0.8 million.

In 2012, a $31.8 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the News Media segment, mainly in connection with staff-reduction programs implemented in the third quarter of 2012, compared with an $11.0 million net charge in 2011 for restructuring initiatives implemented that year. Also as part of those initiatives, a $7.5 million charge for impairment of certain assets was recorded in 2012, compared with a $0.8 million charge for impairment of intangible assets recorded in 2011.

A $12.9 million gain on disposal of businesses was recorded in 2012 in the Broadcasting segment as a result of the sale by TVA Group of its interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave. A $0.1 million restructuring charge was also recorded in the Broadcasting segment in 2012. In 2011, the Broadcasting segment recognized a $0.7 million charge for impairment of intangible assets, a $0.8 million restructuring charge related primarily to staff reductions, and a $0.2 million charge for other special items.

In connection with the startup of its 4G network, the Telecommunications segment recorded a $0.5 million charge for migration costs in 2012, compared with $14.8 million in 2011. In addition, a $0.6 million charge for restructuring of other operations was recorded in the segment in 2011.

In 2012, $2.4 million in other special items was recorded in other segments, compared with $1.3 million in 2011.

Charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets: $201.5 million in 2012.

In October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. Continuing weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries led the Corporation to perform impairment tests on the News Media and Music cash generating units (“CGUs”). Quebecor Media concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of both CGUs. Accordingly, a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $145.0 million (without any tax consequences) and a non-cash impairment charge of $30.0 million on mastheads and customer relationships were recorded in the News Media segment and a goodwill impairment charge of $12.0 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded in the Leisure and Entertainment segment.

As a result of new tariffs adopted in 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, the costs of magazine publishing activities have been adversely affected. Accordingly, the Corporation reviewed its business plan for the segment and determined that goodwill was no longer fully recoverable. A $14.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (without any tax consequences) was therefore recorded in 2012.

Loss on debt refinancing:$67.7 million in 2012 compared with $6.6 million in 2011, a $61.1 million unfavourable variance.

In 2012, Videotron redeemed all of its 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million. During the same period, Quebecor Media redeemed US$580.0 million principal amount of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016 and settled some of the related hedging contracts. Finally, Quebecor Media prepaid the outstanding balance of its term loan “B” credit facility for a cash consideration of $153.9 million. The transactions generated a total $67.7 million loss on debt refinancing including a gain of $15.3 million previously reported in “Other comprehensive income.”

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed and withdrew US$255.0 million principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014 and settled the related hedges. On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed and withdrew the entirety of its 7.625% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled the related hedges. The transactions generated a $6.6 million loss on debt refinancing, including a loss of $0.8 million previously reported in “Other comprehensive income.”

Income tax expense:$137.0 million (effective tax rate of 24.8%, considering only taxable and deductible items) in 2012, compared with $146.4 million (effective tax rate of 27.5%) in 2011.

The $9.4 million favourable variance was due primarily to lowering of statutory tax rate.

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Videotron, in Quebecor Media’s Telecommunications segment, is the largest cable operator in Québec and the third-largest in Canada by customer base. Its state-of-the-art network passes 2,701,200 homes and businesses. As of December 31, 2012, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,917,300. At that date, Videotron had 1,855,000 cable television customers, including 1,484,600 subscribers to its illico Digital TV service. Videotron is also an Internet Service Provider and telephony service provider, with 1,387,700 subscribers to its cable Internet access services and 1,264,900 subscribers to its cable telephony service. In September 2010, Videotron also launched a 4G network to deliver advanced mobile telephony services, including high-speed Internet access, mobile television, and many other functionalities supported by smartphones. As of December 31, 2012, there were 402,600 subscriber connections to Videotron’s mobile service. Videotron also includes Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider that offers telephony, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable television services, and Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (“Le SuperClub Vidéotron”) and its franchise network, which sells and rents DVDs, Blu-ray discs and console games. The Telecommunications segment also includes the activities of two specialty websites, the employment and training sitejobboom.com and the dating sitereseaucontact.com.

2012 operating results

Revenues: $2.64 billion, an increase of $204.4 million (8.4%).

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased $66.7 million (6.6%) to $1.08 billion, due primarily to higher revenue per client resulting from increases in some rates, the impact of migration to digital, leasing of digital set-top boxes, and an increase in subscriptions to HD services.

Revenues from Internet access services increased $74.3 million (10.6%) to $772.5 million. The favourable variance was mainly due to customer growth and increases in some rates.

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $18.2 million (4.2%) to $454.9 million, primarily as a result of customer base growth and more lines for business customers.

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $58.9 million (52.3%) to $171.6 million, essentially due to customer growth.

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $1.8 million (2.9%) to $64.9 million.

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $12.5 million (-22.4%) to $43.4 million, mainly because of campaigns promoting cable television equipment leasing.

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $2.3 million (-10.6%) to $19.3 million, mainly as a result of store closures.

Other revenues decreased $0.7 million (-2.3%) to $29.2 million.

ARPU:$111.57 in 2012 compared with $103.28 in 2011, an increase of $8.29 (8.0%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units– As of December 31, 2012, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,917,300, an increase of 221,800 (4.7%) from the end of 2011 (Table 4). In 2011, the number of revenue generating units increased by 379,100. The 2011 figure constituted the largest one-year increase in revenue generating units since 2008, resulting largely from the marketing of bundled services, including mobile telephony, and the end of over-the-air analog television broadcasting. Revenue generating units are the sum of cable television, cable and mobile Internet access, and cable telephony service subscriptions and subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

Cable television –The combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services decreased by 6,500 (-0.3%) in 2012 (Table 4), compared with an increase of 49,900 in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, Videotron had 1,855,000 customers for its cable television services, a household and business penetration rate of 68.7% (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,701,200 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network as of the end of December 2012, up from 2,657,300 at the end of December 2011), compared with 70.1% a year earlier.

As of December 31, 2012, the number of subscribers to the illico Digital TV service stood at 1,484,600, a 12-month increase of 83,800 (6.0%), compared with a 181,200-subscriber increase in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 55.0% versus 52.7% a year earlier.

The customer base for analog cable television services decreased by 90,300 (-19.6%) in 2012, compared with a decrease of 131,300 customers in 2011, largely as a result of customer migration to illico Digital TV.

Cable Internet access –The number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,387,700 at December 31, 2012, an increase of 55,200 (4.1%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 80,400 in 2011 (Table 4). At December 31, 2012, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate of 51.4%, compared with 50.1% a year earlier.

Cable telephony service –The number of subscribers to cable telephony service stood at 1,264,900 at December 31, 2012, an increase of 59,600 (4.9%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 91,000 in 2011 (Table 4). At December 31, 2012, the cable telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 46.8% versus 45.4% a year earlier.

Mobile telephony service –As of December 31, 2012, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 402,600, an increase of 112,000 (38.5%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 154,500 connections in 2011 (Table 3).

Table 3

Telecommunications segment year-end customer numbers (2008-2012)

(in thousands of customers)

   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008 

Cable television:

          

Analog

   370.4     460.7     592.0     692.9     788.3  

Digital

   1,484.6     1,400.8     1,219.6     1,084.1     927.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,855.0     1,861.5     1,811.6     1,777.0     1,715.6  

Cable Internet

   1,387.7     1,332.5     1,252.1     1,170.6     1,063.8  

Cable telephony

   1,264.9     1,205.3     1,114.3     1,014.0     852.0  

Mobile telephony1

   402.6     290.6     136.1     82.8     63.4  

Internet over wireless2

   7.1     5.6     2.3     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (revenue generating units)

   4,917.3     4,695.5     4,316.4     4,044.4     3,694.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

1

Thousands of connections

2

Internet over wireless subscriptions have been added to revenue generating units because of recent growth.

Operating income:$1.23 billion, an increase of $126.2 million (11.5%).

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

impact of higher revenues.

Partially offset by:

increases in some operating expenses, among them network maintenance costs (including the 4G network), customer service costs incurred to support customer base growth, and marketing expenses;

$7.5 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 53.5% in 2012, compared with 54.8% in 2011.

The decrease was mainly due to the impact of revenue growth (as the fixed component of operating costs does not fluctuate in proportion to revenues), partially offset by the increase in some operating costs.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$484.3 million in 2012, compared with $306.5 million in 2011 (Table 4).

The $177.8 million increase was due to the $126.2 million increase in operating income and the $55.7 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment, mainly reflecting lower investment in the 4G network and in network modernization, partially offset by the $5.1 million increase in additions to intangible assets.

Table 4: Telecommunications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income

  $1,225.0   $1,098.8   $1,047.3  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (669.6  (725.3  (651.4

Additions to intangible assets

   (78.3  (73.2  (71.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   7.2    6.2    7.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $484.3   $306.5   $331.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

News Media

In Quebecor Media’s News Media segment, Sun Media Corporation operates Canada’s largest newspaper chain, counting both paid and free circulation, according to corporate figures. As of December 31, 2012, Sun Media Corporation was publishing 36 paid-circulation dailies and 6 free dailies, including newspapers in 9 of the 10 largest urban markets in the country. It also publishes 229 community weeklies, magazines, weekly buyers’ guides, farm publications, and other specialty publications. According to corporate figures, the aggregate circulation of the News Media segment’s paid and free newspapers was approximately 14.2 million copies per week as of December 31, 2012. Sun Media Corporation holds a 51% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel SUN News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with TVA Group, which holds 49%.

Sun Media Corporation’s newspapers disseminate information in traditional print form as well as through 8 urban daily news portals (journaldemontreal.com, journaldequebec.com, ottawasun.com, torontosun.com, lfpress.com, winnipegsun.com, edmontonsun.com andcalgarysun.com), the portals of nearly 200 community newspapers, free dailies and magazines, as well as specialty information portals. The Canoe network also operates a number of sites, includingcanoe.ca,canoe.tv andlesacplus.ca, as well as the e-commerce sitesmicasa.ca (real estate),autonet.ca (automobiles),space.canoe.ca andespace.canoe.ca (social networking),classifiedExtra.ca (classified ads), andcanoeklix.com (cost-per-click advertising solutions). The News Media segment’s portals log over 10.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including 5.1 million in Québec (according to comScore Media Metrix figures for December 2012).

As well, the News Media segment is engaged in the distribution of newspapers, magazines, inserts and flyers through the Quebecor Media Network, among others. The segment also includes QMI Agency, a news agency that provides content to all Quebecor Media properties and external customers. In addition, the News Media segment offers commercial printing and related services to other publishers through its national printing and production platform, and is also engaged in outdoor advertising through Quebecor Media Out of Home.

2012 operating results

Revenues:$960.0 million, a decrease of $58.4 million (-5.7%).

Advertising revenues decreased 8.3%; circulation revenues decreased 3.8%; digital revenues increased 0.3%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources increased 6.4%, mainly because of higher volume in flyer distribution.

Revenues decreased 5.8% at the urban dailies and 7.5% at the community newspapers.

Portal revenues decreased 22.0%. Revenues unrelated to website development decreased 18.4%. Website development has been transferred to the Nurun Inc. subsidiary (“Nurun”).

Operating income:$115.1 million, a decrease of $35.0 million (-23.3%).

The decrease was due primarily to:

impact of revenue decrease;

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network;

unfavourable impact on 2012 comparative analysis of recognition in 2011 of non-recurring gains on rationalization of postretirement benefits of $5.8 million;

$4.0 million unfavourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits;

$3.4 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

$30.5 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011 and 2012, and to other reductions in operating expenses.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 88.0% in 2012 compared with 85.3% in 2011. The increase was due to the unfavourable impact of investments in Quebecor Media Network, the fixed component of operating costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases, the unfavourable impact on the 2012 comparative analysis of the recognition in 2011 of gains on rationalization of postretirement benefits, multimedia tax credits, and the stock-based compensation charge, partially offset by the favourable impact in 2012 of lower operating expenses.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$97.9 million in 2012 compared with $131.2 million in 2011 (Table 5), a decrease of $33.3 million, mainly due to the $35.0 million decrease in operating income.

Table 5: News Media

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income

  $115.1   $150.1   $191.4  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (6.5  (13.7  (11.4

Additions to intangible assets

   (11.9  (10.8  (12.0

Proceeds from disposal of assets1

   1.2    5.6    44.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $97.9   $131.2   $212.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

2010 figures include the sale of certain tangible assets.

Broadcasting

In the Broadcasting segment, TVA Group operates the largest French-language private television network in North America. TVA Group is the sole owner of 6 of the 10 television stations in the TVA Network and the specialty channels LCN, addikTV, Argent, Prise 2, Yoopa, CASA, Moi&cie (formerly Mlle) and TVA Sports. TVA Group also holds interests in two other TVA Network affiliates and the Évasion specialty channel. As well, TVA Group holds a 49% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel SUN News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with Sun Media Corporation, which holds 51%. TVA Group’s TVA Accès division is engaged in commercial production, its TVA Boutiques inc. subsidiary in teleshopping and online shopping, and its TVA Films division in the distribution of films and television programs. The TVA Publications Inc. (“TVA Publications”) subsidiary publishes more than 75 general-interest and entertainment magazines spread across more than 20 brands. It is the largest publisher of French-language magazines in Québec. Its TVA Studio division specializes in commercial production for the magazines.

2012 operating results

Revenues: $461.1 million, an increase of $15.6 million (3.5%).

Revenues from television operations increased $18.9 million, mainly due to:

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, attributable largely to the TVA Sports, SUN News, LCN, Moi&cie and Yoopa channels.

Partially offset by:

unfavourable variance caused by the sale of TVA Group’s interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave in the second quarter of 2012.

Total publishing revenues decreased $3.3 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues.

Operating income: $38.1 million, a decrease of $12.4 million (-24.6%).

Operating income from television operations decreased $6.7 million, mainly due to:

full year of operating costs at TVA Sports in 2012, compared with four months in 2011;

$1.9 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

impact of increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels.

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $5.8 million, mainly as a result of:

impact of recognition of a $3.4 million charge related to the adoption of new tariffs for 2010, 2011 and 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, of which $2.3 million is attributable to 2010 and 2011;

impact of revenue decrease.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 91.8% in 2012, compared with 88.7% in 2011. The increase in costs as a proportion of revenues was mainly due to the operating loss at TVA Sports, higher operating expenses at some other specialty channels, and recognition of costs related to waste-recovery services.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $12.7 million in 2012, compared with $14.2 million in 2011 (Table 6). The $1.5 million decrease was due to the $12.4 million decline in operating income, partially offset by a $10.9 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets.

Table 6: Broadcasting

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income

  $38.1   $50.5   $74.9  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (22.1  (30.5  (18.5

Additions to intangible assets

   (3.3  (5.8  (5.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   —      —      0.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $12.7   $14.2   $51.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Leisure and Entertainment

The operations of the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retail sales of CDs, books, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, games and toys, video games, gift ideas and magazines through the chain of stores operated by Archambault Group and thearchambault.ca e-commerce site. They also include online sales of downloadable music and e-books; distribution of CDs and videos (Distribution Select); the ZIK music streaming service; distribution of music to Internet download services (Select Digital); music recording and video production (Musicor); recording of live concerts, production of concert videos and television commercials (Les Productions Select TV inc.), and concert promotion (Musicor Spectacles). With Musicor Spectacles and Les Productions Select TV inc., Archambault Group is a fully integrated Canadian music corporation, a producer offering a complete range of media solutions, and an increasingly active player in the concerts and cultural events industry.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment is also engaged in the book industry (Book division), specifically academic publishing through CEC Publishing Inc., general literature through 16 publishing houses, and physical and digital distribution through Messageries ADP inc. (“Messageries ADP”), the exclusive distributor for approximately 170 Québec and European French-language publishers. The general literature publishing houses and Messageries ADP are operated under the Sogides Group Inc. umbrella.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment also includes the QMJHL hockey team, Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand, and BlooBuzz Studios LP, a new Québec video game developer created in February 2012.

2012 operating results

Revenues:$292.5 million, a decrease of $20.4 million (-6.5%) compared with 2011.

Archambault Group’s revenues decreased 4.2%, mainly because of:

5.0% decrease in retail sales due to lower sales of CDs, videos and books than in 2011, which included an extra week;

9.3% decrease in distribution revenues reflecting the larger number of successful CD releases in 2011.

The Book division’s revenues decreased by 11.7%, mainly because of lower sales of textbooks in the academic segment following completion of the education reform in Québec and lower revenues from general literature publishing and distribution.

Operating income:$13.1 million, a decrease of $13.5 million (-50.8%) compared with 2011, due primarily to impact of decrease in revenues.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$3.2 million in 2012 compared with $18.6 million in 2011 (Table 7).

The $15.4 million decrease was due to the $13.5 million decrease in operating income and the $1.8 million increase in additions to intangible assets.

Table 7: Leisure and Entertainment

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income

  $13.1   $26.6   $27.6  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (6.3  (6.3  (4.2

Additions to intangible assets

   (3.6  (1.8  (5.4

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   —      0.1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $3.2   $18.6   $18.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interactive Technologies and Communications

The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment consists of Nurun, which is engaged in Internet, intranet and extranet development, technological platforms, e-commerce, interactive television, automated publishing solutions, and e-marketing and online customer relationship management strategies and programs. Nurun has offices in North America, Europe and China.

2012 operating results

Revenues:$145.5 million, an increase of $24.6 million (20.3%).

The increase was mainly due to:

impact of acquisition of an interactive advertising agency in the United States in the third quarter of 2011;

higher volume from customers in North America, generated by new contracts, among other things;

higher volume from government customers.

Partially offset by:

lower volumes in Europe.

Operating income:$9.8 million, an increase of $1.9 million (24.1%). The favourable variance was mainly due to impact of revenue increase, partially offset by higher labour costs related to strategic personnel retention programs and provision for bonuses.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$5.6 million in 2012 compared with $3.6 million in 2011 (Table 8).

The $2.0 million increase was mainly due to the $1.9 million increase in operating income.

Table 8: Interactive Technologies and Communications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income

  $9.8   $7.9   $6.0  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (4.2  (4.3  (2.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $5.6   $3.6   $3.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012/2011 FOURTH QUARTER COMPARISON

The fourth quarter of the 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues:$1.14 billion, a decrease of $5.6 million (-0.5%).

Revenues decreased in News Media ($31.1 million or-11.3% of segment revenues), Leisure and Entertainment ($16.7 million or -15.7%) and Broadcasting ($2.7 million or-2.1%).

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($43.5 million or 6.9%).

Operating income:$374.6 million, an increase of $3.0 million (0.8%).

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($15.7 million or 5.3% of segment operating income) and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($0.9 million or 36.0%).

Operating income decreased in News Media ($8.4 million or-17.9%), Broadcasting ($3.4 million or-16.5%), and Leisure and Entertainment ($2.6 million or -34.2%).

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $3.1 million unfavourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with the same period of 2011. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $1.8 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Net income attributable to shareholders:$11.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $162.7 million in the same period of 2011, an unfavourable variance of $151.3 million.

The unfavourable variance was due primarily to:

$125.7 million unfavourable variance in gains and losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

recognition of a $60.4 million loss on debt refinancing;

$29.5 million increase in amortization charge;

$15.7 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

$10.6 million decrease in charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items.

Amortization charge:$166.8 million compared with $137.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, an increase of $29.5 million due essentially to the same factors as those noted above in the 2012/2011 financial year comparison.

Financial expenses:$91.7 million, an increase of $15.7 million, due primarily to higher indebtedness.

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments:$43.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with an $82.5 million gain in the same period of 2011. The unfavourable variance of $125.7 million was mainly due to an unfavourable change in the fair value of early settlement options caused by interest rate and credit premium fluctuations.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items:$0.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $11.2 million in the same period of 2011, a favourable variance of $10.6 million.

A $0.3 million net charge reversal was recorded in the News Media segment in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an $8.9 million net charge for restructuring of operations recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 in connection with staff-reduction programs.

A $0.9 million net charge for restructuring and other special items was recorded in other segments in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $2.3 million in the same period of 2011.

Loss on debt refinancing:$60.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with nil in the same period of 2011.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$320.0 million principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016. The transaction generated a $60.4 million loss on debt refinancing.

Reversal of income tax expense:$4.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a $61.4 million income tax expense (effective tax rate of 26.8%) in the fourth quarter of 2011.

The $65.6 million favourable variance was mainly due to:

impact of decrease in income before income tax;

impact of tax rate mix on various components of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues:$678.3 million, an increase of $43.5 million (6.9%), essentially due to the same factors as those noted above in the 2012/2011 financial year comparison.

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased $12.6 million (4.8%) to $274.3 million.

Revenues from Internet access services increased $12.4 million (6.8%) to $195.6 million.

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $4.8 million (4.3%) to $116.3 million.

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $13.8 million (40.2%) to $48.1 million.

Revenues from Videotron Business Solutions decreased $0.4 million (-2.4%) to $16.1 million.

Revenues from customer equipment sales increased $1.2 million (8.7%) to $15.0 million.

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $0.8 million (-13.3%) to $5.2 million.

Other revenues decreased $0.1 million (-1.3%) to $7.7 million.

ARPU: $114.02 in fourth quarter 2012 compared with $106.09 in the same period of 2011, an increase of $7.93 (7.5%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units –59,400-unit increase (1.2%) in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a 102,200-unit increase in the same period of 2011.

Cable television– 2,100 (0.1%) increase in combined customer base for all cable television services in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 17,300 in the same quarter of 2011.

illico Digital TV: 26,800 (1.8%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 52,700 in the same period of 2011.

Analog cable TV: 24,700 (-6.3%) subscriber decrease in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a decrease of 35,400 in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Cable Internet access –18,100 (1.3%) increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 26,100 in the same period of 2011.

Cable telephony –15,200 (1.2%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 25,900 in the same period of 2011.

Mobile telephony service– 24,300 (6.4%) increase in subscriber connections in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 32,500 in the same period of 2011.

Operating income: $310.4 million, an increase of $15.7 million (5.3%).

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

impact of higher revenues.

Partially offset by:

increases in some operating expenses, related mainly to customer service costs, network maintenance, and advertising and sponsorship expenses;

$1.3 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.3% in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with 53.6% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to certain operating expense increases in the fourth quarter of 2012.

News Media

Revenues:$244.5 million, a decrease of $31.1 million (-11.3%), due in part to the extra week in 2011.

Advertising revenues decreased 13.8%; circulation revenues decreased 9.1%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources decreased 4.3%; digital revenues increased 2.5%.

Revenues decreased 10.0% at the urban dailies and 13.7% at the community newspapers.

Portal revenues decreased 25.4% because of lower advertising revenues at the special-interest portals.

Operating income:$38.6 million, a decrease of $8.4 million (-17.9%).

The decrease was due primarily to:

impact of revenue decrease;

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Out of Home, which started up in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Partially offset by:

$7.7 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011 and 2012, and to other efforts to reduce operating expenses;

$2.1 million favourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 84.2% in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with 82.9% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to the unfavourable impact of investments in Quebecor Media Out of Home and to the fixed component of operating costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases, partially offset by the favourable impact of the reduction in operating costs in 2012.

Broadcasting

Revenues: $128.9 million, a decrease of $2.7 million (-2.1%).

Revenues from television operations decreased $2.1 million, mainly due to:

lower advertising revenues at the TVA Network and the specialty services, due in part to the extra week in 2011;

unfavourable variance resulting from the sale by TVA Group of its interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave in the second quarter of 2012.

Partially offset by:

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, including TVA Sports and LCN.

Total publishing revenues decreased $0.9 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues.

Operating income: $17.2 million, a decrease of $3.4 million (-16.5%).

Operating income from television operations decreased by $2.9 million, mainly as a result of impact of revenue decrease.

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $0.7 million, also due to impact of lower revenues.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 86.7% in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with 84.3% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to the decrease in revenues at TVA Network, since the fixed component of operating costs does not fluctuate in proportion to revenues.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues: $89.5 million, a decrease of $16.7 million (-15.7%) due in part to the extra week in 2011.

Archambault Group’s revenues decreased 15.5%, mainly because of:

8.2% decrease in revenues from retail sales, as well as lower sales of CDs and books;

36.3% decrease in distribution revenues, primarily because of a larger number of successful releases in the fourth quarter of 2011 than in the same period of 2012;

The Book division’s revenues decreased 16.5%, mainly because Messageries ADP distributed fewer books in the fourth quarter of 2012 than in the same period of 2011, in both the mass market and bookstore segments.

Operating income: $5.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, a decrease of $2.6 million (-34.2%) compared with the same period of 2011. The unfavourable variance was due primarily to impact of revenue decrease.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Revenues:$35.8 million, a decrease of $0.2 million (-0.6%).

The decrease was mainly due to:

decrease in volume in Europe.

Offset by:

customer growth in the United States;

higher volume from government customers.

Operating income: $3.4 million, an increase of $0.9 million (36.0%). The favourable variance was mainly due to a larger contribution to operating margin from the Montréal operations and to revenue growth in the United States.

2011/2010 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

The 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenue:$4.21 $4.21 billion, an increase of $206.5 million (5.2%).

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($201.9 million or 9.1% of segment revenues), Interactive Technologies and Communications ($22.9 million or 23.4%), Leisure and Entertainment ($10.4 million or 3.4%), and News Media ($3.4 million or 0.3%).

 

Revenues decreased in Broadcasting ($2.7 million or -0.6%).

 

Inter-segment revenues also show an unfavorable variance ofNew activities generated a $29.4 million due to new activitiesunfavourable variance in intersegment sales in 2011.

Operating income:$1.34 $1.34 billion, a decrease of $15.7 million (-1.2%).

 

Operating income decreased in News Media ($41.3 million or -21.6% of segment operating income), Broadcasting ($24.4 million or -32.6%), and Leisure and Entertainment ($1.0 million or -3.6%).

 

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($51.5 million or 4.9%) and in Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.9 million or 31.7%).

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $12.8 million favourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2011 compared with 2010. The fair value of the options decreased in 2011, whereas it increased in 2010. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $6.6 million favourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2011.

Excluding the impact of the consolidated stock-based compensation charge, and if the figures for prior periods were restated to retroactively reflect the reversal in the fourth quarter of 2009 of the accumulated Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) Part II licence fee provision, operating income would have decreased 2.6% in 2011, compared with a 9.0% increase in 2010.

Net income attributable to shareholders:$374.0 $374.0 million in 2011, compared with $470.3 million in 2010, a decrease of $96.3 million.

 

The decrease was mainly due to:

 

$112.6 million increase in amortization charge;

 

$15.7 million in decrease in operating income;

 

$10.8 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

$8.5 million favourable variance in gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

 

$6.9 million decrease in charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items;

 

$5.7 million decrease in lossesloss on debt refinancing.

Amortization charge:$509.3 $509.3 million, a $112.6 million increase essentially due mainly to significant capital expenditures in 2010 and 2011 in the Telecommunications segment, including commencement of amortization of 4G network equipment and licences following the network launch in September 2010, and the impact of the emphasis on equipment leasing in itsthe promotional strategy.

Financial expenses:$311.5 $311.5 million, an increase of $10.8 million.

 

The increase was due mainly to:

 

higher base interest rates and the impact of the rebalancing of fixed- andfixed-and floating-rate debt rebalancing on the average interest rate paid on the debt.

Partially offset by:

 

$6.3 million favourable variance in other financial expenses, reflecting among other things a reduction in interest following the settlement of a dispute, among other things.dispute.

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments:$54.6 $54.6 million in 2011 compared with $46.1 million in 2010, a favourable variance of $8.5 million.

 

The variance was due to a favourable change in the fair value of early settlement options due to interest rate and credit premium fluctuations, and to fluctuations in the ineffective portion of derivative financial instruments.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items:items$30.2: $30.2 million in 2011 compared with $37.1 million in 2010, a favourable variance of $6.9 million.

 

In connection with the startup of its 4G network in the third quarter of 2010, the Telecommunications segment recorded a $14.8 million charge for migration costs in 2011, compared with $13.9 million in 2010. In addition, a $0.6 million charge for restructuring of other operations was recorded in 2011, the same as in 2010. A $3.3 million gain on disposal of assets and a $0.2 million charge for impairment of assets were also recorded in the Telecommunications segment in 2010.

 

An $11.0 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the News Media segment in 2011 in connection with staff-reduction programs, compared with a $17.9 million charge in 2010. As a result of these initiatives, a $0.8 million non-cash impairment charge on certainintangible assets was recorded in the segment in 2011, compared with $3.5 million in 2010. In addition, some segment assets were sold in 2010, resulting in a $4.9 million net gain.

 

In 2010, the Broadcasting segment decided to terminate the programming ofon its Sun TV conventional television station on the launch of the new SunSUN News specialty channel. In connection with this repositioning, the Broadcasting segment recognized an $8.2 million asset impairment charge on equipment and broadcast rights in 2010, compared with a $0.7 million asset impairment charge in 2011. In addition, a $0.8 million restructuring charge was recorded in 2011, primarily in connection with staff reductions, compared with $1.4 million in 2010. Finally, the Broadcasting segment recorded a $0.2 million charge for other special items in 2011, compared with a $0.5 million gain on disposal of assets in 2010.

 

A $0.2 million net charge for restructuring of operations and other special items was recorded in other segments in 2011, compared with $0.9 million in 2010 in other segments.2010. A $1.1 million charge for other special items was recorded in 2011, compared with a $0.8 million gain in 2010.

Loss on debt refinancing:$6.6 $6.6 million in 2011 compared with $12.3 million in 2010.

 

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed US$255.0 million in the principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6 7/8%6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014 and settled the related hedges for a total cash consideration of $303.1 million. The transaction generated a $2.7 million gain on debt refinancing.

 

On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed and withdrew the entirety of its 7 5/8%7.625% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled the related hedges for a total cash consideration of $308.2 million. The transaction generated a $9.3 million loss on debt refinancing.

 

On January 14, 2010, Quebecor Media made a US$170.0 million early payment on drawings on its term loan “B” and settled a corresponding portion of the related hedge agreements for a total cash disbursement of $206.7 million. As a result of this transaction, a $10.4 million loss on debt refinancing was charged to income.

 

In May 2010, Osprey Media paid down the balance of its term credit facility and settled related hedge agreements for a total cash consideration of $116.3 million. As a result of this transaction, a $1.9 million loss on debt refinancing was charged to income.

Income tax expense:$146.4 $146.4 million (effective tax rate of 27.5%) in 2011, compared with $162.6 million (effective tax rate of 25.0%) in 2010.

 

The $16.2 million favourable variance was due to reduced income before income taxes, partially offset by the impact of a decrease in deferred income tax liabilities recorded in 2010 in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities:$21.9 million in 2011, compared with $103.6 million in 2010 (Table 4).

The $81.7 million decrease was essentially due to:

$91.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment, mainly due to the emphasis on equipment leasing in the Telecommunications segment’s promotional strategy;

$41.0 million unfavourable variance in proceeds from disposal of assets, essentially due to the sale of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment in 2010;

$15.7 million decrease in operating income;

$10.5 million increase in cash interest expense.

Partially offset by:

$74.2 million decrease in current income taxes.

Table 4

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Cash flows from segment operations:

   

Telecommunications

  $306.5   $331.7  

News Media

   131.2    212.5  

Broadcasting

   14.2    51.3  

Leisure and Entertainment

   18.6    18.0  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   3.6    3.4  

Head Office and other

   1.8    3.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   475.9    620.7  

Cash interest expense1

   (298.7  (288.2

Cash portion of charge for restructuring of operations and other special items

   (28.7  (33.9

Current income taxes

   17.7    (56.5

Other

   (2.1  0.8  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

   (142.2  (139.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

  $21.9   $103.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

Interest on long-term debt, foreign currency translation of short-term monetary items and other interest expenses (see Note 4 to consolidated financial statements).

Table 5

Reconciliation of cash flows from segment operations to operating income

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $1,336.2   $1,351.9  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (780.7  (689.0

Acquisitions of intangible assets

   (91.6  (95.2

Proceeds from disposal of assets1

   12.0    53.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $475.9   $620.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

2010 figures include the sale of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment.

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

In Quebecor Media’s Telecommunications segment, Videotron is the largest cable operator in Québec and the third-largest in Canada by customer base. Its state-of-the-art network passes 2,657,300 homes. As of December 31, 2011, the total number of revenue-generating units stood at 4,689,900. At December 31, 2011, Videotron had 1,861,500 cable television customers, including 1,400,800 subscribers to its illico Digital TV service. Videotron is also an Internet Service Provider and telephony service provider, with 1,332,500 subscribers to its cable Internet access services and 1,205,300 subscribers to its cable telephony service. In September 2010, Videotron also launched a 4G network to deliver advanced mobile telephony services, including high-speed Internet access, mobile television and many other functionalities supported by smartphones. As of December 31, 2011, there were 290,600 subscriber connections to Videotron’s mobile service. Videotron also includes Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider that offers telephony, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable television services, and Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (“Le SuperClub Vidéotron”) and its network of franchises, which sell and rent DVDs, Blu-ray discs and console games. The Telecommunications segment also includes the activities of two specialty websites, the employment and training sitejobboom.com and the dating sitereseaucontact.com.

2011 operating results

Revenues:$2.43 billion, in 2011, an increase of $201.9 million (9.1%).

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services topped $1 billion for the first time, increasing by $62.0 million (6.5%) to $1.01 billion, mainly because of the higher ARPU generated by increases in some rates and the success of HD packages, the increase in pay TV orders, and the impact of customer base growth.

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $54.0 million (8.4%) to $698.2 million. The improvementfavourable variance was mainly due to customer growth, increases in some rates and customer migration to upgraded service plans.

 

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $26.8 million (6.5%) to $436.7 million, primarily as a result of customer base growth and more lines per customer.

 

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $59.6 million (112.1%) to $112.7 million, essentially due to customer growth resulting largely from the launch of the new 4G network in September 2010.

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $3.2 million (5.4%) to $63.0 million, mainly because of higher revenues from network solutions.

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $4.0 million (-6.7%) to $55.9 million, mainly because of campaigns promotingpromotional strategies that emphasized cable equipment leasing, partially offset by increased sales of mobile telephony equipment.

 

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (“Le SuperClub Vidéotron”) decreased $1.6 million (-6.9%) to $21.6 million, mainly as a result of store closures in 2011, partially offset by higher revenues from franchise royalty revenues.fees.

 

Other revenues increased $1.9 million (6.8%) to $29.9 million.

ARPU:$103.28 $103.28 in 2011 compared with $95.73 in 2010, an increase of $7.55 (7.9%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating unitsAs of December 31, 2011, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,689,900,4,695,500, an increase of 375,800 (8.7%379,100 (8.8%) from the end of 2010 (Table 6)3). The net increase in revenue generating units in 2011 was 39.3%39.4% higher than in 2010 and constituted the largest annual increase, in absolute terms, in three years. This excellent performance was due to the effective strategy of marketing bundled services, including mobile telephony service, at a time of technological change in television broadcasting. The number of revenue generating units increased by 269,700272,000 in 2010. Revenue generating units are the sum of cable television, Internet access and cable telephony service subscriptions and subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

Cable television–The combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services increased by 49,900 (2.8%) in 2011 (Table 6)3), compared with an increase of 34,600 in 2010. As of December 31, 2011, Videotron had 1,861,500 customers for its cable television services, a household and business penetration rate of 70.1% (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,657,300 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network i.e., 2,657,300 homes, as of the end of December 2011), compared with 69.3% a year earlier.at the end of December 2011.

The customer base for the Digital TV service stood at 1,400,800 at December 31, 2011, an increase of 181,200 (14.9%) during the year, compared with a 135,500 increase in 2010. It was the largest annual customer growth for Digital TV since the service was launched in 1999. As of December 31, 2011, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 52.7% versus 46.7% a year earlier.

 

Migration from analog to digital service was the main reason for the 131,300 (-22.2%) decrease in the customer base for analog cable television services in 2011. By comparison, the number of subscribers to analog cable services decreased by 100,900 in 2010.

Cable Internet access –The number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,332,500 at December 31, 2011, an increase of 80,400 (6.4%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 81,500 in 2010 (Table 6)3). At December 31, 2011, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate of 50.1%, compared with 47.9% a year earlier.

Cable telephony service –The number of subscribers to cable telephony service stood at 1,205,300 at the end of December 2011, an increase of 91,000 (8.2%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 100,300 in 2010 (Table 6)3). At December 31, 2011, the IP telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 45.4%, compared with 42.7% a year earlier.

Mobile telephony serviceAs of December 31, 2011, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 290,600, an increase of 154,500 (113.5%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 53,300 connections in 2010 (Table 6)3). At December 31, 2011, there were 3,100 connections to the MVNO network (MobileMobile Virtual Network Operator).Operator network.

Table 6

Telecommunications segment year-end customer numbers (2007-2011)

(in thousands of customers)

   2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 

Cable television:

          

Analog

   460.7     592.0     692.9     788.3     869.9  

Digital

   1,400.8     1,219.6     1,084.1     927.3     768.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,861.5     1,811.6     1,777.0     1,715.6     1,638.1  

Cable Internet

   1,332.5     1,252.1     1,170.6     1,063.8     933.0  

Cable telephony

   1,205.3     1,114.3     1,014.0     852.0     636.4  

Mobile telephony1

   290.6     136.1     82.8     63.4     45.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (revenue generating units)

   4,689.9     4,314.1     4,044.4     3,694.8     3,252.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

1

In thousands of connections

Operating income:$1.10 $1.10 billion, an increase of $51.5 million (4.9%).

 

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

 

impact of higher revenues;

 

$10.6 million reduction in the stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

 

increases in operating expenses, among them costs related to the roll-out of the 4G network, including acquisition costs of approximately $489 per subscriber addition (direct costs, including selling, advertising and marketing expenses and equipment subsidies) and site overhead costs;

 

capitalization of some operating expenses during the build-out of the new mobile network, which also explains the unfavourable variance in operating expenses in 2011 compared with 2010.

Excluding the variance in the stock-based compensation charge, and if the figures for prior periods were restated to retroactively reflect the CRTC Part II licence fee adjustment in the fourth quarter of 2009, the increase in the segment’s operating income in 2011 would have been 3.9% compared with 9.7% in 2010.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.8% in 2011, compared with 53.0% in 2010.

 

The increase was mainly due to operating expensecost increases related to the roll-out of the 4G network, partially offset by the impact of increases in some rates.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$306.5 $306.5 million in 2011, compared with $331.7 million in 2010, a decrease of $25.2 million (Table 7).million.

 

The $51.5 million increase in operating income was offset by a $73.9 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment, mainly reflecting the impact of the emphasis on equipment leasing in itsthe promotional strategy.

Table 7: Telecommunications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $1,098.8   $1,047.3  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (725.3  (651.4

Acquisitions of intangible assets

   (73.2  (71.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   6.2    7.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $306.5   $331.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

News Media

In Quebecor Media’s News Media segment, Sun Media Corporation operates Canada’s largest newspaper chain, counting both paid and free circulation, according to corporate figures. As of December 31, 2011, Sun Media Corporation was publishing 36 paid-circulation dailies and 6 free dailies, including newspapers in 9 of the 10 largest urban markets in the country. It also publishes 236 community weeklies, magazines, weekly buyers’ guides, farm publications, and other specialty publications. According to corporate figures, the aggregate circulation of the News Media segment’s paid and free newspapers was approximately 15.7 million copies per week as of December 31, 2011. Sun Media Corporation holds a 49% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel Sun News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with TVA Group, which holds 51%.

Sun Media Corporation’s newspapers disseminate information in traditional print form as well as through 8 urban daily news portals (journaldemontreal.com, journaldequebec.com, ottawasun.com, torontosun.com, lfpress.com,winnipegsun.com, edmontonsun.comandcalgarysun.com) and 223 community newspapers, free dailies, magazines and specialities information portals. The Canoe network also operates a number of sites, includingcanoe.ca,canoe.tv andlesacplus.ca, as well as the e-commerce sitesmicasa.ca (real estate),autonet.ca (automobiles),space.canoe.ca andespace.canoe.ca (social networking),classifiedExtra.ca(classified ads), andcanoeklix.com (cost-per-click advertising solutions). In 2011, Sun Media Corporation acquiredstealthedeal.com, an online discount coupon site. The News Media portals log over 9.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including 5.0 million in Québec (according to comScore Media Metrix figures for December 2011).

As well, the News Media segment is engaged in the distribution of newspapers, magazines, inserts and flyers through, among others, Quebecor Media Network Inc. (“Quebecor Media Network”). The segment also includes QMI Agency, a news agency that provides content to all Quebecor Media properties and external customers. In addition, the News Media segment offers commercial printing and related services to other publishers through its national printing and production platform. Through Quebecor MediaPages, it conducts an online directory publishing operation.

2011 operating results

Revenues:$1.02 $1.02 billion, an increase of $3.4 million (0.3%).

 

Combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources increased 14.2%, advertising revenues were flat, and circulation revenues decreased 5.1%.

 

Revenues decreased 3.6% at the urban dailies and increased 3.5% at the community newspapers. Excluding business acquisitions, revenues of the community newspapers decreased 2.3%.

 

Portal revenues decreased 5.2%, essentially because of lower revenues at the specialty sites,portals, due primarily to the transfer of intercompany website development activitiesoperations to the Nurun subsidiary and a decrease in advertising revenues.

Operating income:$150.1 $150.1 million, a decrease of $41.3 million (-21.6%).

 

The decrease was due primarily to:

 

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;

 

impact of revenue decreases at the urban dailies and the community newspapers (onon a same-store basis);basis;

 

increases in some operating expenses, including community newspaper startup costs in Québec;

 

$4.7 million increase in newsprint costs.

Partially offset by:

 

$5.8 million favourable impact of rationalization of postretirement benefits;

 

$3.9 million favourable variance related to the stock-based compensation plan;

 

$2.4 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011;

 

$2.4 million favourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits;

 

contribution from acquired businesses.

Excluding the impact of the stock-based compensation charge and investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages, operating income would have decreased by 12.7% in 2011 compared with a 4.7% increase in 2010.

The restructuring measures introduced since late 2008 in the News Media segment have included staff cuts, consolidation of prepress, shipping and press room operations, centralization of administrative processes, consolidation of distribution networks, and other resource centralization and optimization efforts across the segment’s operations in all regions. While the restructuring proceeds, development of new revenue streams continues, including those related to the development of integrated, convergent solutions for customers, such as marketing initiatives by the QMI National Sales Offices and Quebecor Media Network’s integrated offerings of products and services, and those related to the marketing of content produced by QMI Agency.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 85.3% in 2011, compared with 81.1% in 2010.

 

The increase was due mainly to:

 

spending on community newspaper launches in Québec, as well as on Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;

spending on community newspaper launches in Québec, as well as on Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;

 

unfavourable impact of the fixed component of operating costs (which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases);

 

impact of higher newsprint costs.

Partially offset by:

 

cost reductions related to postretirement benefits, compensation plans and employment tax credits.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$131.2 $131.2 million in 2011, compared with $212.5 million in 2010 (Table 8).2010.

 

The $81.3 million decrease was due primarily to a $41.3 million decrease in operating income and a $38.9 million unfavourable variance in proceeds from disposal of assets, resulting primarily from the sale of certain tangible assets in 2010.

Table 8: News Media

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $150.1   $191.4  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (13.7  (11.4

Acquisitions of intangible assets

   (10.8  (12.0

Proceeds from disposal of assets1

   5.6    44.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $131.2   $212.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

2010 figures include the sale of certain tangible assets.

Broadcasting

In the Broadcasting segment, TVA Group operates the largest French-language private television network in North America. TVA Group is the sole owner of 6 of the 10 television stations in the TVA Network and of the specialty channels LCN, addikTV, Argent, Prise 2, YOOPA, CASA, Mlle and TVA Sports. TVA Group also holds interests in two other TVA Network affiliates and the Évasion specialty channel. As well, TVA Group holds a 51% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel Sun News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with Sun Media Corporation, which holds 49%. TVA Group’s TVA Accès division is engaged in commercial production, its TVA Boutiques inc. subsidiary in teleshopping and online shopping, and its TVA Films division in the distribution of films and television programs. The TVA Publishing Inc. (“TVA Publishing”) subsidiary publishes more than 75 general-interest and entertainment magazines spread across more than 20 brands. It is the largest publisher of French-language magazines in Québec. Its TVA Studio division specializes in commercial production for the magazines.

On December 22, 2011, TVA Group announced an agreement to sell its 50% and 51% interests in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave respectively.

2011 operating results

Revenues:$445.5 million, a decrease of $2.7 million (-0.6%).

 

Revenues from television operations increased $1.6 million, mainly due to:

 

increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels;

 

higher revenues at the TVA Network, including increases in revenues from advertising, production, and the sale of content;

 

higher revenues at TVA Accès.

Partially offset by:

 

decrease in advertising revenues in light of the repositioning of the Sun TV conventional television station following the launchcreation of SunSUN News;

 

decrease in revenues at TVA Films, reflecting the larger number of successful releases in 2010.

 

Total publishing revenues decreased $4.4 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues, partially offset by higher revenues at TVA Studio.

Operating income:$50.5 $50.5 million, a decrease of $24.4 million (-32.6%).

 

Operating income from television operations decreased $23.3 million, mainly due to:

 

startup operating losses at the SunSUN News, TVA Sports and MlleMoi&cie specialty channels;

 

higher content costs at the TVA Network and specialty channels as a result of the programming strategy.

Partially offset by:

 

impact of increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels.

 

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $1.0 million, mainly as a result of the impact of the revenue decrease, partially offset by savings in operating costs.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 88.7% in 2011 compared with 83.3% in 2010. The increase in costs as a proportion of revenues was mainly due to higher operating expenses related to the launch of the SunSUN News, TVA Sports and MlleMoi&cie specialty channels, and to higher content costs.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$14.2 $14.2 million in 2011 compared with $51.3 million in 2010, (Table 9), a decrease of $37.1 million, mainly due to the $24.4 million decrease in operating income and the $12.0 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment, primarily reflecting spending on the new specialty channels.

Table 9: Broadcasting

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $50.5   $74.9  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (30.5  (18.5

Acquisitions of intangible assets

   (5.8  (5.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   —      0.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $14.2   $51.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other development in 2011

On March 17, 2011, TVA Group filed a normal course issuer bid to buy back and cancel, between March 21, 2011 and March 20, 2012, up to 972,545 Class B shares of TVA Group, or approximately 5% of the issued and outstanding Class B shares as of the date of the filing. No Class B shares were repurchased in 2011.

Leisure and Entertainment

The operations of the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retail sales of CDs, books, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, games and toys, video games, gift ideas and magazines through the chain of stores operated by Archambault Group Inc. (“Archambault Group”) and thearchambault.ca e-commerce site. They also include online sales of downloadable music and e-books; distribution of CDs and videos (Distribution Select); distribution of music to Internet download services (Select Digital); music recording and video production (Musicor); recording of live concerts, production of concert videos and television commercials (Les Productions Select TV), and concert promotion (Musicor Spectacles). With Musicor Spectacles and Les Productions Select TV, Archambault Group is a fully integrated Canadian music corporation, a producer offering a complete range of media solutions and an increasingly active player in the concerts and cultural events industry.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment is also engaged in the book industry (Book Division) through academic publisher CEC Publishing Inc., 16 general literature publishers, and Messageries ADP inc. (“Messageries ADP”), the exclusive distributor for approximately 165 Québec and European French-language publishers. The general literature publishing houses and Messageries ADP are operated under the Sogides Group Inc. umbrella.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment also includes the Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand, which is a QMJHL hockey team, and BlooBuzz, a new Québec video game developer, created in February 2012.

2011 operating results

Revenues:$312.9 $312.9 million, an increase of $10.4 million (3.4%).

 

Archambault Group’s revenues increased 8.3%, mainly due to:because of:

 

25.2% increase in distribution revenues, primarily because of new intercompany DVD distribution activities;

 

  

increased production sales due toas a result of higher revenues from concert production and music recording, including the successful showLe retour de nos idolesidoles..

 

The Book Division’sdivision’s revenues decreased by 5.1%, mainly because of lower sales of textbooks in the academic segment following completion of the education reform in Québec,Quebec, and lower distribution and publishing revenues in the general literature segment.

Operating income:$26.6 $26.6 million in 2011, a decrease of $1.0 million from 2010, due primarily to decreased revenues in the Book Division,division, partially offset by the positive impact of increased revenues and operating margins at Archambault Group.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$18.6 $18.6 million in 2011 compared with $18.0 million in 2010 (Table 10).2010.

 

The $0.6 million increasefavourable variance was due to the $1.5 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, partially offset by the $1.0 million decrease in operating income.

Table 10: Leisure and Entertainment

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $26.6   $27.6  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (6.3  (4.2

Acquisitions of intangible assets

   (1.8  (5.4

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   0.1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $18.6   $18.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interactive Technologies and Communications

The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment consists of Nurun, which is engaged in Internet, intranet and extranet development, technological platforms, e-commerce, interactive television, automated publishing solutions, and e-marketing and online customer relationship management strategies and programs. Nurun has offices in North America, Europe and China.

2011 operating results

Revenues:$120.9 $120.9 million, an increase of $22.9 million (23.4%).

 

The increase was mainly due to:

 

higher volume from customers in Canada (generated by, among other things, the transfer of intercompany technological activities from the News Media segment) and in Europe;

 

impact of acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the third quarter of 2011.

Partially offset by:

 

decrease in volume in the United States.

Operating income:$7.9 $7.9 million, an increase of $1.9 million (31.7%), mainly as a result of the favourable impact of the revenue increase.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations:$3.6 $3.6 million in 2011, compared with $3.4 million in 2010 (Table 11).2010.

 

The $0.2 million increasefavourable variance was due to the $1.9 million increase in operating income, partially offset by the $1.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment.

Table 11: Interactive Technologies and Communications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Operating income

  $7.9   $6.0  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (4.3  (2.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

  $3.6   $3.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2011/2010 FOURTH QUARTER COMPARISONCASH FLOWS AND FINANCIAL POSITION

The 2011This section provides an analysis of sources and uses of cash flows, as well as an analysis of the financial year contained an additional weekposition as of the balance sheet date. This section should be read in conjunction with the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisurediscussions on trends under “Trend Information” above and Entertainment,on the Corporation’s financial risks under “Financial Instruments and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.Financial Risk” below.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor MediaOperating activities

2012 financial year

Revenues:Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities:$1.15 $1.14 billion an increase of $59.8 million (5.5%).

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($43.6 million or 7.4% of segment revenues), Leisure and Entertainment ($8.6 million or 8.8%), News Media ($8.6 million or 3.2%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($8.1 million or 29.0%).

Revenues decreased in Broadcasting ($1.8 million or -1.3%).

Operating income:$371.6 million, an increase of $5.2 million (1.4%).

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($31.5 million or 12.0% of segment operating income).

Operating income was flat in Interactive Technologies and Communications.

Operating income decreased in News Media ($10.8 million or -18.7%), Broadcasting ($8.6 million or -29.5%), and Leisure and Entertainment ($3.7 million or -32.7%).

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $0.3 million favourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2011,2012 compared with the same period of 2010. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $2.4 million favourable variance in the Corporation’s stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Excluding the impact of the consolidated stock-based compensation charge, and if the figures for prior periods were restated to retroactively reflect the reversal in the fourth quarter of 2009 of the accumulated CRTC Part II licence fee provision, operating income would have increased 0.7% in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with a 4.9% increase in the same period of 2010.

Net income attributable to shareholders:$162.7$882.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with $92.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, a favourable variance of $70.5 million.2011.

 

The $260.1 million favourable variance was mainly due to:

 

gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments of $82.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared with a $23.6 million loss in the same quarter of 2010, a favourable variance of $106.1 million;

$12.2276.9 million favourable variance in the chargenet change in non-cash balances related to operations, mainly because of favourable variances in income tax liabilities, inventory, accounts payable, accrued charges, and provisions for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items;operations;

 

$5.2126.2 million increase in operating income.income in the Telecommunications segment.

Partially offset by:

 

$17.9 million increase in amortization charge.

Amortization charge:$137.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with $119.4 million in the same quarter of 2010, an increase of $17.9 million, mainly due to significant capital expenditures in 2010 and 2011 in the Telecommunications segment and the impact of the emphasis on equipment leasing in its promotional strategy.

Financial expenses:$76.0 million, an increase of $1.6 million.

The increase was mainly due to:

the impact of the rebalancing of fixed- and floating-rate debt on the average interest rate on the debt;

$1.374.7 million unfavourable variance in exchange rate on operating items.

Partially offset by:

$5.4 million favourable variance in other financial expenses, reflecting a reduction in interest following the settlement of a dispute, among other things.

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments:$82.5 million in fourth quarter 2011, compared with a $23.6 million loss in the same quarter of 2010, a $106.1 million favourable variance.

The increase was essentially due to a favourable change in the fair value of early settlement options recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with an unfavourable change in the fourth quarter of 2010, due in both cases to interest rate and credit premium fluctuations.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items: $11.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with $23.4 million in the same period of 2010, a favourable variance of $12.2 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, an $8.9 million net charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the News Media segment in connection with staff-reduction programs, compared with $13.3 million in the same quarter of 2010.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Telecommunications segment recorded a $9.0 million charge for migration costs in connection with the startup of its 4G network. In addition, a $0.6 million charge for restructuring of other operations was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011, the same as in the fourth quarter of 2010. A $0.5 million gain on disposal of assets and a $0.2 million charge for impairment of assets were also recorded in the Telecommunications segment in the fourth quarter of 2010.

In connection with the repositioning of the over-the-air television station Sun TV and with the launch of the new Sun News specialty channel, the Broadcasting segment recognized a $0.6 million asset impairment charge on equipment and broadcast rights in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared with a $0.1 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2011. A $0.8 million restructuring charge was also recognized in the fourth quarter 2011, mainly because of staff reductions, compared with $0.6 million in the same period of 2010. Finally, the Broadcasting segment recorded a $0.2 million charge for other special items during the fourth quarter of 2011, while a $0.5 million gain on disposal of assets was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010.

A $0.6 million net charge for restructuring and other special items was recorded in other segments in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with $0.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Income tax expense:$61.4 million (effective tax rate of 26.8%) in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with $23.9 million (effective tax rate of 19.0%) in the same period of 2010.

The $37.5 million increase, the effective tax rates and the variance in those rates, were mainly due to:

increase in income beforecurrent income taxes;

 

favourable impact of tax rate mix recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 on the various components of the gains and losses on financial instruments and derivative financial instruments, and on the translation of financial instruments;

reduction in deferred income tax liabilities recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues:$634.8 million, an increase of $43.6 million (7.4%), essentially due to the same factors as those noted above in the 2011/2010 financial year comparison.

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased $15.9 million (6.5%) to $261.8 million.

Revenues from Internet access services increased $16.9 million (10.2%) to $183.2 million.

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $4.6 million (4.3%) to $111.5 million.

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $17.4 million (103.0%) to $34.3 million.

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $0.5 million (3.1%) to $16.6 million.

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $11.2 million (-45.0 %) to $13.7 million.

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $0.5 million (-7.1%) to $6.0 million.

Other revenues were flat at $7.7 million.

ARPU:$106.90 in fourth quarter 2011, compared with $98.85 in the same period of 2010, an increase of $8.05 (8.1%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units– 101,800 (2.2%) unit increase in the fourth quarter of 2011, 20.0% more than the 84,800-unit increase in the same period of 2010.

Cable television– 17,300 (0.9%) increase in the combined customer base for all cable television services in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with an increase of 9,600 in the same quarter of 2010.

Digital TV: 52,700 (3.9%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 37,300 in the same period of 2010.

Analog cable TV: 35,400 (-7.1%) subscriber decrease in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with a decrease of 27,700 in the same period of 2010.

Cable Internet access– 26,100 (2.0%) increase in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 18,300 in the same period of 2010.

Cable telephony– 25,900 (2.2%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 16,200 in the same period of 2010.

Mobile telephony service– 32,500 (12.6%) increase in subscriber connections in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 40,700 in the same period of 2010.

Operating income:$294.7 million, an increase of $31.5 million (12.0%).

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

impact of increased revenues.

Partially offset by:

increasesdecreases in operating costs, including costs related to roll-out of the 4G network.

Excluding the variance in the stock-based compensation charge,News Media ($35.0 million), Leisure and if the figures for prior periods were restated to retroactively reflect the CRTC Part II licence fee adjustment in the fourth quarter of 2009, the increase in the segment’s operating income in the fourth quarter of 2011 would have been 11.9%, compared with 4.5% in the same period of 2010.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 53.6% in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 55.5% in the same quarter of 2010.

The fixed component of operating costs did not increase in proportion to the increase in revenue.

News Media

Revenues:$275.6 million, an increase of $8.6 million (3.2%).

Combined revenues from commercial printingEntertainment ($13.5 million) and other sources increased 23.4%, circulation revenues increased 1.9%, and advertising revenues decreased 0.3%.

Revenues decreased 2.6% at the urban dailies and increased 6.2% at the community newspapers. Excluding business acquisitions, revenues were flat at the community newspapers.

Portal revenues decreased 6.8%, essentially because of lower revenues at the specialty portals, due primarily to a decrease in advertising revenues and the transfer of intercompany website development operations to Nurun.

Operating income:$47.0 million, a decrease of $10.8 million (-18.7%).

The decrease was due primarily to:

impact of revenue decreases at the urban dailies;

increases in some operating expenses, including community newspaper startup costs in Québec;

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;Broadcasting ($12.4 million);

 

$1.113.4 million unfavourable varianceincrease in multimedia employment tax credits.

Partially offset by:

favourable reversal in the fourth quarter of 2011 of provisions, including a $3.7 million provision for legal disputes;

contribution from acquired businesses.

Excluding the impact of the stock-based compensation charge and investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages, operating income would have decreased by 9.7% in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 11.9% in the same period of 2010.cash interest expense.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 82.9% in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 78.4% in the same period of 2010.

The increase was due mainly to:

spending on community newspaper launches in Québec, as well as on Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages;

unfavourable impact of the fixed component of operating costs which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases.

Broadcasting

Revenues:$131.6 million, a decrease of $1.8 million (-1.3%).

Revenues from television operations decreased $1.1 million, mainly due to:

decrease in revenues at TVA Films, reflecting the larger number of successful releases in the fourth quarter of 2010;

lower advertising revenues at the TVA Network;

decrease in advertising revenues in light of the repositioning of the Sun TV conventional television station following the creation of Sun News.

Partially offset by:

increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels.

Total publishing revenues decreased $1.0 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues, partially offset by higher revenues at TVA Studio.

Operating income:$20.6 million, a decrease of $8.6 million (-29.5%).

Operating income from television operations decreased $8.7 million, mainly due to:

startup operating losses at the TVA Sports, Sun News and Mlle specialty channels;

higher content costs at the TVA Network and specialty channels as a result of the programming strategy;

impact of the revenue decrease.

Operating income from publishing operations increased $0.3 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2010.

Cost/revenue ratio:Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 84.3% in the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 78.1% in the same period of 2010. The increase in costs as a proportion of revenues was mainly due to higher operating expenses related to the launch of the Sun News, TVA Sports and Mlle specialty channels and to higher content costs.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues:$106.2 million, an increase of $8.6 million (8.8%) compared with the fourth quarter of 2010.

Archambault Group’s revenues increased 17.1%, mainly because of:

5.5% increase in retail sales due to the inclusion of a 53rd week in the 2011 financial year and growth in e-commerce revenues compared with the fourth quarter of 2010;

41.2% increase in distribution revenues, due mainly to new intercompany DVD distribution activities that began in June 2011.

Partially offset by:

lower production sales because of better results registered by new releases in the fourth quarter of 2010.

15.8% decrease in the Book Division’s revenues, mainly because of lower distribution and publishing revenues in the general literature category.

Operating income:$7.6 million, a decrease of $3.7 million (-32.7%) from the same period of 2010. The unfavourable variance was due primarily to the impact of lower revenues and decreases in some gross margins in the Book Division.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Revenues:$36.0 million, an increase of $8.1 million (29.0%).

The increase was mainly due to:

higher volume from customers in Canada (generated by, among other things, the transfer of intercompany technological activities from the News Media segment) and in Europe;

impact of acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the third quarter of 2011;

higher volumes from Government of Québec.

Operating income: Stable at $2.5 million. The impact of the revenue increase was offset by an increase in operating costs to support the pace of business development and growth.

2011 CASH FLOWS AND FINANCIAL POSITION

Operating activities

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities:$882.2 $882.2 million in 2011 compared with $834.8 million in 2010.

 

The $47.4 million increase was mainly due primarily to:

 

$74.2 million decreasefavourable variance in current income taxes;

 

$5.251.5 million decreaseincrease in operating income in the cash portion of the charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items.Telecommunications segment.

Partially offset by:

 

$15.7 million decreaseoperating income decreases in operating income;News Media ($41.3 million) and Broadcasting ($24.4 million);

 

$10.5 million increase in cash interest expense.

2012/2011 financial year comparison

Profit growth in the Telecommunications segment had a favourable impact on cash flows in 2012 and 2011. On the other hand, the costs of product and service launches and the negative impact of more aggressive competition and weak market conditions in the News Media and Broadcasting segments had an unfavourable impact on cash flows provided by operating activities. Finally, the deferral of current income taxes of a general partnership created in 2011 had the effect of deferring some income tax expenses.

Working capital:Negative $81.7 million at December 31, 2012, compared with negative $71.8 million at December 31, 2011, compared with negative $12.7 million at December 31, 2010.2011. The difference mainly reflects the impact of the decreasean increase in cash and cash equivalents was outweighed by decreases in accounts receivable, inventory and recognition under current liabilities of Sun Media Corporation’s credit facilities paid downincome tax credits, and increases in February accounts payable, accrued charges, provisions, and income tax liabilities.

Investing activities

2012 partially offset by investmentsfinancial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $710.6 million in inventory2012 compared with $780.7 million in 2011. The $70.1 million decrease was mainly due to:

$55.7 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Telecommunications segment, mainly because of reduced spending on the 4G network and network modernization;

$8.4 million decrease in the Broadcasting segment and a $7.2 million decrease in the News Media segment.

Additions to intangible assets: $94.9 million in 2012 compared with $91.6 million in 2011.

Business acquisitions: $2.0 million in 2012 compared with $55.7 million in 2011, a $53.7 million decrease mainly due to impact of acquisitions in 2011 of community newspapers in the News Media segment and of a digital agency in the United States in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment.

Disposal of businesses: $18.7 million in 2012, mainly reflecting the sale of the Broadcasting segment’s interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave.

2011 financial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $780.7 million compared with $689.0 million in 2010. The $91.7 million variance was due primarily to:

$73.9 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Telecommunications segment, mainly due to emphasis on equipment leasing in the segment’s promotional strategy;

$12.0 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Broadcasting segment, primarily reflecting spending on the new specialty channels.

Additions to intangible assets: $91.6 million in 2011 compared with $95.2 million in 2010.

Proceeds from disposal of assets: $12.0 million in 2011 compared with $53.0 million in 2010. The $41.0 million decrease essentially reflects the disposal of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment in the second quarter of 2010.

Business acquisitions: $55.7 million in 2011 compared with $3.1 million in 2010, a $52.6 million increase, mainly due to the acquisition of community newspapers in the News Media segment in 2011, and to the acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment.

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

2012 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $345.2 million in 2012 compared with $21.9 million in 2011 (Table 9).

The $323.3 million increase was essentially due to:

$260.1 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities;

$70.1 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment.

2011 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $21.9 million in 2011 compared with $103.6 million in 2010 (Table 9).

The $81.7 million decrease was mainly due to:

$91.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment;

$41.0 million decrease in proceeds from disposal of assets.

Partially offset by:

$47.4 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities.

Table 9

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities reported in the financial statements and free cash flows from continuing operating activities

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2012  2011  2010 

Operating income:

    

Telecommunications

  $1,225.0   $1,098.8   $1,047.3  

News Media

   115.1    150.1    191.4  

Broadcasting

   38.1    50.5    74.9  

Leisure and Entertainment

   13.1    26.6    27.6  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   9.8    7.9    6.0  

Head Office

   4.2    2.3    4.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,405.3    1,336.2    1,351.9  

Cash interest expense1

   (312.1  (298.7  (288.2

Cash portion of charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items2

   (34.8  (28.7  (33.9

Current income taxes

   (57.0  17.7    (56.5

Other

   6.2    (2.1  0.8  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

   134.7    (142.2  (139.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities

   1,142.3    882.2    834.8  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets, less proceeds from disposal of assets:

    

Telecommunications

   (740.7  (792.3  (715.6

News Media

   (17.2  (18.9  21.1  

Broadcasting

   (25.4  (36.3  (23.6

Leisure and Entertainment

   (9.9  (8.0  (9.6

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   (4.2  (4.3  (2.6

Head Office

   0.3    (0.5  (0.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (797.1  (860.3  (731.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

  $345.2   $21.9   $103.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

Interest on long-term debt, foreign currency translation on short-term monetary items and other interest expenses (see note 4 in the consolidated financial statements).

2

Charge for restructuring and other items (see note 6 in the consolidated financial statements).

Financing activities

2012 financial year

Consolidated debt(long-term (long-term debt plus bank borrowings): $726.8 million increase in 2012; $17.6 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

Summary of debt increases in 2012:

issuance by Videotron on March 14, 2012 of US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $787.6 million, net of financing fees of $11.9 million. The Notes bear interest at 5.0% and mature on July 15, 2022;

Issuance by Quebecor Media on October 11, 2012 of US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.75% and maturing in 2023, and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 6.625% and maturing in 2023, for total net proceeds of $1.31 billion, net of financing fees of $16.5 million.

Summary of debt reductions in 2012:

repayment by Videotron in March 2012 of all of its 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million;

repayment by Quebecor Media in March, April and November 2012 of US$580.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016;

prepayment by Quebecor Media in December 2012 of the outstanding balance on its term loan “B” for a cash consideration of $153.9 million;

$195.8 million decrease in debt due to favourable variance in fair value of embedded derivatives, resulting mainly from interest rate and credit premium fluctuations;

estimated $53.2 million favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. Any decrease in this item is offset by an increase in the liability (or decrease in the asset) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments”;

repayment of $37.6 million balance on Sun Media Corporation’s term credit facility on February 3, 2012 and cancellation of the facility;

current payments, totalling $47.4 million, on the credit facilities and other debt of TVA Group, Quebecor Media and Videotron.

Total proceeds of $1.31 billion from the issuance by Quebecor Media on October 11, 2012 of 5.75% Senior Notes maturing in 2023 and of 6.625% Senior Notes maturing in 2023 were used to purchase for cancellation 20,351,307 common shares of Quebecor Media’s capital stock held by CDP Capital for a total cash consideration of $1.00 billion and to redeem US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in 2016.

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net liability of $262.9 million at December 31, 2012, compared with a net liability of $280.5 million at December 31, 2011. The favourable net variance of $17.6 million was due to:

settlement of hedges by Quebecor Media following repayment in March and April 2012 of US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes;

favourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada, compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

Partially offset by:

unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments.

On January 25, 2012, Quebecor Media amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016. In December 2012, this credit facility was combined with the existing facility for a total amount of $300.0 million.

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

On June 4, 2012, Videotron announced a public exchange offer for the exchange of the entirety of its outstanding 5% Senior Notes maturing on July 15, 2022 for an equivalent principal amount of Notes registered pursuant to theSecurities Act of1933. The exchange was completed on July 20, 2012.

2011 financial year

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank borrowings): $183.6 million increase in 2011; $170.7 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

 

DebtSummary of debt increases duringin 2011:

 

issuance by Videotron on July 5, 2011 of $300.0 million in the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6 7/8%6.875%, payable twice yearly on June 15 and December 15, and mature on July 15, 2021;

 

issuance by Quebecor Media on January 5, 2011 of $325.0 million in the principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $319.9 million, net of financing fees of $5.1 million. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 7 3/8%7.375%, payable twice yearly on June 15 and December 15, and mature on January 15, 2021;

 

use by Videotron of $69.6 million drawn on its secured export financing facility;

 

estimated $32.3 million unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. Any increase in this item is offset by a decrease in the liability (or increase in the asset) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments.”

Summary of debt reductions during the same period:in 2011:

 

repayment on July 18, 2011 of US$255.0 million in the principal amount of Videotron’s 6 7/8%6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014;

 

early repayment on February 15, 2011 of the entirety of Sun Media Corporation’s outstanding 7 5/8%7.625% Senior Notes maturing in 2013, in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million;

 

$52.5 million decrease in debt due to the favourable variance in the fair value of embedded derivatives, resulting mainly from interest rate and credit premium fluctuations;

 

current payments totalling $30.2 million on Quebecor Media’s credit facility and other debt.

 

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net liability of $280.5 million at December 31, 2011, compared with a net liability of $451.2 million at December 31, 2010. The $170.7 million favourable net variance was caused primarily by:

 

settlement of hedges by Videotron following repayment, on July 18, 2011, of US$255.0 million in the principal amount of Videotron’s 6 7/8%6.875% Senior Notes;

 

settlement and revocation by Sun Media Corporation of hedges following the early repayment and withdrawal of all its outstanding Senior Notes on February 15, 2011;

 

favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments.

Partially offset by:

 

unfavourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada, compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

 

On March 14, 2012, Quebecor Media issued a notice of redemption to purchase US$100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. The redemption price is 102.583% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the date of redemption will be April 13, 2012.

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.0%, for a net proceeds of approximately $787.6 million, net of estimated financing fees of $11.9 million.

On February 29, 2012, Quebecor Media announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase up to US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered and purchased is US$1,028.33 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 14, 2012, or US$1,025.83 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On February 29, 2012, Videotron issued a notice of redemption for any and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The redemption price is 100.0% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the redemption date will be March 30, 2012. The purchase will be carried out on Senior Notes that have not been tendered and purchased under the Videotron cash tender offer announced on February 29, 2012.

On February 29, 2012, Videotron announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase any and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered and purchased is US$1,001.25 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 13, 2012, or US$1,000.00 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

On February 3, 2012, Sun Media Corporation repaid the $37.6 million balance on its term loan credit facility and terminated all its credit facilities. Sun Media Corporation’s liabilities no longer include any long-term debt.

On January 25, 2012, Quebecor Media amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016.

On July 20, 2011, Videotron amended its $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to modify some of the terms and conditions.

Investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment:$780.7 million, compared with $689.0 million in 2010. The increase was mainly due to the impact of the emphasis on equipment leasing in the Telecommunications segment’s promotional strategy.

Acquisitions of intangible assets:$91.6 million in 2011 compared with $95.2 million in 2010.

Business acquisitions:$55.7 million in 2011 compared with $3.1 million in 2010, a $52.6 million increase mainly due to the acquisition of community newspapers in the News Media segment in the first half of 2011 and the acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment.

Proceeds from disposal of assets:$12.0 million in 2011 compared with $53.0 million in 2010. The decrease essentially reflects the disposal of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment in the second quarter of 2010.

Financial position at December 31, 20112012

Net available liquidity: $884.6 million$1.09 billion for the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, consisting of $140.0$215.5 million in cash and $744.6$874.9 million in available unused lines of credit.

Consolidated debt:$3.70 $4.43 billion at December 31, 2011, an2012, a $726.8 million increase of $183.6 million. $170.7compared with December 31, 2011; $17.6 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments (see“Financing activities” “Financing Activities” above).

 

Consolidated debt essentially consisted of Videotron’s $1.86$2.13 billion debt ($1.791.86 billion at December 31, 2010)2011), Sun Media Corporation’s $37.4TVA Group’s $74.4 million debt ($240.096.4 million at December 31, 2010), TVA Group’s $96.4 million2011) and Quebecor Media’s $2.23 billion debt ($93.91.71 billion at December 31, 2011). Sun Media Corporation’s debt was paid down in full in the first quarter of 2012 ($37.4 million at December 31, 2010), and Quebecor Media’s $1.71 billion debt ($1.40 billion at December 31, 2010)2011).

As of December 31, 2011,2012, minimum principal payments on long-term debt in each the coming yearsyear and thereafter were as follows:

Table 1210

Minimum principal amountpayments on Quebecor Media’s long-term debt1

12 monthsmonth ending on December 31

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

2012

  $80.3  

2013

   180.4  

2014

   498.1  

2015

   199.0  

2016

   1,230.3  

2017 and thereafter

   1,660.0  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $3,848.1  
  

 

 

 
1

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2013

  $21.3  

2014

   96.4  

2015

   195.2  

2016

   642.4  

2017

   10.7  

2018 and thereafter

   3,777.6  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $4,743.6  
  

 

 

 

The weighted average term of Quebecor Media’s consolidated debt was approximately 5.17.1 years as of December 31, 2011 (5.02012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2010)2011). The debt consists of approximately 84.7%90.9% fixed rate debt (75.2%(84.7% as of December 31, 2010)2011) and 15.3%9.1% floating rate debt (24.8%(15.3% as of December 31, 2010)2011).

The CorporationManagement believes that cash flows from continuing operating activities and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover planned cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, disbursements related to foreign exchange hedges, pension plan contributions, and dividends (or distributions). The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Corporation believes it will be able to meet future debt maturities, which are fairly staggered over the coming years.

Pursuant to their financing agreements, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are required to maintain certain financial ratios. The key indicators listed in these financing agreements include debt service coverage ratio and debt ratio (long-term debt over operating income). At December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all required financial ratios.

Dividends declared and paid

Dividends declared of $100.0 million by Board of Directors and paid by Quebecor Media in 2011.Dividends: In 2010,2012, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid dividends totalling $87.5 million$100.0 million. In 2011, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid by Quebecor Media.dividends totalling $100.0 million.

Analysis of consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012

Table 1311

Consolidated balance sheet of Quebecor Media

Analysis of main variances between December 31, 20102011 and December 31, 20112012

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

  December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
   Difference 

Main reason for difference

  Dec. 31, 2011   Dec. 31, 2010 Difference 

Main reason for difference

Assets

             
Cash and cash equivalents  $146.4    $242.7   $(96.3 

Net use of cash flows in investing and financing activities

  $228.7    $146.4    $82.3   Cash flows from operating activities in excess of investing and financing activities
Net income taxes1   26.3     (27.2  53.5   

Impact of variances in taxable income

Inventory   283.6     245.2    38.4   

Impact of current variances in activity in the Telecommunications segment

Property, plant and equipment   3,156.0     2,747.9    408.1   

Additions to property, plant and equipment (see“Investing activities” above), less amortization for the period

   3,353.2     3,156.0     197.2   Additions to property, plant and equipment (see “Investing activities” above), less amortization for the period

Intangible assets

   956.7     1,041.0     (84.3 Partial write-down of customer relationships and mastheads in the News Media segment and amortization, partially offset by current acquisitions
Goodwill   3,543.8     3,505.2    38.6   

Impact of business acquisitions in the News Media and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments

   3,371.6     3,543.8     (172.2 Partial write-down of goodwill in the News Media segment, the Leisure and Entertainment segment’s Music division, and the TVA Group’s publishing segment

Liabilities

             

Long-term debt, including short-term portion and bank indebtedness

   3,701.9     3,518.3    183.6   

See“Financing activities”

   4,428.7     3,701.9     726.8   See “Financing activities”

Net derivative financial instruments2

   280.5     451.2    (170.7 

See“Financing activities”

Net deferred income tax liabilities2

   514.1     369.3    144.8   

Use of tax benefits and capital cost allowance in excess of book amortization

Other liabilities   324.2     251.2    73.0   

Variance in obligations related to pension plans and postretirement benefits

Derivative financial instruments1

   262.9     280.5     (17.6 See “Financing activities”

Net future tax liabilities2

   570.8     514.1     56.7   Use of tax benefits and capital cost allowance in excess of book amortization

 

1 

Current assetsand long-term liabilities less current liabilitieslong-term assets

2 

Long-term liabilities less long-term assets

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Contractual obligationsObligations

At December 31, 2011,2012, material contractual obligations of operating activities included: capital repayment and interest on long-term debt; operating lease arrangements; capital asset purchases and other commitments; and obligations related to derivative financial instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative financial instruments. Table 1412 below shows a summary of these contractual obligations.

Table 1412

Contractual obligations of Quebecor Media as of December 31, 20112012

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

  Total   Under
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   5 years
or more
 
  Total   Under
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   5 years
or more
 

Long-term debt1

  $3,848.1    $80.3    $678.5    $1,429.3    $1,660.0    $4,743.6    $21.3    $291.6    $653.1    $3,777.6  

Interest payments2

   1,625.5     278.2     562.2     424.8     360.3     2,501.3     314.8     697.3     574.9     914.3  

Operating leases

   402.1     71.3     86.1     56.7     188.0     385.8     61.7     88.0     61.3     174.8  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other commitments

   179.4     83.2     45.1     44.3     6.8     318.2     93.6     104.8     29.6     90.2  

Derivative financial instruments3

   308.1     0.5     142.8     91.1     73.7     294.4     24.7     143.1     40.9     85.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $6,363.2    $513.5    $1,514.7    $2,046.2    $2,288.8    $8,243.3    $516.1    $1,324.8    $1,359.8    $5,042.6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

1 

CarryingThe carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2 

Estimated interest payable on long-term debt, based on interest rates; hedgedrates, hedging of interest rates and hedgedhedging of foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2011.2012.

3 

Estimated future disbursements, net of receipts, related to foreign exchange hedging using derivative financial instruments.

On March 1, 2011,October 30, 2012, Quebecor Media announced that it had entered intosigned an agreement with Québec City under which it obtainedto install, maintain and advertise on STM bus shelters for the management and naming rights for a 25-year period related to the arena to be constructed in Québec City.next 20 years. The agreement includes, among other terms, a commitment from Quebecor Media to pay $33.0total royalties of $120.0 million in 2015 forover the naming rights to the site of the20-year period. This commitment could increase based on future facility, a lease for an initial period of 25 years with annual rental payments of approximately $3.0 million, as well as other conditions. The financial commitment from Quebecor Media could potentially increase in the event that an agreement to operate a NHL franchise occurs in the future. The final terms of the agreement were ratifiedadvertising revenues generated by the parties on September 1, 2011.agreement.

Videotron leases sites for its 4G network and other equipment under operating lease arrangements and has contracted long-term commitments to acquire services and equipment for a total future consideration of $126.3$132.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, Videotron renewed or extended several leases and signed new operating lease arrangements.

In the normal course of business, TVA Group contracts commitments regarding broadcast rights for television programs and films, as well as distribution rights for audiovisual content. The outstanding balance ofon such commitments was $68.5$85.7 million at December 31, 2011.2012.

Large quantities of newsprint, paper and ink are among the most important raw materials used by Quebecor Media. During 2011,In 2012, the total newsprint consumption of its News Media segment’s operations was approximately 146,600140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint representedaccounted for approximately 10.9%9.4% ($83.579.8 million) of the News Media segment’s operating costsexpenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012. In order to obtain more favourable pricing, Quebecor Media sources substantially all of its newsprint from a single newsprint producer. Quebecor Media currently obtains newsprint from this supplier at a discount to market prices, and receives additional volume rebates for purchases above certain ceiling thresholds. However, there can be no assurance that this supplier will continue to supply newsprint to Quebecor Media on favourable terms or at all.

Financial instrumentsPension Plan Contributions

Quebecor Media uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, temporary investments, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

As at December 31, 2011, Quebecor Media was using derivative financial instruments to manage its exchange rate and interest rate exposure. It has entered into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on the entirety of its U.S. dollar-denominated long-term debt. Quebecor Media also uses interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of interest rate fluctuations on its long-term debt.

Quebecor Media has also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge, among other things, the planned purchase, in U.S. dollars, of digital set-top boxes, modems, mobile handsets and other equipment in the Telecommunications segment, including equipment for the 4G network. As well, Quebecor Media has entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge future contractual instalments payable in euros.

Quebecor Media does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by Quebecor Media include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement value.

The gain on valuationexpected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and translationpost-retirement benefit plans will be $56.7 million in 2013 (contributions of financial instruments for 2011 and 2010 are summarized$59.4 million were paid in Table 15.2012).

Table 15

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

   2011  2010 

Gain on embedded derivatives and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

  $(55.2 $(41.3

Gain on foreign currency translation of financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

   —      (6.9

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

   0.6    2.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(54.6 $(46.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

A $9.5 million loss on cash flow hedges was recorded under “Other comprehensive income” in 2011 (a $43.0 million gain in 2010).

The fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments is shown in Table 19.

Related Party Transactions

The following describes transactions in which the Corporation and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Corporation believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges fromwith the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $11.7$14.4 million ($14.811.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in costpurchase of sales, sellinggoods and administrative expenses.services. The Corporation and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.2$3.8 million ($3.63.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon an arm’s length basis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Corporate reorganization

In the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation announced the creation of the SunSUN News, a partnership in whichbetween TVA Group holds a 51% interest and Sun Media Corporation a 49% interest. ThisCorporation. The partnership has launched an English-language news and opinion specialty channel in the Springspring of 2011. TheIn connection with the launch of this new specialty channel, the Corporation also decided to terminateterminated the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV, and undertook a related corporate reorganization.

On June 28, 2012, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) approved the sale of a 2% interest in SUN News by TVA Group to Sun Media Corporation. The transaction closed on June 30, 2012 and, as soon as the new specialty channel was on the air.

Following the creation of thea result, Sun NewsMedia Corporation holds a 51% interest and the decision to terminate the programming of the television station Sun TV,TVA Group a corporate reorganization was undertaken49% interest in December 2010.SUN News.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation.

In 2011,2012, the Corporation received an amount of $2.0$1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in cost of sales, sellingemployee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and administrative expenses ($2.1$2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with the Corporation’s shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2010,2012, the parent corporation transferred $26.4$43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to a subsidiary of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million.million in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2010.2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of thesethe lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises with leases with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $18.6$16.8 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheetsheets with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Financial Instrumentsinstruments and Financial Risk Managementfinancial risk

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

Quebecor and its subsidiaries use a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments. As a result of their use of financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations and equity prices. fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation and its subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments (i) to set in CADCAN dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency, and (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixedfixed- and variable rate debts.floating-rate debts, and (iii) to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. The Corporation and its subsidiaries do not intend to settle their derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation and its subsidiaries designate their derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

Table 13

Description of derivative financial instruments

Table 16As of December 31, 2012

(in millions of dollars)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

As of December 31, 2011

(in millions of dollars)

Currencies (sold/bought)

  

Maturing

  Average
exchange rate
   Notional
amount
 

Videotron

      

$/US$

  Less than 1 year   0.9936     122.4  

Table 17

Maturity

  CAN dollar
average exchange
rate per one
U.S. dollar
   Notional
amount sold
   Notional
amount
bought
 

Quebecor Media

      

20131

   0.9871    US$157.3    $155.3  

20162

   1.0154    US$320.0    $324.9  

Videotron

      

Less than 1 year

   0.9961    $87.8    US$88.1  

20143

   1.0151    US$  395.0    $401.0  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Hedged item

  

Hedging instrument

 
   

Period covered

        Notional      
amount
   Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
  CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest and
capital payments
per one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

       

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

  2007 to 2016  US$380.0     7.69  1.0001  

5.750% Senior Notes due 20232

  2007 to 2016  US$320.0     7.69  0.9977  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

  2006 to 2016  US$265.0     7.39  1.1597  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

  2016 to 2023  US$431.3     7.27  0.9792  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

  2012 to 2023  US$418.7     6.85  0.9759  

No hedged item1

  2009 to 2013  US$109.8     
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.22

  
  
  

  1.1625  

No hedged item1

  2006 to 2013  US$46.6     6.45  1.1625  

As of December 31, 2011Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

(in millions of dollars)

 

   

Period
covered

  Notional
amount
   Annual
effective interest
rate using
hedged rate
 Annual
nominal
interest rate
of debt
 CAD dollar
exchange rate on
interest and capital
payments per one
U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

          

Senior Notes

  2007 to 2016  US$      700.0    7.69% 7.75%  0.9990  

Senior Notes

  2006 to 2016  US$      525.0    7.39% 7.75%  1.1600  

Term loan “B” credit facilities

  2009 to 2013  US$      111.8    Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.22%

 LIBOR
+ 2.00%
  1.1625  

Term loan “B” credit facilities

  2006 to 2013  US$      48.1    6.44% LIBOR
+ 2.00%
  1.1625  

Videotron

          

Senior Notes

  2004 to 2014  US$      60.0    Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.80%

 6.875%  1.2000  

Senior Notes

  2003 to 2014  US$      200.0    Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.73%

 6.875%  1.3425  

Senior Notes

  2003 to 2014  US$      135.0    7.66% 6.875%  1.3425  

Senior Notes

  2005 to 2015  US$      175.0    5.98% 6.375%  1.1781  

Senior Notes

  2008 to 2018  US$      455.0    9.65% 9.125%  1.0210  

Senior Notes

  2009 to 2018  US$      260.0    9.12% 9.125%  1.2965  

Hedged item

  

Hedging instrument

 
   

Period covered

        Notional      
amount
   Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
  CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest and
capital payments
per one U.S. dollar
 

Videotron

       

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

  2003 to 2014  US$200.0     
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.73

  
  
  

  1.3425  

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

  2004 to 2014  US$60.0     
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.80

  
  
  

  1.2000  

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

  2003 to 2014  US$135.0     7.66  1.3425  

6.375% Senior Notes due 2015

  2005 to 2015  US$175.0     5.98  1.1781  

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

  2008 to 2018  US$455.0     9.65  1.0210  

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

  2009 to 2018  US$260.0     9.12  1.2965  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

  2014 to 2022  US$543.1     6.01  0.9983  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

  2012 to 2022  US$256.9     5.81  1.0016  

1

These cross-currency interest rate swaps, maturing in January 2013, were used by the Corporation to hedge the foreign currency exposure under its term loan “B” credit facility that was prepaid in full in December 2012. In conjunction with the prepayment of the term loan “B” and pending the maturity of these swaps in January 2013, the Corporation has entered into US$157.3 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the January 17, 2013 notional exchange.

2

The Corporation initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 7.75% Senior Notes due 2016 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2016 on US$431.3 million of notional amount under its 5.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, the Corporation has entered into US$320.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the March 15, 2016 notional exchange.

3

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2014 and redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2014 on US$543.1 million of notional amount under its 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on March 14, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$395.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the January 15, 2014 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

The gains on valuation and translation of financial instruments for 2012, 2011 and 2010 are summarized in Table 14.

Table 1814

Interest rate swaps

AsGain on valuation and translation of December 31, 2011financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Maturity

  Notional
amount
   

Pay/

receive

  Fixed
rate
  

Floating

rate

Sun Media Corporation

       

October 2012

  $38.0    Pay fixed/ Receive floating   3.75 Bankers’ acceptances 3 months
   2012  2011  2010 

Gain on embedded derivatives and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

  $(197.5 $(55.2 $(41.3

Gain on foreign currency translation of financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

   —      —      (6.9

Gain on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

   (1.1  —      —    

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

   0.3    0.6    2.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(198.3 $(54.6 $(46.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

A $33.1 million gain was recorded in 2012 under “Other comprehensive income” in relation to cash flow hedging relationships ($9.5 million loss in 2011 and $43.0 million gain in 2010).

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable, accrued charges due to external or related parties, and provisions (classified as other liabilities), approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt in Table 19 is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

The fair value of cash equivalents temporary investments and bank indebtedness, classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates. An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 20112012 and 20102011 are as follows:

Table 1915

Fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

  December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010   2012 2011 

Asset (liability)

  Carrying
value
 Fair value Carrying
value
 Fair value 
  Carrying
value
 Fair
value
 Carrying
value
 Fair
value
 

Long-term debt1

  $(3,848.1 $(4,002.2 $(3,596.3 $(3,773.1  $(4,743.6 $(5,007.6 $(3,848.1 $(4,002.2

Derivative financial instruments

     

Derivative financial instruments2

     

Early settlement options

   138.0    138.0    88.8    88.8     264.9    264.9    138.0    138.0  

Interest rate swaps

   (0.9  (0.9  (1.3  (1.3   —      —      (0.9  (0.9

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   3.2    3.2    (2.4  (2.4

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   (282.8  (282.8  (447.5  (447.5

Foreign exchange forward contracts3

   0.1    0.1    3.2    3.2  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps3

   (263.0  (263.0  (282.8  (282.8

 

1 

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is a liability position of $168.9 million as of December 31, 2012 ($280.5 million as of December 31, 2011).

3

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to reverse existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011,2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income Other
comprehensive
income
   Income Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

  $1.4   $7.6    $0.1   $2.0  

Decrease of 100 basis points

   (1.4  (7.6   (0.1  (2.0

Due to the judgment used in applying a wide range of acceptable techniques and estimates in calculating fair value amounts, fair values are not necessarily comparable among financial institutions or other market participants and may not be realized in an actual sale or on the immediate settlement of the instrument.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011,2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $30.4$29.6 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($39.130.4 million as of December 31, 2010)2011). As of December 31, 2011, 7.92012, 9.9 % of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.5%(7.9 % as of December 31, 2010)2011).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010:2011:

 

  2012 2011 
  2011 2010 

Balance as of beginning of year

  $39.1   $40.3    $30.4   $39.1  

Charged to income

   20.0    27.8     35.0    20.0  

Utilization

   (28.7  (29.0   (35.8  (28.7
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of end of year

  $30.4   $39.1  

Balance at end of year

  $29.6   $30.4  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will not be able to meet their financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation and its subsidiaries manage this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 5.17.1 years as of December 31, 2011 (5.02012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2010)2011).

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominatedU.S.-dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CADCAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S. dollar-denominatedU.S.-dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems, and capital expenditures.expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CADCAN dollar per one U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2011:2012:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income Other
comprehensive
income
   Income Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

      

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

  $(0.9 $—    

U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable

  $(0.7 $—    

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

   (0.7  71.1     1.0    79.6  

Decrease of $0.10

      

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

   0.9    —    

U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable

   0.7    —    

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

   0.7    (71.1   (1.0  (79.6

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) Canadian London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate, and (iii) Canadian bank(v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011,2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 84.7%90.9% fixed-rate debt (75.2%(84.7% in 2010)2011) and 15.3%9.1% floating-rate debt (24.8%(15.3% in 2010)2011).

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating-rate debt, before income tax,interest payments of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 20112012 is $6.4$4.5 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2011,2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income  Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

  $0.6   $7.4  

Decrease of 100 basis points

   (0.6  (7.4

Increase (decrease)

  Income  Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

  $0.1   $2.0  

Decrease of 100 basis points

   (0.1  (2.0

Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and temporary investments.equivalents. The capital structure is as follows:

Table 2016

Capital structure of Quebecor Media

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

  2012 2011 
  December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
 

Bank indebtedness

  $4.0   $4.9   $1.0    $—     $4.0  

Long-term debt

   3,697.9    3,513.4    3,761.2     4,428.7    3,697.9  

Derivative financial instruments

   280.5    451.2    373.4     262.9    280.5  

Cash and cash equivalents

   (146.4  (242.7  (300.0   (228.7  (146.4

Temporary investments

   —      —      (30.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net liabilities

   3,836.0    3,726.8    3,805.6     4,462.9    3,836.0  

Equity

  $3,025.5   $2,815.2   $2,423.3    $2,161.9   $3,025.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

Contingencies

In February 2012, a settlement was reached in legal proceedings against some of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, initiated by another corporation in relation to printing contracts, including the cancellation of printing contracts. The settlement will have no material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main segments are as follows:

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered and, in the case of mobile devices, revenues from equipment sales are recognized in income when the mobile device is delivered and activated.delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided.

News Media

Revenues derived from circulation are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Advertising revenues are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites. Revenues from the distribution of publications and products are recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns.

Broadcasting

Revenues derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertisement has been broadcast on television. Revenues derived from subscriptions to specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is rendered. Circulation revenues derived from publishing activities are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Revenues from advertising related to publishing activities are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites.

Revenues derived from the distribution of televisual products and movies and from television program rights are recognized over the broadcasting period or over the viewing period in theatres based on a percentage of revenues generated, when exploitation, exhibition or sale can commence, and the licencelicense period of the arrangement has begun.

Revenues generated from the distribution of DVD and Blu-ray units are recognized at the time of their delivery, less a provision for estimated returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues derived from retail stores,music distribution, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized on delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns.

Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generated units (“CGUs”)CGUs, which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset or the CGU, to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate the value in use, consisting of future cash flows derived mainly from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts consider each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate has been determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statementstatements of income up to the excessextent that the resulting carrying value does not exceed the carrying value that would have been the result if no impairment losses had been previously recognized.

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the recoverable amount oflowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the asset or the CGU over its carrying value.category.

WhenIn addition, when determining the fair value less costs to sell of an asset or CGU, assessment of the information available at the valuation date is based on management’s judgment and may involve estimates and assumptions. Furthermore, the discounted cash flow method used in determining the value in use of an asset or CGU relies on the use of estimates such as the amount and timing of cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the time value of money as represented by the risk-free rate, and the risk premium associated with the asset or CGU.

Therefore, the judgment used in determining the recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU may affect the amount of the impairment loss to an asset or a CGU to be recorded, as well as the potential reversal of the impairment charge in the future.

Based on the data and assumptions used in its last impairment test, the Corporation believes that at this time there are no significant amounts of long-lived assets with finite useful lives, or goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives on its books that present a significant risk of impairment in the near future.

The net book value of goodwill as at December 31, 20112012 was $3.54$3.37 billion, and the net book value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives as at December 31, 20112012 was $165.2$148.2 million.

Impairment charges previously recorded under Canadian GAAP were unaffected by the adoption of IFRS.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges.hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on (i) anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and (ii) principal payments on long-term debt in a foreign currency.debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominatedU.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CADCAN dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominatedU.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CADCAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

 

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates.rates on certain debt. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that are ineffective or that aredo not designated as hedges,qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long-term debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract and are accordingly accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.

The judgment used in determining the fair value of derivative financial instruments and the non-performance risk,including embedded derivatives, using valuation and pricing models, may affecthave a significant effect on the value of the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments reportedrecorded in the consolidated statements of income, and the value of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Also, valuation and financial models are based on a number of assumptions, including future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, credit default premium, volatility and discount factors.

In addition, judgment is required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

Pension and postretirement benefits

Quebecor MediaThe Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

Quebecor Media’s defined benefit obligations with respect to defined benefit pension and postretirement benefits are measured at present value and assessed on the basis of a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of Quebecor Media’s actuaries. Key assumptions relate to the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, health carehealthcare costs, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and within the deficit.in retained earnings. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, experience adjustments on liabilities, or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances is limited to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income and within the deficit.in retained earnings. The assessment of the amount recoverable in the future, for the purpose of calculating the limit on the net benefit asset, is based on a number of assumptions, including future service costs and reductions in future plan contributions.

AlternativelyAs an alternative to the recognition policy in other comprehensive income chosen by the Corporation, an accounting policy might have been adopted, applicable to all defined benefit plans, whereby actuarial gains and losses, as well as changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment, are recognized immediately in income or expense as they occur. The Corporation maymight have also elected as an accounting policy choice to account for actuarial gains and losses using the corridor method, as permitted under IFRS.

Quebecor MediaThe Corporation considers all the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information available at this time. However, variances from thesethose assumptions could have a material impact on the costs and obligations of pension plans and postretirement benefits in future periods.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock optionsoption awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant and assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the expected volatility and the expected remaining life of the option.

The judgment and assumptions used in determining the fair value of liability classified stock-based awards may have an effect on the compensation cost recorded in the statements of income.

Provisions for contingent liabilities

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statementstatements of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date or to transfer it to a third party at that time, and is adjusted for the effect of time value when material. The amount recognized for onerous contracts is the lower of the cost necessary to fulfill the obligations, net of expected economic benefits deriving from the contracts, and any indemnity or penalty arising from failure to fulfill thesethose obligations.

No amounts are recognized for obligations that are possible but not probable or for those for which an amount cannot be reasonably estimated.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Quebecor MediaThe Corporation maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from customers who are unable to pay their debts. The allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.

Business combinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the sum of the values ascribed to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is recorded as goodwill. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value and the expected useful life of each acquired asset, and the estimated fair value of each assumed liability, can significantly impact net income, because, among other things, of the impact of the useful lives of the acquired assets, which may vary from projections. Also, future income taxes on temporary differences between the book and tax value of most of the assets are recorded in the purchase price equation, while no future income taxes are recorded on the difference between the book value and the tax value of goodwill. Consequently, to the extent that greater value is ascribed to long-lived than to shorter-lived assets under the acquisition method, less amortization may be recorded in a given period.

Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets, assumed liabilities and future contingent considerations requires judgment and involves complete absolute reliance on estimates and assumptions. Quebecor MediaThe Corporation primarily uses the discounted future cash flows approach to estimate the value of acquired intangible assets.

The estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition may also have an impact on the amount of an impairment charge to be recognized, if any, after the date of acquisition, as discussed above under “Impairment of assets”.assets.”

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The assessment of deferred income taxes is judgmental in nature and is dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable income. The ultimate amount of deferred income tax assets realized could be slightly different from that recorded, since it is influenced by Quebecor Media’sthe Corporation’s future operating results.

Quebecor MediaThe Corporation is at all times under audit by various tax authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between each tax audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the final outcome is difficult to predict.

Recent Accounting Developments in CanadaPronouncements

As described above in the “Transition to IFRS” section of this report, the Corporation adopted IFRSUnless otherwise indicated, based on January 1, 2011. The 2010 financial figures have been restated accordingly. The Corporation is required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine the IFRS opening balance sheet at January 1, 2010. However, IFRS provides a number of mandatory exceptionscurrent facts and optional exemptions to this general principle of retrospective application (refer to Note 29 of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 for more details on the exemption choices and adjustments resulting from the adoption of IFRS made by the Corporation).

The adoption of IFRS did not necessitate any significant modifications to information technology, data systems, or internal controls currently implemented and used by the Corporation. The Corporation also determined that new policy choices adopted in light of IFRS requirements had no contractual or business implications on existing financing arrangements or similar obligations as at the date of adoption and as at the end of the current reporting period. Under current circumstances, the Corporation hasdoes not identified any contentious issues arising fromexpect to be materially affected by the adoptionapplication of IFRS.

The Corporation has not early adopted the following new standards and adoption impacts on the consolidated financial statements have not yet been determined:standards.

 

(i)

New and amended standards

Expected changes to existing standards

IFRS 9Financial Instruments

(Effective from is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted)

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39,Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39,Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard also provides a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.

(ii)

IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)

IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12Consolidation -Special Purpose Entitiesand parts of IAS 27Consolidatedand SeparateFinancial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.permitted.

IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27Consolidated and Separate Financial Statementsand provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.

(iii)

IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31,Interests in Joint Ventures, with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.permitted.

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31,Interests in Joint Ventures, with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.

(iv)

IFRS 12 – Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)permitted.

IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities, and other off-balance sheet vehicles.

(v)IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off balance sheet vehicles.

IAS 19 – Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended)

(Effective from is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with retrospective application)2013.

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recognized in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period.

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the consolidated statements of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period.

The adoption of the amended standard will have the following impacts will have the following impacts on years ended December 31:

Consolidated statements of income

Increase (decrease)

  2012  2011 

Employee costs

  $4.4   $2.8  

Net interest cost on defined benefit plans

   12.3    9.8  

Income tax expense

   (4.5  (3.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $(12.2 $(9.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

   

Shareholders

  $(11.1 $(8.4

Non-controlling interests

   (1.1  (0.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

Increase (decrease)

  2012  2011 

Net income

  $(12.2 $(9.2

Actuarial loss

   (18.3  (14.2

Deferred income taxes related to actuarial loss

   4.9    3.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $1.2   $1.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

   

Shareholders

  $0.7   $0.7  

Non-controlling interests

   0.5    0.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A - Directors and Senior Management

A -Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers at March 1, 2012:10, 2013:

 

Name and Municipality of Residence

  

Age

  

Position

SERGE GOUINSERGE GOUIN(1)(3)

Outremont, Québec

  6870  Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Compensation Committee

PIERRE KARL PÉPIERRE KARL PÉLADEAU(1)

Outremont, Québec

  5051  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

JEAN LA COUTURE,JEAN LA COUTURE, FCPA, FCA(2)

Montréal, Québec

  6566  Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee

ANDRÉ DELISLEANDRÉ DELISLE(1)(2)

Montréal, Québec

  6566  Director

A. MICHEL LAVIGNE,MICHEL LAVIGNE, FCPA, FCA(1)(2)(3)

Laval, Québec

61Director

SAMUEL MINZBERG(3)

Westmount, Québec

  62  Director

THE RIGHT HONOURABLE BRIAN MULRONEY,SAMUEL MINZBERG(3)

Westmount, Québec

63Director

THE RIGHT HONOURABLE BRIAN

MULRONEY, P.C., C.C., LL.D.

Westmount, Québec

  

72

Director

NORMAND PROVOST

Brossard, Québec

5773  Director

JEAN-FRANÇNORMAND PROVOST

Brossard, Québec

58Director

JEAN-FRANÇOIS PRUNEAU PRUNEAU

Repentigny, Québec

  4142  Chief Financial Officer

FRANCE LAUZIÈRE

Town of Mount Royal, Québec

46Senior Vice President, QMI Content

J. SERGE SASSEVILLE

Montréal, Québec

54Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs

MARC TREMBLAY

Westmount, Québec

52Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

ÉDITH PERREAULT PERREAULT

Candiac, Québec

  4647  Executive Vice President, National Sales

SYLVAIN BERGERONSYLVAIN BERGERON

Longueuil, Québec

  5152  Vice President, Taxation

MANON BROUILLETTEGUY DESROCHERS

Outremont,Candiac, Québec

  43Vice President and Chief Digital Officer

ISABELLE LECLERC

Montréal, Québec

43Vice President, Human Resources

Name and Municipality of Residence

Age

Position

ROGER MARTEL

Montréal, Québec

6356  Vice President, Internal Audit

DENIS SABOURINISABELLE LECLERC

Montréal, Québec

44Vice President, Human Resources

DENIS SABOURIN

Kirkland, Québec

  5152  Vice President and Corporate Controller

J. SERGE SASSEVILLECLAUDINE TREMBLAY

Montréal, Québec

  53Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs

CLAUDINE TREMBLAY

Montréal, Québec

5859  Vice President and Secretary

MARC TREMBLAYMARTIN TREMBLAY

Westmount,Montréal, Québec

  5137  Vice President, LegalPublic Affairs

CHLOÉ POIRIERCHLOÉ POIRIER

Nuns’ Island, Québec

  4243  Treasurer

CHRISTIAN MARCOUXCHRISTIAN MARCOUX

Laval, Québec

  3738  Assistant Secretary

 

(1)Member of the Executive Committee
(2)Member of the Audit Committee
(3)Member of the Compensation Committee

Serge Gouin,Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Compensation Committee.Committee. Mr. Gouin has been a Director of Quebecor Media since May 2001, and he re-assumed the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors in May 2005, having also held that position from January 2003 to March 2004. Mr. Gouin also re-assumed the position of Chairman of our Compensation Committee in February 2006, having also held that position from May 2003 to May 2004. Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media from March 2004 until May 2005. Mr. Gouin has served as a Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Videotron and Sun Media since July 2001 and May 2004, respectively. Mr. Gouin was an Advisory Director of Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2003. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gouin was President and Chief Executive Officer of Télé-Métropole inc. (now TVA Group). Mr. Gouin is also a member of the Board of Directors of Onex Corporation, Tomkins plcGates Corporation and TVA Group.Group and Chairman of Anges Quebec Capital Fund.

Pierre Karl Péladeau, Director and President and Chief Executive Officer.Officer. Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media since August 2000. Mr. Péladeau has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media since August 2008, a position he also previously held from August 2000 to March 2004. Mr. Péladeau is also President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Sun Media. He was Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from May 2006 to August 2008 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor World Inc., from March 2004 to May 2006. Mr. Péladeau joined Quebecor’s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President. Since then, he has occupied various positions inwithin the Quebecor group of companies. In 1998, Mr. Péladeau spearheaded the acquisition of Sun Media and in 2000, he was responsible for the acquisition of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. Mr. Péladeau was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron from July 2001 until June 2003. Mr. Péladeau sits on the board of directorsis a director of numerous Quebecor group companies and is active in many charitable and cultural organizations. Mr. Péladeau is also Chairman of the Board of theFondation de l’entrepreneurship.

Jean La Couture, FCPA, FCA,Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee.Committee. Mr. La Couture has been a Director of Quebecor Media and the Chairman of its Audit Committee since May 5, 2003 and he hasis also served as a Director and

Chairman of the Audit Committee of Quebecor and Videotron. Mr. La Couture was Director of Quebecor World Inc. from December 2007 to December 2008. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow Chartered Professional Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée., a management and mediation firm. He is also President of theRegroupement des assureurs de personnes à charte du Québec (RACQ), a position he has held since August 1995. From 1972 to 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of three organizations, including The Guarantee Company of North America, a Canadian specialty line insurance company from 1990 to 1994. He is Chairman of the boards of directors of Innergex Renewable Energy Inc., Groupe Pomerleau (a Quebec-based construction company) and Institute of Corporate Directors, Quebec Chapter and serves as a Director of Jevco Insurance Company.theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec.

André Delisle, Director and member of the Audit Committee.Committee. Mr. Delisle has served as a Director of Quebecor Media and a member of its Audit Committee since October 31, 2005. Since that date, he has also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Videotron. From August 2000 until July 2003, Mr. Delisle acted as Assistant General Manager and Treasurer of the City of Montréal. He previously acted as internal consultant for theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from February 1998 until August 2000. From 1982 through 1997, he worked for Hydro-Québec and the Quebec Department of Finance, mainly in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer at Hydro-Québec or Assistant Deputy Minister at the Department of Finance. Mr. Delisle is also a member of the Audit Committee of theMinistère des affaires municipales,Régions et Occupation du territoire (MAMROT) and of the Public Policy Committee of theAssociation des économistes du Québec (ASDEQ). Mr. Delisle is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a member of the Association of Québec Economists and a member of theBarreau du Québec.bec.

A. Michel Lavigne, FCPA, FCA, Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.Committee. Mr. Lavigne has served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media since June 30, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Lavigne has also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Videotron and TVA Group. Mr. Lavigne is also a Director of theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec and of Canada Post, as well as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Primary Energy Recycling Corporation and Teraxion Inc. Until May 2005, he served as President and

Chief Executive Officer of Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton in Montréal, Quebec, as Chairman of the Board of Grant Thornton Canada and as a member of the Board of Governors of Grant Thornton International. Mr. Lavigne is a Fellow Chartered Professional Accountant of theOrdre des comptables professionnels agréés du Québecand a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1973.

Samuel Minzberg, Director and member of the Compensation Committee.Committee. Mr. Minzberg has been a Director of Quebecor Media since June 2002 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Minzberg is a partner with Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP. From January 1998 to December 2002, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Claridge Inc., a management and holding company on behalf of the Charles R. Bronfman Family.family. Until December 1997, he was a partner at the Montréal predecessor law firm to Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP (Montréal). He also serves as a Director of HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC North America Holdings Inc., HSBC Finance Corporation, Reitmans (Canada) Limited and Richmont Mines Inc. Mr. Minzberg received a B.A., B.C.L. and LL.B from McGill University.

The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney, P.C., C.C., LL.D, Director.Director. Mr. Mulroney has been a Director of Quebecor Media since January 31, 2001. Mr. Mulroney has also served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc. from April 2002 to July 2009. Mr. Mulroney served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sun Media from January 2000 to June 2001. Since 1993, Mr. Mulroney has been a Senior Partner with the law firm Norton Rose Canada (OgilvyLLP (formerly Ogilvy Renault LLP) in Montréal, Québec. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney was the Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 until 1993. Mr. Mulroney practiced law in Montréal and served as President of The Iron Ore Company of Canada before entering politics in 1983. Mr. Mulroney serves as a Director of a number of public corporations, including Quebecor, Barrick Gold Corporation, Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, The Blackstone Group LP, Saïd Holdings Limited, Lion Capital (London) and Tuckamore Capital.

Normand ProvostDirector., Director. Mr. Provost has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2004. Mr. Provost has served as Executive Vice President, Private Equity, of theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec since November 2003 and was promoted2003. In addition to Executive Vice President, Private Equity andhis responsibilities in the investment sector, Mr. Provost served as Chief Operations Officer infrom April 2009.2009 to March 2012. Mr. Provost joined theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec in 1980 and has held various management positions during his time there. He namely served as President of CDP Capital Americas from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Provost is a member of the Leaders’ Networking Group of Québec and the Montréal Chamber of Commerce.

Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer.Officer. Mr. Pruneau has served as Vice President, Finance of the Company from May 2009 to November 2010 and was then promoted Chief Financial Officer. He also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor and as Vice President of Videotron and Sun Media. From October 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Pruneau served as Treasurer of the Company, Sun Media and Videotron. From February 2007 to May 2009, he also served as Treasurer of Quebecor. Prior to that, Mr. Pruneau served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer Corporate Finance of Quebecor Media. Before joining Quebecor Media in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for Investment Management and Research, since 2000.

France Lauzière, Senior Vice President, QMI Content. Ms. Lauzière was appointed to her current position in January 2013. She also serves as Vice President, Programming, Brand and Content of TVA Group Inc. since February 2006. Ms. Lauzière first joined the TVA Group in 2001 as Manager of Variety Programming before taking on the position of General Manager, Programming. In 2007, she also took the responsibilities of managing TVA Productions. Two years later, she established a division called TVA Création.

J. Serge Sasseville,Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs. Mr. Sasseville was promoted Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs in March 2012 from his previous position as Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs of Quebecor Media, a position he held since November 2008. Mr. Sasseville joined the Quebecor Group in 1987 and has served in many capacities both as a lawyer and manager, including Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Videotron and its subsidiaries and President, Music Sector of Archambault Group. Mr. Sasseville is a member of the boards of directors of Archambault Group and the Quebecor Fund. He is also a member of the Executive Committee and the Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors of CWTA (Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association) and a member of the Board of Directors of CPAC (Cable Public Affairs Channel). He has been a member of theBarreau du Québec since 1981 and practiced law at the law firm Stein, Monast in Québec City from 1981 to 1987.

Marc Tremblay, Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs. Mr. Tremblay was promoted Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs in March 2012 from his previous position as Vice President, Legal Affairs at Quebecor Media, a position he held from March 2007. Prior to that date, Mr. Tremblay practiced law at Ogilvy Renault LLP (now Norton Rose Canada LLP) for 22 years. He has been a member of theBarreau du Québec since 1983.

Édith Perreault, Executive Vice President, National Sales.Sales. Ms. Perreault was appointed to her current position in November 2011. She also serves as Vice President, Sales and Marketing of TVA Group Inc. since February 2007.

Sylvain Bergeron, Vice President, Taxation.Taxation. Mr. Bergeron was promoted to his current position in February 2011. Mr. Bergeron is also Vice President, Taxation, of Quebecor. Mr. Bergeron joined Videotron in 1990 as Tax Adviser and later became Assistant Director, Taxation ofLe Groupe Videotron ltée.Following the acquisition ofLe Groupe Vidéotron ltée by the Company, Mr. Bergeron was promoted Director, Taxation of the Company in 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Bergeron was successively Auditor and Tax Specialist for Samson, Belair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Bergeron has been a member of the Canadian Institute of the Chartered Accountants and of theOrdre des comptables professionnels agréés (CPA) du Québec (formerlyCorporation professionnelle des comptables agréés du Québec) since 1987.

Manon Brouillette,Guy Desrochers, Vice President, and Chief Digital Officer.Internal Audit Ms. Brouillette. Mr. Desrochers was promoted to her current position in January 2011. Since December 2011, she also serves as President, Consumer Market, of Videotron. after being promoted from her previous position as Executiveappointed Vice President, Strategy and Market Development. From June 2008Internal Audit of Quebecor Media in September 2012. He acts in the same capacity for Videotron. Prior to March 2009, she acted as Senior Vice President, Strategic Development and Market Development. She joined Videotron Ltd.joining Quebecor Media, Mr. Desrochers was in July 2004 and acted as Vice President, Marketing, from July 2004 to January 2005, as Vice President, New Product Development, from January 2005 to August 2006 and as Senior Vice President, Marketing, Content and New Product Development, from September 2006 to June 2008. Before joining Videotron, Ms. Brouillette was Vice President, Marketing and Communicationscharge of the San Francisco GroupInternal Audit Services of Molson Coors Brewing Company (Canadian operations) from April 2003 to February 2004. She was2012. He also responsible forheld several financial management positions at Bombardier Aerospace and Pratt & Whitney Canada from 1984 to 2002. He holds a bachelor degree in Business Administration from Laval University, is a member of the nationalOrdre des comptables professionnels agréés (CPA)du Québec (formerlyCorporation des Comptables en Management Accrédités du Québec) since 1984, is a Board member and regional accountsPresident of the Blitz divisionExecutive Committee of Groupe Cossette Communication Marketing from April 2002 to April 2003. From September 1998 to April 2002, she worked at Publicité Martin inc. Ms. Brouillette holdsthe Institute of Internal Auditors (Montreal chapter), and is a Bachelor’s degree in communications with a minor in marketing from Laval University.Certified Internal Auditor.

Isabelle Leclerc, Vice President, Human Resources.Resources. Ms. Leclerc was promoted to her current position in June 2011. From 2007 to her appointment, Ms. Leclerc served as Director, Human Resources and, Senior Director, Talent Management. From 2003 to 2007, Ms. Leclerc held several functions within Quebecor World Inc. Prior to joining Quebecor, Ms. Leclerc was a compensation consultant for 10 years with Towers Perrin and then with Aon Consulting Group. She is a member of the North American professional association World@Work, and Vice President of the board ofMutuelle de Formation FCCQ FCCQ,, a not-for-profit organization, since June 2011. She holds an executive MBA.

Roger Martel,Vice President, InternalAudit. Mr. Martel has served as Vice President, Internal Audit of Quebecor Media since February 2004. He acts in the same capacity for Quebecor, Videotron and Sun Media. From February 2001 until February 2004, he was Principal Director, Internal Audit of Quebecor Media. Prior to that, he was an Internal Auditor ofLe Groupe Videotron ltée.

Denis Sabourin, Vice President and Corporate Controller.Controller. Mr. Sabourin was appointed Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Media in March 2004. BeforePrior to that date, he held the position of Senior Manager, Control. Mr. Sabourin is also Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor. Prior to joining Quebecor Media, Mr. Sabourin served as corporate controller ofCompagnie Unimédia (previously known as Unimédia Inc.) from 1994 to 2001 and as Operating Controller for the Hotel GroupAuberges des Gouverneurs Inc. from 1990 to 1994. He also spent seven years with Samson Bélair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Sabourin has been a member of the Canadian Institute of the Chartered Accountants since 1984.

J. Serge Sasseville,Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs. Mr. Sasseville was appointed Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs of Quebecor Media in November 2008. Mr. Sasseville has joined the Quebecor Group in 1987 and has served in many capacities both as a lawyer and manager including Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Videotron and its subsidiaries and President, Music Sector of Archambault Group. Mr. Sasseville

is a member of the boards of directors of Archambault Group, the Quebecor Fund and Musicaction. He is also a member of the Executive Committee and the Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors of CWTA (Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association) and a member of the Board of Directors of CPAC (Cable Public Affairs Channel). He has been a member of theBarreau du Québec since 1981 and has practiced law at the law firm Stein, Monast in Québec City from 1981 to 1987.

Claudine Tremblay, Vice President and Secretary.Secretary. Ms. Tremblay was appointed Vice President and Secretary of Quebecor Media on January 1, 2008. She holds the same position withwithin Quebecor, TVA Group, Sun Media and Videotron. Prior to her appointment to her current position, Ms. Tremblay was Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat for Quebecor Media, Quebecor World Inc. and Quebecor from 2003 to December 2007. Prior to joining the Quebecor group of companies as Assistant Secretary in 1987, Ms. Tremblay was Assistant Secretary and Administrative Assistant at the National Bank of Canada from 1979 to 1987. She has also been a member of theChambre des notaires du Québecsince 1977.

MarcMartin Tremblay, Vice President, Legal Affairs.Public Affairs. Mr. Tremblay has beenwas appointed Vice President, LegalPublic Affairs at Quebecor Media on March 30, 2007.in August 2012. Mr. Tremblay joined the Company in 2010 as Manager, Special Projects and Special Counsel to the President. Prior to that, date,he had worked for ten years in different political cabinets and at CASACOM, a Montreal public relations firm, as Senior Counsel in public affairs. Mr. Tremblay practiced law at Ogilvy Renault LLP for 22 years. He has beenholds a member ofbachelor degree in Political Science from theBarreauUniversité du Québec since 1983.à Chicoutimi.

Chloé PoirierTreasurer., Treasurer. Ms. Poirier was appointed Treasurer of Quebecor Media in July 2009. She also serves as Treasurer of Quebecor, Sun Media and Videotron. Ms. Poirier joined the Company in 2001 as Director, Treasury / Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations. Prior to that, she was Analyst, Treasury and Finance with Natrel inc./Agropur from 1997 to 2001 and a trader at theCaisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from 1995 to 1997. She is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and holds a Bachelor degree in Actuarial Science and an MBA fromUniversité Laval.Laval.

Christian Marcoux, Assistant Secretary. Mr. Marcoux was appointed Assistant Secretary of Quebecor Media in January 2008. Mr. Marcoux joined Quebecor Media in 2006 as Senior Legal Counsel, Compliance and has beenwas promoted to Director, Compliance, Corporate Secretariat in February 2010. He is also currently acting as Assistant Secretary of Quebecor, TVA Group, Sun Media and Videotron. From January 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Marcoux was Manager, Listed Issuer Services at the Toronto Stock Exchange. Prior to January 2004, Mr. Marcoux practiced law at the law firm BCF LLP for three years. He has been a member of theBarreau du Québec since 2000.

Changes to Corporate Management

B -Compensation

On March 14, 2013, following the end of the period covered by this annual report, Quebecor announced that Mr. Pierre Karl Péladeau will be stepping down as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media and will be replaced by Mr. Robert Dépatie, the current President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron.

Mr. Péladeau will be appointed Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media and of TVA Group, in replacement of Mr. Serge Gouin, who will be retiring and stepping down after serving as Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media since the company’s creation in 1999 and of TVA Group since 2011. Mr. Péladeau will also become Vice-Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Inc., which will continue to be chaired by Ms. Françoise Bertrand. Mr. Péladeau will continue overseeing the Quebecor’s strategic files in his new position.

Ms. Manon Brouillette, the current President, Consumer Markets, of Videotron, will be appointed as President and Chief Operating Officer of Videotron. Mr. Dépatie will remain Chief Executive Officer.

The changes are expected to come into effect at the time of Quebecor’s next annual shareholders meeting, to be held in Montréal on May 8, 2013.

B - Compensation

Compensation of Directors

Our Directors who are also employees of Quebecor Media are not entitled to receive any additional compensation for serving as our Directors. Since January 1, 2011, each Director is entitled to receive an annual director’s fee of $50,000 from Quebecor Media. Directors are also entitled to receive an attendance fee of $2,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors or committee meeting attended (other than the Audit Committee) and an attendance fee of $3,000 for each Audit Committee meeting attended, each payable quarterly. The Chairman of our Audit Committee receives additional fees of $14,000 per year and the Chairman of our Compensation Committee receives additional fees of $5,000 per year. Each Compensation Committee member, other than the Chairman, also receive additional fees of $2,000 per year. Each Audit Committee member, other than the Chairman, also receives additional fees of $5,000 per year. Each Executive Committee member receives additional fees of $3,000 per year. All of our Directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or of one of its committees. Mr. Serge Gouin, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media, receives compensation from us for acting in such capacity.

During the financial year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the amount of compensation (including benefits in kind) paid to seven of our Directors (other than Pierre Karl Péladeau) for services in all capacities to Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries (other than TVA Group) was $853,625.$825,000. None of our Directors have contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Compensation of Executive Officers

Compensation of our senior executive officers is composed primarily of base salary and the payment of cash bonuses. Cash bonuses are generally tied to the achievement of financial performance indicators and personal objectives, and they may vary from 15% to 100% of base salary depending upon the level of responsibilities of the senior executive officer. Our executive compensation package is also complemented by long-term incentives in the form of option.

For the financial year ended December 31, 2011,2012, our senior executive officers, as a group, received aggregate compensation of $6.7$11.0 million for services they rendered in all capacities during 2011, which amount includes base salary, bonuses, benefits in kind and deferred compensation paid to such senior executive officers.

Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan

On January 29, 2002, we establishedWe maintain a stock option plan to attract, retain and motivate our Directors, executive officers and key contributors, as well as those of our subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of this stock option plan and, as such, designates the participants under the stock option plan and determines the number of options granted, the vesting schedule, the expiration date and any other terms and conditions relating to the options.

Under this stock option plan, 6,180,140 Quebecor Media common shares (representing 5%6% of all of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for Directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of ten years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the common shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by our Board of Directors (if the common shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the 5-day weighted average closing price ending on the day preceding the date of the grant of the common shares of Quebecor Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. For so long as the shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following annual periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29 and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common shares, as determined by our Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options or, subject to certain stated conditions, purchase common shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless our Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by our Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media.

During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, an aggregate total of 114,000146,000 options were granted under this plan to officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, with a weighted average exercise price of $50.18$52.06 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, a total of 695,4231,480,355 options were exercised by officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, for aggregate gross value realized of $7.9$12.5 million. The value realized on option exercises represents the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of Quebecor Media common shares (as determined as set forth above) at the date of exercise. As of December 31, 2011,2012, an aggregate total of 2,768,7121,349,007 options were outstanding (of which 789,921251,266 were vested as at that date), with a weighted average exercise price of $43.85$45.02 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. For more information on this stock option plan, see Note 2122 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

Quebecor Inc.’s Stock Option Plan

Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor, 6,500,000 Quebecor Class B Shares have been set aside for Directors, officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor and its subsidiaries, including Quebecor

Media. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding ten years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows: 1/3 after one year, 2/3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the Quebecor stock option plan have the choice, when they want to exercise their options, to acquire Quebecor Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price or to receive a cash payment from Quebecor equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of Quebecor may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 48,1482012, 49,447 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $35.09$36.86 per share, were granted to one senior executive officer of Quebecor Media. More specifically, the foregoing number represents the portion of all options granted to this executive in the year ended December 31, 20112012 which was allocated to us. As of December 31, 2011,2012, a total of 356,957123,742 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $26.99$35.72 per share, were held by senior executive officers of Quebecor Media for acting in such capacity. The closing sale price of the Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on December 31, 20112012 was $34.89.$38.67.

Pension Benefits

Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries maintain a pension plan for their executive officers. The benefits under the Quebecor Media’sMedia plan equal 2% of the average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, and, from age 61, without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of theIncome Tax Act(Canada), in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such pension plan is as prescribed by theIncome Tax Act (Canada) and is based on a maximum salary of $132,334.$134,834. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equalequals to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $6,617$6,742 in respect of 2012.2013. Quebecor Media closed this pension plan to all new employees hired on and after December 27, 2008. New employees are eligible to enroll on a retirement savings plan.

The total amount contributed by Quebecor Media in 20112012 to provide the pension benefits was $63.7 million$73.5 millions on a consolidated basis. For a description of the amount set aside or accrued for pension plans and post-retirement benefits by Quebecor Media see Note 2728 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.statements.

The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years:

 

  Years of Participation   Years of Participation 

Compensation

  10   15   20   25   30   10   15   20   25   30 

$132,334 or more

  $26,467    $39,700    $52,933    $66,167    $79,400  

$134,834 or more

  $26,967    $40,450    $53,933    $67,417    $80,900  

Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (“SERP”) for Designated Executives

In addition to the pension plans in force, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain designated executives. Three senior executive officers of Quebecor Media are participants in a SERP.

Two senior executives participate in the Quebecor Media’sMedia plan and the benefits are equal, for each year of membership under the plan, to 2% of the difference between their respective average salaries (including bonuses) for the best five consecutive years and the maximum salary under the pension plan. The pension is payable for life without

reduction from age 61. Upon a beneficiary’s death after retirement, the plan provides for the payment of a pension to the eligible surviving spouse which represents 50% of the retiree’s pension and payable for up to ten years. The other senior executive officer participates in another SERP established by one of Quebecor Media’s subsidiary.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, these three senior executive officers of Quebecor Media had credited service of approximately eightseven years or less. The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable under Quebecor Media’s plan at the normal retirement age of 65 years:

 

  Years of Credited Service   Years of Credited Service 

Compensation

  10   15   20   25   30   10   15   20   25   30 

$200,000

  $13,533    $20,300    $27,067    $33,833    $40,600    $13,033    $19,550    $26,067    $32,583    $39,100  

$300,000

  $33,533    $50,300    $67,067    $83,833    $100,600    $33,033    $49,550    $66,067    $82,583    $99,100  

$400,000

  $53,533    $80,300    $107,067    $133,833    $160,600    $53,033    $79,550    $106,067    $132,583    $159,100  

$500,000

  $73,533    $110,300    $147,067    $183,833    $220,600    $73,033    $109,550    $146,067    $182,583    $219,100  

$600,000

  $93,533    $140,300    $187,067    $233,833    $280,600    $93,033    $139,550    $186,067    $232,583    $279,100  

$800,000

  $133,533    $200,300    $267,067    $333,833    $400,600    $133,033    $199,550    $266,067    $332,583    $399,100  

$1,000,000

  $173,533    $260,300    $347,067    $433,833    $520,600    $173,033    $259,550    $346,067    $432,583    $519,100  

$1,200,000

  $213,533    $320,300    $427,067    $533,833    $640,600    $213,033    $319,550    $426,067    $532,583    $639,100  

$1,400,000

  $253,533    $380,300    $507,067    $633,833    $760,600    $253,033    $379,550    $506,067    $632,583    $759,100  

C - Board Practices

C -Board Practices

In accordance with our charter, our Board of Directors may consist of at least one Director and no more than 20 Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight Directors. Each Director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholders’ meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her office becomes vacant by reason of death, removal or other cause. Pursuant to a Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2000, as amended, among Quebecor, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Quebecor, Capital Communications CDPQ Inc. (now Capital CDPQ) and Quebecor Media (theCompany’s Shareholders Agreement”Agreement), our Board of Directors is comprised of nominees of each of Quebecor and of Capital CDPQ. In May 2011, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, decreased the size of our Board of Directors from nine directors to eight, and established that Quebecor would be entitled to nominate four directors and Capital CDPQ would be entitled to nominate four directors. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” below for a description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement and the shareholders’ resolution decreasing the size of the Board of Directors to eight.

Reference is made to “A. Directors and Senior Management” above for the current term of office, if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that office.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee of our Board of Directors is currently composed of four members, namely Messrs. Pierre Karl Péladeau, Serge Gouin, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement, the Committee has and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, subject to the restrictions that shall be imposed by the Board of Directors from time to time and by theBusiness Corporations Act (Québec). However, the Committee does not have the power to grant options, which power has already been delegated by the Board of Directors to its Compensation Committee.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee is currently composed of three Directors, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. See “Item 16A — Audit Committee Financial Expert”. Our Board of Directors has adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC rulemaking. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and financial risk management.

The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our Board of Directors, as well as the financial

information contained in our annual reports on Form 20-F, our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents containing similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of their audit, as well as our auditors’ recommendations and observations with respect to the audit, our accounting policies and financial reporting, and the responses of our management with respect thereto. Our Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that we have in place adequate and efficient internal control and management information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those services that are payable to our independent auditors, and it submits the appropriate recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment of our independent auditors, subject to our shareholders’ approval. It also reviews and approves our code of ethics ((“Code of Ethics”Ethics) for the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller, principal financial officer and other persons performing similar functions.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Serge Gouin, A. Michel Lavigne and Samuel Minzberg. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee was formed with the mandate to examine and decide upon the global compensation and benefits policies of us and those of our subsidiaries that do not have a Compensation Committee, and to formulate appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors, among other things, concerning long-term compensation in the form of stock option grants. Our Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review, on an annual basis, of the compensation of our Directors.

Liability Insurance

Quebecor carries liability insurance for the benefit of its Directors and officers, as well as for the Directors and officers of its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media and our subsidiaries, against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are entirely paid by Quebecor, which is then reimbursed by Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries for their ratable portion thereof.

D - Employees

D -Employees

At December 31, 2011,2012, we had approximately 16,95016,865 employees on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 20102011 and 2009,2010, we had approximately 16,36016,950 and 15,71016,360 employees on a consolidated basis, respectively. A number of our employees work part-time. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our employees in each of our operating segments as of December 31, 2011.2012.

Operations

  Approximate total
number

of employees
  Approximate number
of employees under
collective agreements
  Number of collective
agreements
  Approximate total
number
of employees
   Approximate number of
employees under
collective agreements
   Number of
collective agreements
 

Telecommunications

  6,230  3,700    5   6,460     3,810     5  

News Media

  5,680  1,700  75   5,180     1,280     72  

Broadcasting

  2,090  1,230  13   2,120     1,230     13  

Leisure and Entertainment

  1,400     400    8   1,485     380     8  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

  1,170     —    —     1,200     —       —    

Corporate(1)

     380     —    —     420     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  16,950    7,030    101     16,865     6,700     98  

 

(1)Includes QMI Agency and National Sales Offices

At December 31, 2011,2012, approximately 41%40% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party to 10198 collective bargaining agreements:

 

Videotron is party to five collective bargaining agreements representing approximately 3,7003,810 unionized employees. The two most important collective bargaining agreements, covering unionized employees in the Montréal and Québec City regions, have terms extending to December 31, 2013. There are also two collective bargaining agreements covering unionized employees in the Saguenay and Gatineau regions, with terms running through December 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015, respectively, and one other collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 50 employees of our SETTE inc. subsidiary, which will expireexpired on December 31, 2012. Negotiations regarding this collective bargaining agreement is in progress.

 

Sun Media is party to 7370 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,5101,100 unionized employees. 1122 collective bargaining agreements have expired, representing approximately 100290 unionized employees, or 6%25% of its unionized workforce. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2012.2013. Of the other collective bargaining agreements, 3814 will expire in 2012,2013, representing approximately 475731 employees or 31%65% of its unionized workforce and the others to expire on various dates through December 2019.

 

TVA Group is party to 13 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,230 unionized employees. Of this number, eightthree collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 2001,080 unionized employees or 19%50% of its unionized workforce, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are in progress. One agreement was reached on January 13, 2013 with respect to 125 of these unionized employees. Two additional collective bargaining agreements representing approximately 54 unionized employees or less than 1% of its unionized workforce will expire in 2013. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between March 31, 20122014 and December 31, 2013.2015.

 

Of the other 10 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 580540 unionized employees, twoone collective bargaining agreementsagreement representing approximately 20040 unionized employees or 35% of its unionized workforce areis expired. Negotiations regarding thesethis collective bargaining agreementsagreement are in progress. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between December 2012April 2015 and December 2017.

We currently have no labour disputedisputes nor do we currently anticipate any such labour dispute in the near future.

We can neither predict the outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, if any, union representation or renewal of collective bargaining agreements, nor guarantee that we will not experience further work stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such

could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

E - Share Ownership

E -Share Ownership

Except as disclosed under “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” of this annual report, none of our equity securities are held by any of our Directors or senior executive officers. For a description of Quebecor Media’s stock option plan, see “B. Compensation” above.

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A - Major Shareholders

A -Major Shareholders

AsIn October 2012 we entered into an agreement (the “CDP Agreement”) with CDPQ regarding a partial sale of December 31, 2011,Capital CDPQ’s interest in Quebecor Media. The CDP Agreement provided for the following transactions:

the repurchase and cancellation by Quebecor Media of 20,351,307 shares of Quebecor Media held by Capital CDPQ, representing approximately 36.4% of Capital CDPQ’s interest before closing, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion; and

the purchase by Quebecor of 10,175,653 shares of Quebecor Media held by Capital CDPQ, representing approximately 18.2% of Capital CDPQ’s interest before closing.

Following the completion of these transactions, Capital CDPQ indirectly held 25,439,134 shares of our Company, representing a 24.6% interest in Quebecor Media (excluding dilution from options under Quebecor Media’s stock option plan) and Quebecor held, directly and indirectly, 67,636,71377,812,366 common shares of our Company, representing a 54.72%75.4% voting and equity interest in us. The remaining 45.28% voting and equity interest, or 55,966,094 common shares, was held by Capital CDPQ. The primary asset of Quebecor, a communications holding company, is its interest in us. Capital CDPQ is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec,CDPQ, one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

To the knowledge of our directorsDirectors and officers and based on the most recent regulatory filings,according to public information available, the only persons whoor companies which, as at March 12, 2013, beneficially ownowned or exerciseexercised control or direction over more than 10% of the shares of any class of voting shares of Quebecor as of March 7, 2012 were: (i) Les Placements Péladeau inc., a corporation controlled by Pierre Karl Péladeau, (ii) Beutel, Goodman & Co. Ltd., and (iii) Fidelity ManagementLetko, Brosseau & Research Company et als.Associates Inc.

 

Name

  Number of
Class A Shares
held
   % of
Class A Shares
held
  Number of
Class B Shares

held
   % of
Class B Shares
held
  % of voting rights attached to
outstanding

Class A and B Shares
  Number of
Class A Shares
held
   % of
Class A Shares
held
 Number of
Class B Shares
held
   % of
Class B Shares
held
 % of voting rights
attached to
outstanding
Class A and B
Shares
 

Pierre Karl Péladeau

   17,468,464    88.66   207,260      0.47  72.61   17,468,464     89.23  207,260     0.48  73.22

Beutel

   —        —   8,015,018    18.29    3.33

Fidelity

   —        —   4,696,980    10.72    1.95

Beutel, Goodman & Co. Ltd.

   —       —      9,590,203     22.43  4.02

Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc.

   —       —      4,451,309     10.41  1.87

B - The Company’s Shareholders Agreement

B -The Company’s Shareholders Agreement

We entered into a shareholders’ agreement, dated October 23, 2000, with Quebecor Capital CDPQ and certain of ourits wholly owned subsidiaries, and Capital CDPQ, as consolidated and amended by a shareholders’ agreement dated December 11, 2000, which sets forth the rights and obligations of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ as our shareholders. Except as specifically provided in the Company’s Shareholders Agreement, the rights thereunder apply only to shareholders holding at least 10% of our equity shares, which we refer to as “QMI Shares”, on a fully-diluted basis.

The Company’s Shareholders Agreement provides, among other things, for:

 

 (a)standard rights of first refusal with respect to certain transfers of QMI Shares;

 

 (b)standard preemptive rights which permit shareholders to maintain their respective holdings of QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis in the event of issuances of additional QMI Shares or our convertible securities;

 

 (c)rights of representation on our Board of Directors in proportion to shareholdings, with Quebecor initially having five nominees and Capital CDPQ having four nominees to our Board of Directors;

 

 (d)consent rights in certain circumstances with respect to matters relating to us and our non-reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries, including (1) a substantial change in the nature of our business and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, (2) an amendment to our articles or certain of our subsidiaries, (3) the merger or amalgamation of us or certain of our subsidiaries with a person other than an affiliate, (4) the issuance by us or certain of our subsidiaries of shares or of securities convertible into shares except in the event of an initial public offering of QMI Shares, (5) any transaction having a value of more than $75,000,000, other than the sale of goods and services in the normal course of business, and (6) a business acquisition in a business sector unrelated to sectors in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved, and (7) in respect of capital expenditures in excess of certain amounts for each of the first five years of our operations;involved;

 

 (e)standard rights of first refusal in favor of Capital CDPQ with respect to the sale of all or substantially all of the shares or assets of TVA Group or Videotron; and

 (f)a non-competition covenant by Quebecor in respect of it and its affiliates pursuant to which Quebecor and its affiliates shall not compete with Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries in their areas of activity so long as Quebecor has “de jure” or “de facto” control of us, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The Company’s Shareholders Agreement provides that once we become a reporting issuer and have a 20% public “float” of QMI Shares, certain provisions of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement will cease to apply, including the consent rights described under subsections (d)(4) and (f) in the description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement above.

In a separate letter agreement, dated December 11, 2000, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ agreed, subject to applicable laws, fiduciary obligations and existing agreements, to attempt to apply the same board representation and consent rights as set forth in the Company’s Shareholders Agreement to our reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 20% of the QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis or, in the case of TVA Group only, 10%.

On May 25, 2011, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, decreased the size of our Board of Directors to eight directors and established that each of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ would be entitled to nominate four directors. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors and Senior Management”.

In connection with the CDP Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, our shareholders agreed to amend the Company’s Shareholders Agreement and entered into an amending agreement among Quebecor, certain of Quebecor’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, CDPQ and Capital CDPQ providing for, among other things:

 

C -Certain Relationships(a)the addition of demand registration rights and Related Party Transactionspiggyback registration rights in favour of Capital CDPQ, effective from and after January 1, 2019;

(b)the addition of exit rights, effective on or after January 1, 2019, including the right of Capital CDPQ to require Quebecor Media to carry out an initial public offering and the right of Capital CDPQ to sell its remaining interest in Quebecor Media to a financial third party, without providing any right of first refusal or first offer to Quebecor or Quebecor Media; and

(c)the addition of consent rights in respect of the declaration or payment of cumulative dividends by Quebecor Media in any financial year exceeding the greater of (i) 25% of its consolidated net earnings in the immediately preceding financial year and (ii) $225 million.

C - Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

The following describes transactions in which the Company and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Company believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from unrelatedindependent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Company and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges from Quebecor, ourwith the parent company,corporation and our affiliated companies in the amount of $11.7$14.4 million ($14.811.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in costpurchase of sales, sellinggoods and administrative expenses.services. The Company and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated companycorporation in the amount of $3.2$3.8 million ($3.63.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon an arm’s length transactionsbasis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties.

Corporate reorganization

In the second quarter of 2010, the Company announced the creation of SunSUN News, General Partnership, a partnership in whichbetween TVA Group holds a 51% interest and Sun Media a 49% interest. ThisCorporation. The partnership has launched an English-language news and opinion specialty channel calledSun Newsin Aprilthe spring of 2011. TheIn connection with the launch of this new specialty channel, the Company also decided to terminateterminated the operations of its general-interest television station,Sun TV, when and undertook a related corporate reorganization.

On June 28, 2012, the CRTC approved the sale of a 2% interest in SUN News by TVA Group to Sun News was launched.

Further to the creation ofMedia Corporation. The transaction closed on June 30, 2012 and, as a result, Sun NewsMedia Corporation holds a 51% interest and the decision to terminate the programming ofSun TV,TVA Group holds a corporate reorganization was undertaken49% interest in December 2010.SUN News.

Management arrangements

QuebecorThe parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Company. Under these management arrangements, Quebecorthe parent corporation and the Company provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Company’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of Quebecor. the parent corporation.

In 2011,2012, the Company received an amount of $2.0$1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in cost of sales, sellingemployee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and administrative expenses ($2.1$2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with itsthe Company’s shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2010, Quebecor2012, the parent corporation transferred $26.4$43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to certain of ourthe Company and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash considerationsconsideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million. These transactions weremillion in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon arm’s length transactionsbasis and werewas accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties. As a result, the Company recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2010.2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

D - Interests of Experts and Counsel

D -Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

A -Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

The consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media as at December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and as at January 1, 20102011, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows of Quebecor Media for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 2011,31, 2012, as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are presented in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1).

B - Legal Proceedings

B -Legal Proceedings

FromWe are involved from time to time Quebecor Media is a partyin various claims and lawsuits incidental to various legal proceedings arisingthe conduct of our business in the ordinary course of business.course. In the opinion of theour management, of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on Quebecor Media’sour business, results of operations, liquidity or on its financial position.

C - Dividend Policy and Dividends

C -Dividend Policy and Dividends

Dividend Policies and Payments

Our authorized share capital consists of (i) common shares, (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, consisting of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares, Series D Shares, Series F Shares and Series G Shares, and (iii) Preferred Shares, Series E. As of December 31, 2011,2012, our issued and outstanding share capital was as follows:

 

123,602,807103,251,500 common shares outstanding, of which 67,636,71377,812,366 were held by Quebecor and 55,966,09425,439,134 were held by Capital CDPQ; and

 

1,630,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G, outstanding, all of which were held by 9101-0835 Québec Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media.

Holders of our common shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Shares, to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion. In 2012, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $100 million. In 2011, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $100 million. In 2010, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $87.5 million. In 2009, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $75 million. We currently expect, to the extent permitted by our Articles of Incorporation, the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law, to continue to pay dividends to our shareholders or reduce paid-up capital in the future.

Holders of our Series A Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 12.5% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series A Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series B Shares are entitled to receive a cumulative cash dividend, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend shall be payable only upon conversion of the Series B Shares into Common shares. Dividends are determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with our Articles of Incorporation.

Holders of our Series C Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.25% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series C Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series D Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.0% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series D Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series E Shares are entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferred monthly dividend at a rate of 1.25% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Series E Shares when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

Holders of our Series F Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series F Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series G Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series G Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

D - Significant Changes

D -Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Subsequent Events”Prospects”), there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2011.2012.

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

A - Offer and Listing Details

A -Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

B - Plan of Distribution

B -Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C - Markets

C -Markets

Outstanding Notes

On October 11, 2012, we issued and sold CAN$500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 and US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 and our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2023, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In connection with the issuance of the 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023, we agreed to file, within 210 days after the issue date of the notes, an exchange offer registration statement relating to the exchange without novation of these privately placed notes for our new SEC-registered 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and having substantially identical terms. We have also agreed to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 330 days after the issue date of the 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 and to consummate the exchange offer within 360 days after the issue date of the notes. Our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

On January 5, 2011, we issued and sold Cdn$CAN$325.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2021, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2011.year. Our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act noror under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

On October 5, 2007, we issued and sold US$700.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and are due March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In connection with the private placement of these unregistered notes, we agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange without novation the

unregistered notes for our new SEC-registered 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and having substantially identical terms. We filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on November 20, 2007 and completed the registered exchange offer on March 31, 2008. As a result of this exchange offer, we have US$700.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 outstanding andissued on October 7, 2007 have been registered under the Securities Act. These notes were issued under a different indenture than, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2006, as described in the next paragraph. In November 2012, we effected an optional partial redemption of $320,000,000 aggregate principal amount of these 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016.

On January 17, 2006, we issued and sold US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of these unregistered notes, we agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange without novation the unregistered notes for our new SEC-registered 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and having substantially identical terms. We filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on May 8, 2006 and completed the registered exchange offer onin July 14, 2006. As a result, we have US$525.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 outstanding and registered under the Securities Act. Our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and are due March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. On February 29,In March and April 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we announced the commencement of a cash tender offer to purchase up to US$260,000,000 inQuebecor Media purchased or redeemed and retired $260,000,000 aggregate principal amount of ourits 7 3/4% 3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. In addition, on March 14, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report,2016 issued in January 2006. As a result, we announced that on April 13, 2012, we would redeem and retirehave US$100.0265.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016.outstanding and registered under the Securities Act.

There is currently no established trading market for our Senior Notes. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for our outstanding notes, the ability of the holders of any such notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of our outstanding notes on any exchange or automated dealer quotation system. The record holder of each respective series of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 and our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, and the record holder of our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 and our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 is CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

D - Selling Shareholders

D -Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E - Dilution

E -Dilution

Not applicable.

F - Expenses of the Issuer

F -Expenses of the Issuer

Not applicable.

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A - Share Capital

A -Share Capital

In addition to our common shares, our authorized share capital is comprised of (i) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, or Series A Shares; (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B, or Series B Shares; (iii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, or Series C Shares; (iv) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D, or Series D Shares; (v) Preferred Shares, Series E, or Series E Shares; (vi) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, or Series F Shares; and (vii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G, or Series G Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series A Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series B Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series C Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series D Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series E Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series F Shares.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, there were 1,630,000 of our Series G Shares issued and outstanding, all of which are held by 9101-0835 Québec Inc., one of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. In 2010, in connection with various intra-group transactions, 1,300,000 Series G Shares were issued to 9101-0835 Québec Inc., and 930,000 Series G Shares were redeemed. These Series G Shares have been issued in connection with transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series G Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series G Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 10.85% per annum per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series G Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series G Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends.

B - Memorandum and Articles of Association

B -Memorandum and Articles of Association

OurOn January 17, 2013, our Articles of Incorporation and the various Articles of Amendment to ourwere consolidated, as permitted by theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec). These Articles of IncorporationConsolidation are incorporated herein by referencefiled as an exhibit to our registration statement filed with the SEC on September 5, 2001 (Registration No. 333-13792). In addition, (a) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of February 3, 2003, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibit 1.2 to ourthis annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2003; (b) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of December 5, 2003, and the Articles of Amendment, dated as of January 16, 2004, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibits 1.4 and 1.5, respectively, to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2004; (c) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of November 26, 2004, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibit 1.6 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2005; (d) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of January 14, 2005, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibit 1.9 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, which was filed with the SEC on March 29, 2006; (e) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of January 12, 2007, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibit 1.11 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, which was filed with the SEC on March 30, 2007; and (f) the Articles of Amendment, dated as of November 30, 2007, to our Articles of Incorporation are included as Exhibit 1.13 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, which was filed with the SEC on March 27, 2008.report. In this description, we refer to our Articles of Incorporation, as amended,Consolidation as the “Articles”. The following is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles and our by-laws.

We were incorporated, in Canada, under Part IA of theCompanies Act (Quebec) as 9093-9687 Québec Inc. on August 8, 2000 under registration number 1149501992. Since its coming into force on February 14, 2011, we are governed by theBusiness Corporations Act(Quebec). On August 18, 2000, a Certificate of Amendment was filed to change our name to Media Acquisition Inc. Our name was further changed to Quebecor Media on September 26, 2000. Our Articles do not describe our object and purpose.

 

1.

 (a) Our by-laws provide that a director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which our Company is a party. A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Company and any of the following are a party:
  

a)an associate of the director;

  

b)a group of which the director is a director;

  

c)a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

  No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:
  

a)relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Company or an affiliate of the Company;

 b)relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Company or an affiliate of the Company, if the Company is not a reporting issuer;

 c)is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Company;

 d)is with an affiliate of the Company, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

 (b)Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with respect to directors’ power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to determine their remuneration.

 (c)Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights or restrictions of any of our shares or securities outstanding, the directors may authorize us to borrow money and obtain advances upon the credit of our Company, from any bank, corporation, firm, association or person, upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors may authorize the issuance of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of our Company, and may authorize the pledge or sale of the same upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors are also authorized to hypothecate the property, undertaking and assets, movable or immovable, of our Company to secure payment for any bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or otherwise give guarantees to secure the payment of loans.

Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (i) the retirement of directors under an age limit requirement or (ii) the number of shares, if any, required for the qualification of directors.

 

2.The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our common shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares (consisting of the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares, the Series C Shares, the Series D Shares, the Series F Shares and the Series G Shares) and our Preferred Shares, Series E are set forth below:

Common Shares

 

 (a)Dividend rights: Subject to the rights of the holders of our Preferred Shares, each common share shall be entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine.

 

 (b)Voting rights: The holders of our common shares shall be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of our shareholders and to attend and vote on all matters to be voted on by our shareholders, except at meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits: Other than as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our Board of Directors) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of our common shares are entitled to participation in our remaining property and assets available for distribution in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our remaining property and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions: None

 (f)Sinking fund provisions: None

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act(Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. Our directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of shares: None

For a description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement among the holders of our common stock, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” in this annual report.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares

Our Board of Directors may issue Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of our liquidation or dissolution. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over our common shares and any other class of our shares, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

As long as there are Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, we shall not, unless consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec), (a) create any other class of shares rankingpari passuor in priority to any outstanding series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, (b) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve our Company or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of assets on any other shares of our capital stock or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to any series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Series A Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights: The holders of record of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

 (b)Voting rights: Holders of Series A Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive a 12.5% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 (e)Redemption provisions: Holders of Series A Shares may require us to redeem the Series A preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series A Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares: None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Series B Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights: The holders of record of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive a single cumulative dividend, payable in cash, in an amount to be determined by our Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles, which dividend, once determined by our Board of Directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into our common shares. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series B Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

 (b)Voting rights: Holders of Series B Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders, unless we shall have failed to pay the dividend due to such holders. In that event and only for so long as the said dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series B Shares are entitled to receive the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of the Series B Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above in the event of liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share held and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions: Holders of Series B Shares may require us to redeem the Series B Shares at any time at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Shares at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions: None.

 (g)Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series B Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares: None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights: The holders of record of the Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.25% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 (b)Voting rights: Holders of Series C Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series C Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions: Holders of Series C Shares may require us to redeem the Series C preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series C Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares: None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Series D Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights: The holders of record of the Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.0% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to theSeries D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

 (b)Voting rights: Holders of Series D Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series D Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)

Rights to share in our profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive a 11.0% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of

Series D Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions: Holders of Series D Shares may require us to redeem the Series D preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series D Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series D Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares: None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Series F Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights: The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

 (b)Voting rights: Holders of Series F Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 (c)Rights to share in our profits:profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation:liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions:provisions: Holders of Series F Shares may require us to redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 (f)Sinking fund provisions:provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media:Media: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series F Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares:shares: None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (Series G Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights:rights: The holders of record of the Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

 (b)Voting rights:rights: Holders of Series G Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series G Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series G Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits:profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation:liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 (e)Redemption provisions:provisions: Holders of Series G Shares may require us to redeem the Series G preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series G Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions:provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media:Media: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series G Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares:shares: None.

Preferred Shares

Preferred Shares, Series E (Series E Shares)

 

 (a)Dividend rights:rights: The holders of record of the Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at the rate of 1.25% per share per month, which dividend shall be calculated based on the redemption price (the amount equal to the aggregate consideration for such share). The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

 

 (b)Voting rights:rights: Holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders.

 

 (c)Rights to share in our profits:profits: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive a 1.25% maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above), none.

 

 (d)Rights upon liquidation:liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares held and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

 (e)Redemption provisions:provisions: Holders of Series E Shares may require us to redeem the Series E preferred shares at any time at a price equal to the redemption price plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption. The redemption price shall be equal to the aggregate consideration received for such share.

 

 (f)Sinking fund provisions:provisions: None.

 

 (g)Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media:Media: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 (h)Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series E Shares:Shares: None.

 

3.

Actions necessary to change the rights of shareholders:shareholders: For a description of the action necessary to change the rights of holders of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, see “Cumulative First Preferred Shares” in section 2 above. As regards our Preferred Shares, Series E, we will not, unless consented to by the holders of the Series E Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of theBusiness Corporations Act (Quebec), repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to the Series E Shares. Under the general provisions of theBusiness Corporations Act(Quebec), (i) our Articles may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds ( 2/3) of the votes cast by the shareholders at a special meeting, and (ii) our by-laws may be amended by our Boad of Directors and ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders at the next shareholders meeting. Unless they are rejected by the shareholders at the close of the meeting or not submitted to the

shareholders, the amended by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors approving them. However, by-laws amendments relating to procedural matters with respect to shareholders meetings take effect only once they have received shareholders approval.

 

4.Shareholder meetings:meetings: Our by-laws and theBusiness Corporations Act (Québec) provide that the annual meeting of our shareholders shall be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. All shareholders meetings shall be held within the province of Quebec at the place and time determined by our Board of Directors and may be called by order of our Board of Directors.

Our by-laws provide that notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of our shareholders shall be sent to all the shareholders entitled to vote and to each director at least 21 days but not more than 60 days before the meeting by any means providing proof of the date of sending at the addresses indicated in our records.

Our chairman of the board or, in his absence, our vice-chair of the board, if any, or in his absence, our president and chief executive officer or any other person that may be named by the board shall preside at all meetings of our shareholders. If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the board the meeting.

Our by-laws provide that a quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

5.

Limitations on right to own securities:securities: There are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings as described under “Item 4 — Information on the Company — Regulation”. There is no other limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or other constituent documents on the right of nonresidents or foreign owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the Investment Act and the Radiocommunication Act. The Investment Act requires “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Act) individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to acquire control of a “Canadian business” (as defined in the Investment Act) to file either an application for review (when certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification with the Director of Investments appointed under the Investment Act, unless a specific exemption applies. The Investment Act requires that, when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a “non-Canadian” is subject to review, it must be approved by the Minister responsible for the Investment Act on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is “likely to be of net benefit to Canada”, having regard to criteria set forth in the Investment Act. Radio licenses may be issued under the Radiocommunication Act to radiocommunication service providers (“Service Providers”) that meet the eligibility criteria of Canadian ownership and control set forth in theCanadian Telecommunications Common Carrier Ownership and Control Regulations(“ (“CTCCOCR”). Under the CTCCOCR, the holding corporation of a Service Provider may refuse to accept any subscription for or register the transfer of any of its voting shares unless it receives a declaration that such subscription or transfer would not result in the percentage of the total voting shares of the holding corporation of the Service Provider that are beneficially owned and controlled by non-Canadians exceeding 33 1/3 %.

6.Provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control:control: The Articles provide that none of our shares may be transferred without the consent of the directors expressed in a resolution duly adopted by them.

A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of our share capital shall be kept either at our head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

 

7.Not applicable.

 

8.Not applicable.

 

9.Not applicable.

C - Material Contracts

C -Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years preceding publication of this annual report.

 

 (a)(a)

Indenture relating to Cdn$CAN$500,000,000 of our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued CAN$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole” redemption prices set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. The notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(b)

Indenture relating to US$850,000,000 of our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued US$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole” redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

(c)

Indenture relating to CAN$325,000,000 of our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 5, 2011, we issued Cdn$CAN$325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2021. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2011.year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. The notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 (b)(d)

Indenture relating to US$700,000,000 of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On October 5, 2007, we issued US$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7  3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2007.year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. These notes were issued under a different indenture from, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2006, as described in paragraph (c)(e) below.

 (c)(e)

Indenture relating to US$525,000,000 of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On January 17, 2006, we issued US$525,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2006.year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. These notes were issued under a different indenture from, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2007, as described in the previous paragraph. On February 29, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we announced the commencement of a cash tender offer to purchase up to US$260,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. In addition, on March 14, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we announced that on April 13, 2012, we would redeem and retire US$100.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016.

 

 (d)(f)Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, as amended, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended.Agent.

On January 17, 2006, in connection with our refinancing plan, we entered intoOur Senior Secured Credit Facilities are comprised of (i) a 5-year $100.0$300.0 million revolving credit facility with an initial maturity date of January 2011, (ii) a 5-year $125.0 million term loan A with a maturity date of January 2011, and (iii) a 7-year US$350.0 million term loan B facility with a maturity date of January 2013. On January 14, 2010, we entered into a First Amendment Agreement to our credit agreement pursuant to which, amongst other things, the maturity date of the revolving credit facility was extended to January 3, 2013 and various other definitions and covenants were amended. On January 25, 2012, we entered into a Second Amendment Agreement to our credit agreement pursuant to which, amongst other things, a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility (identified as Facility C) was added (having a maturity, pricing and terms and conditions identical to those of our existing revolving credit facility, other than the ability to draw letters of credit), the maturity date of the existing revolving credit facility was extended to(“Revolving Facility”) that matures on January 15, 2016 and various other definitions and covenants were amended.

The2016. Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities also includeprovide us with the ability to borrow an additional $800 million under an uncommitted $350 million incremental facility that may be available(or increase to us (of which $200 million was used to create the new Facility C mentioned above)Revolving Facility), subject to compliance at all times with all financial covenants, absence of default and lenders being willing to fund the incremental amount. This incremental facility (unless made through an increase of the Revolving Facility) will have a term to be agreed with the lenders, although the maturity of borrowings under the incremental facility will be required to have a maturity falling on or extending beyond the maturity of the term loan B facility.

lenders. We may draw letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The proceeds of the term loan A and term loan B were used to refinance existing debt.Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The proceeds of our revolving facility andRevolving Facility C may be used for our general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility,Revolving Facility C and term loan B bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the bankers’ acceptance rate or U.S. LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin.

With regard to Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances, the applicable margin is determined by our Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) and ranges from 1.25% when this ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 2.00% when this ratio is greater that 4.5x. With regard to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, the applicable margin ranges from 2.25% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. With regard to U.S. LIBOR advances, the applicable margin ranges from 2.25% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. Specified commitment fees or drawing fees may also be payable. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility andRevolving Facility C are repayable in full on January 15, 2016. Borrowings under our term loan B facility are repayable in full in January 2013. We are also required to make specified quarterly repayments of amounts borrowed under the term loan B.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property and first-ranking pledges of all of the shares (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) of Sun Media and Videotron.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit our ability to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary financial covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, and the occurrence of a change of control.

 

 (e)(g)

Indenture relating to US$650,000,000 of Videotron’s 6 7/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) as trustee, as supplemented.

On October 8, 2003, Videotron issued US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 and, on November 19, 2004, Videotron issued an additional US$315.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association), as trustee. In March 2012, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire outstanding principal amount outstanding of these 6 7/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. These notes arewere unsecured, and mature onbearing a maturity date of January 15, 2014. Interest on these notes iswas payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2004.year. These notes arewere guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. The notes arewere redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture containscontained customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing (other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency) the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. On February 29, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, Videotron announced that on March 30, 2012, it would redeem and retire the entire outstanding principal amount outstanding of its 6 7/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014.

 

 (f)(h)

Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of Videotron’s 6 3/8% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6 3/8% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes

are unsecured and mature on December 15, 2015. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginningyear. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

(i)

Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of Videotron’s 9 1/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 15, 2008, Videotron issued US$455,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. On March 5, 2009, Videotron issued an additional US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of these 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018. These notes, which form a single series and class, are unsecured and mature on April 15, 2018. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 2005.of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 (g)(j)

Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of Videotron’s 9 1/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 15, 2008, Videotron issued US$455,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, in each case pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2018, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on April 15, 2018. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2008. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. On March 5, 2009, Videotron issued an additional US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018. These notes were issued under the same indenture as, and form a single series with, Videotron’s existing 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 that were issued in 2008, and have the same terms as the notes issued in 2008.

(h)

Indenture relating to Cdn$CAN$300,000,000 of Videotron’s 7 1/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 13, 2010, Videotron issued Cdn$CAN$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7 1/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2020. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2010.year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

 (i)(k)

Indenture relating to Cdn$CAN$300,000,000 of Videotron’s 6 7/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021, dated as of July 5, 2011, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On July 15, 2011, Videotron issued Cdn$CAN$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2021, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 5, 2021. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 5 and December 5 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2011.year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by

most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

 (j)(l)Indenture relating to US$800,000,000 of Videotron’s 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.trustee.

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5% Senior Notes due 2022, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 15, 2022. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and

June 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes may declare all of such notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

 (k)(m)Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended.

Videotron’s $650.0 million senior secured credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures on July 19, 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures on June 15, 2018. The proceeds of the revolving credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to issue letters of credit and to pay dividends to Quebecor Media subject to certain conditions. The proceeds of the term loan may bewere used for payments and/or reimbursement of payments of export equipment and local services in relation to Videotron’s contracts for wirelessmobile infrastructure equipment with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation and also for the financing of the Finnvera guarantee fee (Finnvera plc being a specialized financing company owned by the State of Finland which is providing an export buyer credit guarantee in favor of the lenders under the export financing facility covering political and commercial risks).

Advances under theVideotron’s revolving credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, US basethe U.S. prime rate (solely under the swingline commitment) or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus, in each instance, an applicable margin.margin determined by the Leverage Ratio (as defined in Videotron’s credit agreement) of the Relevant Group (as defined in the credit agreement). The applicable margin for Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances ranges from 0.50% when this ratio is less than 1.75x, to 2.00% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. The applicable margin for bankers’ acceptance advances or letters of credit fees ranges from 1.50% when this ratio is less than 1.75x, to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. Videotron has agreed to pay a commitment fee based on the aggregate amount undrawn under its revolving credit facility ranging from 0.3375% when the Leverage Ratio is less than 1.75x, to 0.75% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. Advances under theVideotron’s export financing facility bear interest at the bankers’ acceptance rate (CDOR Rate)and Canadian LIBOR, plus a margin.margin at a rate of 0.875%.

The revolving credit facility will be repayable in full on July 19, 2016. Drawdowns under the export financing facility are repayable by way of seventeen equal and consecutive semi-annual payments startingthat commenced on June 15, 2010.

Borrowings under theVideotron’s senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of Videotron’s current and future assets as well as thoseof Videotron and of the guarantors party thereto, includingunder the credit facilities (which include most, but not all of Videotron’s subsidiaries (the “Videotron Group”)subsidiaries), guarantees of all the members of the Videotron Group,by such guarantors, pledges of the shares ofby Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group,such guarantors and other security.

Videotron’s senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the VL Group (as defined in the credit agreement to mean Videotron Groupand all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries) to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions or liquidate or dissolve, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants and customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Videotron and the membersor any member of the VideotronVL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, as defined in the credit agreement), and the occurrence of a change of control.

D - Exchange Controls

(l)Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2003, by and among Sun Media, the guarantors party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston Canada, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended.

Effective on February 3, 2012, Sun Media repaid all outstanding loans under this credit facility and this credit facility was terminated.

D -Exchange Controls

There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, or affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities, other than withholding tax requirements. Canada has no system of exchange controls.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles of Incorporation or other charter documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold voting shares of the Company, other than as provided by theInvestment Canada Act, as amended (the “Investment Act”), as amended by theNorth American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act(Canada), and theWorld Trade Organization(WTO) Agreement Implementation Act. The Investment Act requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Act. Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA.

In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings. See “Item 4 —Information— Information on the Company — Regulation”.

E - Taxation

E -Taxation

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 issued on January 17, 2006 (the “2006 notes”) and our 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 issued on October 5, 2007 (the “2007 OID notes”) and, our 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2021 issued on January 5, 2011 (the “2011 C$ notes”), our 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “2012 US$ notes”), and our 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “2012 C$ notes”) (collectively,(and collectively with our 2006 notes, 2007 OID notes, 2011 C$ notes and 2012 US$ notes, the “notes”notes) by a U.S. Holder (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax effects. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code)Code or U.S. Holders subject to the newly effective 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income) or to holders that may be subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:

 

dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;

 

persons using a mark-to-market accounting method;

 

banks and financial institutions;

 

insurance companies;

regulated investment companies;

 

real estate investment trusts;

 

tax-exempt organizations;

 

persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;

 

persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

 

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and

 

direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. Moreover, the discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire and hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). In addition, this summary assumes that the notes are properly characterized as debt that is not contingent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For purposes of this summary, “U.S. Holder” means the beneficial holder of a note who or that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States;

 

a corporation or other entity treated as such formed in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if a valid election is in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position will not be sustained.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that the U.S. tax advice contained herein: (i) is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by Quebecor Media of the transactions or matters addressed herein, and (ii) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. tax penalties. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

PROSPECTIVE U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.

PROSPECTIVE U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.

Interest on the Notes

Interest on the 2006 notes, 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ notes and 20112012 C$ notes

Payments of stated interest on the 2006 notes, 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ notes and 2011our 2012 C$ notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Our 2011 C$ notes and our 2012 C$ notes (collectively, the “C$ notes”) are denominated in Canadian dollars. Interest on these notes will be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar amount, regardless of whether the Canadian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, a U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of tax accounting will determine such U.S. dollar value using the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt. A cash method U.S. Holder generally will not realize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of the interest payment but may have foreign currency gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the Canadian dollars received.

Generally, a U.S. Holder of 2011C$ notes that uses the accrual method of tax accounting will determine the U.S. dollar value of accrued interest income using the average rate of exchange for the accrual period (or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year). Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income at the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the accrual period (or the last day of the taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period) or the spot rate on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for tax purposes will recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of an interest payment if the exchange rate in effect on the date payment is received differs from the rate applicable to an accrual of that interest. The amount of foreign currency gain or loss to be recognized by such U.S. Holder will be an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar interest payment (determined on the basis of the spot rate on the date the interest income is received) in respect of the accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during the accrual period (as determined above). This foreign currency gain or loss will be ordinary income or loss and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

Foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source provided that the residence of a taxpayer is considered to be the United States for purposes of the rules regarding foreign currency gain or loss.

Interest on the 2007 OID notes

The 2007 OID notes are treated as issued with original issue discount ((““OID”OID) in an amount equal to the difference between their “stated redemption price at maturity” (the sum of all payments to be made on the notes other than “qualified stated interest”) and their issue price (generally the first price at which a substantial amount of the 2007 OID notes were sold to the public for cash). A U.S. Holder generally must include OID in gross income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income, regardless of the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The term “qualified stated interest” generally means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate. Payments of qualified stated interest on a 2007 OID note will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income at the time the interest is received or accrued, depending on the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. tax purposes.

The amount of OID that a U.S. Holder must include in income with respect to a 2007 OID note will generally equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the 2007 OID note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year on which the U.S. Holder held such note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. An “accrual period” for a note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the 2007 OID note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the

final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the product of the 2007 OID note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period) and (ii) the amount of any qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. Under these rules, a U.S. Holder will generally have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods.

OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The “adjusted issue price” of a 2007 OID note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any payments received on the notes that were not payments of qualified stated interest.

Instead of reporting under a U.S. Holder’s normal method of accounting, a U.S. Holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a debt security by using the constant yield method applicable to OID, subject to OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium.

U.S. Holders may obtain information regarding the amount of OID, the issue price, the issue date and the yield to maturity by contacting Quebecor Media, 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Quebec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs (telephone: (514) 380-1999).

The rules regarding OID are complex. U.S. Holders of 2007 OID notes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their particular situation.

Market Discount, Acquisition Premium, and Bond Premium

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount less than their stated redemption price at maturity in the case of 2006 notes, or their revised issue price in the case of 2007 OID notes (which generally should be equal to the sum of the

issue price of the 2007 OID notes and all OID includible in income by all holders prior to such Holder’s acquisition of the 2007 OID notes (without regard to reduction of OID for acquisition premium), and less any cash payments on the 2007 OID notes other than qualified stated interest), this difference is treated as market discount. Subject to ade minimis exception, gain realized on the maturity, sale, exchange or retirement of a market discount note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously recognized (including, in the case of a note exchanged for a registered note pursuant to thea registration offer, any market discount accrued on the related outstanding note). A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method. In that case, such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the notes will increase by such income inclusions. An election to include market discount in income currently, once made, will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder does not make such an election, in general, all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry notes may be deferred until the maturity of the notes, or certain earlier dispositions. Unless a U.S. Holder elects to accrue market discount under a constant yield method, any market discount will accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the related note to its maturity date.

In the case of a 2011C$ note, market discount is accrued in Canadian dollars, and the amount includible in income by a U.S. Holder upon a sale of a 2011C$ note in respect of accrued market discount will be the U.S. dollar value of the amount accrued. Such U.S. dollar value is generally calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date the 2011C$ note is sold. Any market discount on a 2011C$ note that is currently includible in income under the election noted above will be translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the accrual period or portion of such accrual period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year. In such case, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to accrued market discount under the rules similar to those that apply to accrued interest on a note received by an accrual basis U.S. Holder, as described above.

Acquisition Premium

In the case of 2007 OID notes, if a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than their adjusted issue price but less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, such U.S. Holder will have purchased the 2007 OID notes with acquisition premium. Under the acquisition premium rules, the amount of OID which must be included in gross income for the 2007 OID notes for any taxable year, or any portion of a taxable year in which the 2007 OID notes are held, generally will be reduced (but not below zero) by the portion of the acquisition premium allocated to the period.

Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, the U.S. Holder is treated as having purchased the related notes with amortizable bond premium. A U.S. Holder generally will not be required to include OID in income and may elect to amortize the premium from the purchase date to the maturity date of the notes under a constant yield method. Amortizable premium generally may be deducted against interest income on such notes and generally may not be deducted against other income. A U.S. Holder’s basis in a note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by such U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without IRS consent.

For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a 2011 note. In the case of a 2011C$ note, premium is computed in Canadian dollars. At the time amortized bond premium offsets interest income, foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) will be realized on such amortized bond premium based on the difference between the spot rate of exchange on the date or dates such premium is recovered through interest payments on the 2011C$ note and the spot rate of exchange on the date on which the U.S. Holder acquired the 2011C$ note. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a 2011C$ note.

The market discount, acquisition premium, and bond premium rules are complicated, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of notes with market discount, acquisition premium, or bond premium, including the availability of certain elections.

Other

Interest on the notes will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions, will be “passive category income”, which is treated separately from other income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. Holder under the federal income tax laws. Due to the complexity of the foreign tax credit rules, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit.

In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes or may make payments or redeem the notes in advance of their expected maturity. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such payments or redemptions will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made, or if such payments are incidental. We believe the likelihood that we will make any such payments is remote and/or incidental. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payments or redemptions pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, any registration rights provisions, or the other redemption and repurchase provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes or as affecting the tax treatment of the notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of interest that would otherwise accrue and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than pursuant to a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any, between:

 

the amount realized (less any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest or, in the case of 2007 OID notes, OID not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and

 

the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note.

Except with respect to gains or losses attributable to changes in exchange rates, as described below, any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except as described under “— Market Discount, Acquisition Premium, and Bond Premium” above) and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the source of gain attributable to market discount.

A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s cost therefor, increased by any market discount previously included in income and, in the case of the 2007 OID notes, by any OID previously included in income, and reduced by any payments (other than payments constituting qualified stated interest) received on the notes, any amount treated as a return of pre-issuance accrued interest excluded from income, and the amount of amortized bond premium, if any, previously taken into account with respect to the note. If a U.S. Holder purchases a C$ note with Canadian dollars, the U.S. dollar cost of the C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price upon the date of purchase calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. The amount realized upon the disposition of a C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the amount received on the date of the disposition calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. However, if the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of or amount received on the C$ note, as applicable, by translating the amount paid or received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase or disposition. The election available to accrual basis U.S. Holders in respect of the purchase and disposition of C$ notes traded on an established securities market must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS.

Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or retirement of a 2011C$ note that is attributable to changes in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of purchase of the C$ note. If the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, with respect to a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder), such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (x) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the disposition and (y) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase of the C$ note. Such foreign currency gain or loss is recognized on the sale or retirement of such note only to the extent of total gain or loss recognized on the sale or retirement of such note. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding certain foreign currency translation elections that may be available with respect to a sale, exchange, or redemption of the 2011C$ notes.

Transactions in Foreign Currency

Foreign currency received as a payment of interest on, or on the sale or retirement of, a 2011C$ note will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value at the time such interest is received or at the time the note is disposed of or payment is

received in consideration of such sale or retirement (as applicable). The amount of gain or loss recognized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be equal to the difference between (i) the amount of U.S. dollars, or the fair market value in U.S. dollars of the other currency or property received in such sale or other disposition, and (ii) the tax basis of the recipient in such foreign currency. A U.S. Holder who acquires such note with previously owned foreign currency will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the note on the date of acquisition. Such gain or loss generally will be treated as income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Reportable Transaction Reporting

Under certain U.S. Treasury Regulations, U.S. Holders that participate in “reportable transactions” (as defined in the regulations) must attach to their U.S. federal income tax returns a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Under the relevant rules, a U.S. Holder may be required to treat a foreign currency exchange loss from the C$ note as a reportable transaction if this loss exceeds the relevant threshold in the regulations. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 8886 with respect to the ownership or disposition of the C$ notes, or any related transaction, including without limitation, the disposition of any non-U.S. currency received as interest or as proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the C$ notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements may apply to payments of principal and interest (including OID) on a note and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note made to U.S. Holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as corporations). A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to “backup withholding” with respect to certain “reportable payments,” including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:

 

fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number ((““TIN”TIN) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;

 

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

 

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or

 

under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding.

A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

Recent legislation requires U.S. individuals that hold specified foreign financial assets (including stock and securities of a foreign issuer) to report their holdings, along with other information, on their tax returns, with certain exceptions. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the scope of these disclosure responsibilities.

Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States

The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to you if you invested, as initial purchaser or through a subsequent investment, in any of our Senior Notes and if you, at all relevant times, for purposes of theIncome Tax Act(Canada), which we refer to as theTax Act”Act, are the beneficial owner of the Senior Notes, including entitlements to all payments thereunder, deal at arm’s length with, and are not affiliated with, Quebecor Media and hold the Senior Notes as capital property. Generally, the Senior Notes will be considered

capital property to a holder provided that the holder does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business and has not acquired them in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure in the nature of trade (a“Holder”Holder).

The following summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act and the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, a resident of Canada (and has never been, or been deemed to be, a resident of Canada), (ii) deals at arm’s length with any transferee

resident or deemed resident in Canada to whom the Holder disposes of Senior Notes, (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business or part of a business in Canada, and (iv) does not receive any payment of interest on the Senior Notes in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with whom Quebecor Media does not deal at arm’s length, and (v) is not a “specified shareholder” and deals at arm’s length with each person who is a “specified shareholder” of Quebecor Media for the purposes of the thin capitalization rules in the Tax Act (aNon-Resident Holder”Holder).

This summary is not applicable to: (a) a Holder that is a “financial institution”, as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the mark-to-market rules; (b) a Holder that is an “authorized foreign bank”, as defined in the Tax Act; (c) a Holder that is a “registered non-resident insurer”, as defined in the Tax Act; (d) a Holder that is a non-resident insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere; (e) a Holder, an interest in which would be a “tax shelter investment”, as defined in the Tax Act; (f) a Holder which has made a “functional currency” election under the Tax Act to determine its Canadian tax results in a currency other than Canadian currency; or (g) a Holder that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act. Any such Holder to which this summary does not apply should consult its own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Senior Notes.

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder and the current administrative and assessing practices and policies of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date hereof (theProposed Amendments”Amendments) and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or any administrative or assessing practice, whether by judicial, governmental, regulatory or legislative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations described herein.

THIS SUMMARY IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE OF ALL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER, AND NO REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER IS MADE. ACCORDINGLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

No Canadian withholding tax will apply to interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium paid or credited by Quebecor Media on the Senior Notes to a Non-Resident Holder, or to the proceeds received by a Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

No other taxes on income or gains will be payable under the Tax Act by a Non-Resident Holder on interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium or on the proceeds received by such Non-Resident Holder on the disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

F - Dividends and Paying Agents

F-Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G - Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H - Documents on Display

G-Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H-Documents on Display

We file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy this information at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference room at prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is http://www.sec.gov.

In addition, you may obtain a copy of the documents to which we refer you in this annual report without charge upon written or oral request to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Quebec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Investor Relations. Our telephone number is (514) 380-1999.

I - Subsidiary Information

I-Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We use certain financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk exposures. These instruments are used solely to manage the financial risks associated with our obligations and are not used for trading or speculation purposes.

Foreign currency risk and interest rate risk

Most of ourthe Company’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CanadianCAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. OurThe Company and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems, and capital expenditures.expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, ourthe Company’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

Some of ourthe Company’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (BA), (ii) Canadian LIBOR, (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate and (iii) Canadian(v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by ourthe Company and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. OurThe Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011,2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 84.7% fixed rate90.9% fixed-rate debt (75.2% as of December 31, 2010)(84.7% in 2011) and 15.3% floating rate9.1% floating-rate debt (24.8% as of December 31, 2010)(15.3% in 2011).

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating rate debt, before income tax,interest payments of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 20112012 is $6.4$4.5 million.

Commodity price risk

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2011,2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 146,600140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 10.9%9.4 % ($83.579.8 million) of our News Media segment’s cost of sales, selling and administrativeoperating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our income, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (ourNewsprint Supplier”Supplier). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates for purchases aboveif certain thresholds are met and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint. Our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier is a 3-year agreementexpires on December 31, 2014 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew this agreement or that our Newsprint Supplier will continue to supply newsprint to us on favourable terms or at all after the expiry of our agreement. If we are unable to continue to source newsprint from our Newsprint Supplier on favourable terms, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially, which could materially adversely affect the profitability of our newspaper business and our results of operations. We also rely on our Newsprint Supplier for deliveries of newsprint. The availability of our newsprint supply, and therefore our operations, may be adversely affected by various factors, including labor disruptions affecting our Newsprint Supplier or the cessation of operations of our Newsprint Supplier.

In addition, since our newspaper operations are labour intensive and located across Canada, our newspaper business has a relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, our revenue may decrease while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to ourthe Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, ourthe Company continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011,2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of ourthe Company’s consolidated trade receivables. OurThe Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $30.4$29.6 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($39.130.4 million as of December 31, 2010)2011). As of December 31, 2011, 7.9%2012, 9.9 % of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.5%(7.9 % as of December 31, 2010)2011).

OurThe Company believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. OurThe Company does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, ourthe Company and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When ourthe Company and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with ourthe Company’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Fair value of financial instruments

See “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Additional Information – RisksFinancial Instruments and UncertaintiesFinancial Risk – Fair Value of Financial Instruments” in this annual report.

Material limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Principal repayments

As of December 31, 2011,2012, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments on long-term debt required in each of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:

 

Twelve month period ending December 31,

        
(in millions)      

2012

  $80.3  

2013

   180.4    $21.3  

2014

   498.1     96.4  

2015

   199.0     195.2  

2016

   1,230.3     642.4  

2017 and thereafter

   1,660.0  

2017

   10.7  

2018 and thereafter

   3,777.6  
  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $3,848.1    $4,743.6  
  

 

 

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

A - None.

A-None.

B - Not applicable.

B-Not applicable.

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

A - Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

A-Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.

B - Use of Proceeds

B-Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As at the end of the period covered by this report, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Chief Financial Officer, together with members of Quebecor Media’s senior management, have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under theSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under theSecurities Exchange Actis recorded, processed, summarized and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that Quebecor Media’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under theSecurities Exchange Actis accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Quebecor Media’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Company (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under theSecurities Exchange Act of 1934). Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of Quebecor Media’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and that receipts and expenditures of Quebecor Media are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Quebecor Media; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Quebecor Media’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Quebecor Media’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework inInternal Control – Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.2012.

Pursuant to theDodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related SEC rules, Quebecor Media is not required to include in its annual report an attestation report of Quebecor Media’s registered public

accounting firm regarding our internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was therefore not subject to attestation procedures by our registered public accounting firm.

There have been no changes in Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “independent” director, as defined under SEC rules.

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

We have a Code of Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of Quebecor Media, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is included as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The audited consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 20112012 are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Our Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors’ compensation. In February 2012, theThe Audit Committee reviewed itsadopted a policy relating to the pre-approval of services to be rendered by its independent auditor.auditors. The Audit Committee pre-approvedpre-approves all audit services, determineddetermines which non-audit services the independent auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorizedauthorizes permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors to the extent those services are permitted by theSarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors pursuant to the “de minimisexception” to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit services. The following table presents the aggregate fees billed for professional services and other services rendered by our independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

  2012   2011   2010 
  2011   2010 

Audit Fees(1)

  $2,978,183    $3,647,806    $2,810,841    $2,978,183    $3,647,806  

Audit related Fees(2)

   229,296     205,322     245,103     229,296     205,322  

Tax Fees(3)

   50,782     115,006     74,685     50,782     115,006  

All Other Fees(4)

   72,408     64,675     82,316     72,408     64,675  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $3,330,669    $4,032,809    $3,212,945    $3,330,669    $4,032,809  

 

(1)Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Company with the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues and translation. It also includes audit and attestation services required by statute or regulation, such as comfort letters and consents, SEC prospectus and registration statements, other filings and other offerings, including annual reports and SEC forms and statutory audits.
(2)Audit related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards on proposed transactions, due diligence or accounting work related to acquisitions; employee benefit plan audits, and audit or attestation services not required by statute or regulation.
(3)Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refunds, tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, transfer pricing, and requests for advance tax rulings or technical interpretations.
(4)All Other Fees include fees billed for forensic accounting and occasional training services, assistance with respect to internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On January 1, 2011, accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, as used by publicly accountable enterprises, were replaced by, and fully converged to, IFRS. Accordingly, our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and in particular, they were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 1 First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.

Our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and as at January 1, 20102011 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2011,2012, including the notes thereto and together with the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1  Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media as of January 17, 2013.
  1.2By-laws of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
1.2Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed February 3, 2003 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit1.3 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002,2011, filed on March 31, 2003)22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.3By-laws of Quebecor Media (translation).
1.4Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed December 5, 2003 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 31, 2004).
1.5Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed January 16, 2004 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 31, 2004).
1.6Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed November 26, 2004 (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005).
1.7  By-law number 2004-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005)2005, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.8  1.4  By-law number 2004-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005).

1.9Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media, as of January 14, 2005, (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.9 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006)Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.10  1.5  By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.10 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 31, 2006)2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.11Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media, as of January 12, 2007 (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.11 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 30, 2007).
1.12  1.6  By-law number 2007-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.12 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 30, 2007)2007, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.13Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media, as of November 30, 2007 (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.13 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on March 27, 2008).
1.14  1.7  By-law number 2007-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.14 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on March 27, 2008)2008, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.15  1.8  By-law number 2008-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.15 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 12, 2009)2009, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.1  Form of 7 3/4% Senior Note due 2016 of Quebecor Media originally issued on January 17, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006)2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).

2.2  7 3/4% Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006)2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.3  Form of 7 3/4% Senior Note due 2016 of Quebecor Media originally issued on October 5, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
2.4  7 3/4% Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
2.5  Form of 7 3/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 of Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.6  Indenture relating to Quebecor Media’s 7 3/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).

2.7  Form of 6 75/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 20142023 of Videotron (incorporated by reference toQuebecor Media (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697)2.8 below).
2.8Indenture, relating to Quebecor Media’s 6 5/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.
  2.9  Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 65 73/84% Videotron Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference2023 of Quebecor Media (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697)2.10 below).
2.9  2.10  Indenture, relating to Videotron 6Quebecor Media’s 5 73/84% Senior Notes due 2014,January 15, 2023, dated as of October 8, 2003,11, 2012, by and among Videotron, the subsidiary guarantors signatory theretobetween Quebecor Media, and Wells FargoU.S. Bank Minnesota, N.A.,National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).trustee.
2.10Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, by and among Videotron Ltd., SuperClub Videotron Canada inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
2.11Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, Videotron US Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.12Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron, 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.13Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.7 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.14Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.15Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.9 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.16Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).

2.17Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.18  Form of 6 3/8% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
2.19  2.12  Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of Videotron’s 6 3/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
2.20  2.13  Indenture relating to Videotron 6 3/8% Senior Notes, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
2.21  2.14  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, Videotron US Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).

2.22Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.23  2.15  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.24  2.16  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.15 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.25  2.17  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.19 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.26Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.20 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).

2.27Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.21 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.28  2.18  Form of 9 1/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.14 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.29  2.19  Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 9 1/8% Senior Notes of Videotron due April 15, 2018 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.13 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.30  2.20  Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.31Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.32  2.21  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2009, by and among Videotron Ltd., Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron US Inc. and 9193-2926 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.16 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
2.33  2.22  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.21 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.34  2.23  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.22 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.35  2.24  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.29 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.36Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.30 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).

2.37Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.31 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.38  2.25  Form of 7 1/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
2.39  2.26  Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 7 1/8% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
2.40  2.27  Indenture relating to Videotron 7 1/8% Senior Notes, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010)2010, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.41  2.28  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.24 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.42  2.29  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.25 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.43  2.30  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.37 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.44Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.38 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.45Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.39 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.46  2.31  Form of 6  7/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.47  2.32  Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 6  7/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).

2.48  2.33  Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.49Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.43 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.50Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.44 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).
2.51  2.34  Form of 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.52  2.35  Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).

2.53  2.36  Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
3.1  Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media, together with a summary thereof in the English-language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
3.2  Letter Agreement dated December 11, 2000 between Quebecor Inc. and Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.2 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001 Registration Statement 333-13792).
3.3Written Resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media on May 5, 2003 relating to the increase in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 31, 2004).
3.4Written resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media on May 11, 2010 relating to the decrease in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).
3.5  Written resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media on May 25, 2011 relating to the decrease in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Quebecor Media’a Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).

  3.4Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, amending the Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media.
4.1  Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006).
4.2  First Amending Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2010, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2006 among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.3  Second AmendingAmendment Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among,inter alia, Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.4  Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2006, by and between Société Générale (Canada), as lender, and Quebecor Media, as borrower (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
4.5  First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 among Quebecor Media, as borrower, and Société Générale (Canada), as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 333-13792).

4.6  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Videotron, Videotron Infrastructures Inc., Jobboom Inc., Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., and Videotron L.P., as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.7  Form of Guarantee of the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule D of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.8  Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Videotron Ltd. and the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012)2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
7.1  Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
8.1  Subsidiaries of Quebecor MediaMedia.
11.1  Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 12, 2009).Ethics.
12.1  Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2  Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act Act of 2002.

13.1  Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2  Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of theSarbanes-Oxley Actof 2002.

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

 

Name:

Jean-François Pruneau

Title:Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 22, 201220, 2013

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmErnst & Young LLP to the Board of Directors and to the Shareholders of Quebecor Media Inc.(with respect to Quebecor Media’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010)

  F-2

Consolidated financial statements

  

Consolidated statements of income

   F-3  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

   F-4  

Consolidated statements of equity

   F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

   F-6  

Consolidated balance sheets

   F-8  

Segmented information

   F-10  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-12F-14  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and to the shareholders of

Quebecor Media Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 20112012 and 2010, and January 1, 2010,2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 20112012 and 2010, and January 1, 2010,2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and 2010,2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Montréal, Canada 

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP(1)

March 22, 201220, 2013 Chartered Accountants

 

(1) 

CPA auditor, CA, AUDITOR PERMIT NO. 9298public accountancy permit no. A104687

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  Note   2011 2010   Note   2012 2011 2010 

Revenues

   2    $4,206.6   $4,000.1     2    $4,351.8   $4,206.6   $4,000.1  

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

   3     2,870.4    2,648.2  

Employee costs

   3     1,057.8    1,011.4    935.3  

Purchase of goods and services

   3     1,888.7    1,859.0    1,712.9  

Amortization

     509.3    396.7       597.7    509.3    396.7  

Financial expenses

   4     311.5    300.7     4     326.4    311.5    300.7  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   5     (54.6  (46.1   5     (198.3  (54.6  (46.1

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   6     30.2    37.1     6     29.4    30.2    37.1  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   7     201.5    —      —    

Loss on debt refinancing

   7     6.6    12.3     8     67.7    6.6    12.3  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income before income taxes

     533.2    651.2       380.9    533.2    651.2  

Income taxes

   9     146.4    162.6     10     137.0    146.4    162.6  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

    $386.8   $488.6      $243.9   $386.8   $488.6  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income attributable to:

           

Shareholders

    $374.0   $470.3      $245.7   $374.0   $470.3  

Non-controlling interests

     12.8    18.3       (1.8  12.8    18.3  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  Note   2011 2010   Note   2012 2011 2010 

Net income

    $386.8   $488.6      $243.9   $386.8   $488.6  

Other comprehensive loss:

           

Gain (loss) on translation of net investments in foreign operations

     1.6    (2.9

(Loss) gain on translation of net investments in foreign operations

     (1.4  1.6    (2.9

Cash flows hedges:

           

(Loss) gain on valuation of derivative financial instruments

     (9.5  43.0  

Gain (loss) on valuation of derivative financial instruments

     33.1    (9.5  43.0  

Deferred income taxes

     (2.0  (2.7     2.9    (2.0  (2.7

Defined benefit plans:

           

Actuarial loss and net change in asset limit and in minimum funding liability

   27     (91.0  (64.0   28     (36.3  (91.0  (64.0

Deferred income taxes

     24.0    16.9       9.6    24.0    16.9  

Reclassification to income:

           

Other comprehensive loss related to cash flows hedges

   7     0.8    8.4  

Other comprehensive (gain) loss related to cash flows hedges

   8     (15.3  0.8    8.4  

Deferred income taxes

     (0.2  (2.5     0.5    (0.2  (2.5
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 
     (76.3  (3.8     (6.9  (76.3  (3.8
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income

    $310.5   $484.8      $237.0   $310.5   $484.8  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

     

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

      

Shareholders

    $305.9   $469.0      $241.6   $305.9   $469.0  

Non-controlling interests

     4.6    15.8       (4.6  4.6    15.8  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  Equity attributable to shareholders       Equity attributable to shareholders     
  Capital
stock
(note 20)
   Contributed
surplus
 Deficit Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
(note 22)
 Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling-
interests
 Total
equity
   Capital
stock

(note 21)
 Contributed
surplus
 Deficit Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
(note 23)
 Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests
 Total
equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2009 as previously reported under Canadian GAAP

  $1,752.4    $3,223.1   $(2,524.6 $(20.1 $—     $2,430.8  

IFRS adjustments (note 29)

   —       (44.5  (83.8  1.4    119.4    (7.5
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   1,752.4     3,178.6    (2,608.4  (18.7  119.4    2,423.3    $1,752.4   $3,178.6   $(2,608.4 $(18.7 $119.4   $2,423.3  

Net income

   —       —      470.3    —      18.3    488.6     —      —      470.3    —      18.3    488.6  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   —       —      (44.6  43.3    (2.5  (3.8   —      —      (44.6  43.3    (2.5  (3.8

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

   —       (2.0  —      —      (1.0  (3.0   —      (2.0  —      —      (1.0  (3.0

Dividends

   —       —      (87.5  —      (2.4  (89.9   —      —      (87.5  —      (2.4  (89.9
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   1,752.4     3,176.6    (2,270.2  24.6    131.8    2,815.2     1,752.4    3,176.6    (2,270.2  24.6    131.8    2,815.2  

Net income

   —       —      374.0    —      12.8    386.8     —      —      374.0    —      12.8    386.8  

Other comprehensive loss

   —       —      (58.8  (9.3  (8.2  (76.3   —      —      (58.8  (9.3  (8.2  (76.3

Issuance of shares of a subsidiary

   —       —      —      —      1.0    1.0     —      —      —      —      1.0    1.0  

Dividends

   —       —      (100.0  —      (1.2  (101.2   —      —      (100.0  —      (1.2  (101.2
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $1,752.4    $3,176.6   $(2,055.0 $15.3   $136.2   $3,025.5     1,752.4    3,176.6    (2,055.0  15.3    136.2    3,025.5  

Net income

   —      —      245.7    —      (1.8  243.9  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   —      —      (23.9  19.8    (2.8  (6.9

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

   —      (0.3  —      —      0.3    —    

Reclassification of stated capital (note 21)

   3,175.0    (3,175.0  —      —      —      —    

Repurchase of shares (note 21)

   (811.3  —      (188.8  —      —      (1,000.1

Dividends

   —      —      (100.0  —      (0.5  (100.5
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $4,116.1   $1.3   $(2,122.0 $35.1   $131.4   $2,161.9  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  

Note

  2011 2010   

Note

 2012 2011 2010 

Cash flows related to operating activities

          

Net income

    $386.8   $488.6     $243.9   $386.8   $488.6  

Adjustments for:

          

Amortization of property, plant and equipment

  12   388.4    322.9    13  457.1    388.4    322.9  

Amortization of intangible assets

  13   120.9    73.8    14  140.6    120.9    73.8  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

  5   (54.6  (46.1  5  (198.3  (54.6  (46.1

Gain on disposal of assets and businesses

  6  (12.9  —      (8.7

Impairment of assets

  6   1.5    11.9    6  7.5    1.5    11.9  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

  7  201.5    —      —    

Loss on debt refinancing

  7   6.6    12.3    8  67.7    6.6    12.3  

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

  4   12.8    12.5    4  14.3    12.8    12.5  

Deferred income taxes

  9   164.1    106.1    10  80.0    164.1    106.1  

Other

     (2.1  (7.9    6.2    (2.1  0.8  
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
     1,024.4    974.1      1,007.6    1,024.4    974.1  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operating activities

     (142.2  (139.3    134.7    (142.2  (139.3
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

     882.2    834.8      1,142.3    882.2    834.8  

Cash flows related to investing activities

          

Business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents

  8   (55.7  (3.1

Business acquisitions

  9  (2.0  (55.7  (3.1

Business disposals

  6  18.7    —      —    

Additions to property, plant and equipment

  12   (780.7  (689.0  13  (710.6  (780.7  (689.0

Additions to intangible assets

  13   (91.6  (95.2  14  (94.9  (91.6  (95.2

Proceeds from disposals of assets

     12.0    53.0      8.4    12.0    53.0  

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

  27  (10.2  —      (6.0

Net change in temporary investments

     —      30.0      —      —      30.0  

Other

     (1.7  (4.3    (1.4  (1.7  1.7  
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (917.7  (708.6    (792.0  (917.7  (708.6

Cash flows related to financing activities

          

Net change in bank indebtedness

     (0.9  3.9      (4.0  (0.9  3.9  

Net change under revolving facilities

     1.7    2.0      (19.7  1.7    2.0  

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

  18   685.8    292.7    19  2,102.1    685.8    292.7  

Repayments of long-term debt

  7   (487.1  (358.8  8  (1,202.3  (487.1  (358.8

Settlement of hedging contracts

  7   (160.2  (32.4  8  (43.6  (160.2  (32.4

Repurchase of Common Shares

  21  (1,000.1  —      —    

Dividends

     (100.0  (87.5    (100.0  (100.0  (87.5

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (1.2  (2.4    (0.5  (1.2  (2.4

Other

     1.0    —        0.1    1.0    —    
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

     (60.9  (182.5    (268.0  (60.9  (182.5

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (96.4  (56.3    82.3    (96.4  (56.3

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies

     0.1    (1.0    —      0.1    (1.0

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     242.7    300.0      146.4    242.7    300.0  
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    $146.4   $242.7     $228.7   $146.4   $242.7  
    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     2011 2010      2012 2011 2010 

Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows

           

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:

           

Cash

    $29.9   $122.1      $76.0   $29.9   $122.1  

Cash equivalents

     116.5    120.6       152.7    116.5    120.6  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 
    $146.4   $242.7      $228.7   $146.4   $242.7  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Changes in non-cash balances related to operating activities (net of effect of business acquisitions and disposals):

           

Accounts receivable

    $(13.8 $(72.5    $22.2   $(13.8 $(72.5

Inventories

     (38.1  (69.6     23.7    (38.1  (69.6

Accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions

     (18.9  (33.0     91.2    (18.9  (33.0

Income taxes

     (51.2  15.9       53.0    (51.2  15.9  

Stock-based compensation

     (14.8  9.7       (8.0  (14.8  9.7  

Deferred revenues

     22.9    46.5       (8.6  22.9    46.5  

Defined benefit plans

     (29.9  (20.0     (24.0  (29.9  (20.0

Other

     1.6    (16.3     (14.8  1.6    (16.3
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 
    $(142.2 $(139.3    $134.7   $(142.2 $(139.3
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-cash investing activities:

           

Net change in additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets financed with accounts payable

    $(26.7 $(16.4    $52.8   $(26.7 $(16.4
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest and taxes reflected as operating activities

     

Interest and taxes reflected as operating activities:

      

Cash interest payments

    $309.9   $285.0      $301.3   $309.9   $285.0  

Cash income tax payments (net of refunds)

     30.7    37.0       6.6    30.7    37.0  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and January 1, 20102011

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  Note   December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
   Note   2012   2011 

Assets

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

    $146.4    $242.7    $300.0      $228.7    $146.4  

Temporary investments

     —       —       30.0  

Accounts receivable

   10     602.6     587.3     518.6     11     578.0     602.6  

Income taxes

     29.0     6.4     1.3       10.6     29.0  

Amounts receivable from parent corporation

     17.4     8.4     8.2       11.5     17.4  

Inventories

   11     283.6     245.2     176.1     12     255.5     283.6  

Prepaid expenses

     30.5     37.1     28.7       37.5     30.5  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     1,109.5     1,127.1     1,062.9       1,121.8     1,109.5  

Non-current assets

              

Property, plant and equipment

   12     3,156.0     2,747.9     2,410.7     13     3,353.2     3,156.0  

Intangible assets

   13     1,041.0     1,036.3     1,022.2     14     956.7     1,041.0  

Goodwill

   14     3,543.8     3,505.2     3,506.1     15     3,371.6     3,543.8  

Derivative financial instruments

   25     34.9     28.7     49.0     26     35.7     34.9  

Deferred income taxes

   9     20.6     19.6     38.1     10     19.7     20.6  

Other assets

   15     92.9     93.5     93.3     16     102.1     92.9  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     7,889.2     7,431.2     7,119.4       7,839.0     7,889.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Total assets

    $8,998.7    $8,558.3    $8,182.3      $8,960.8    $8,998.7  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)

December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and January 1, 20102011

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

  Note   December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
   Note   2012 2011 

Liabilities and Equity

      

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities

           

Bank indebtedness

    $4.0   $4.9   $1.0      $—     $4.0  

Accounts payable and accrued charges

   16     764.9    723.9    736.1     17     784.9    764.9  

Provisions

   17     33.7    72.2    72.6     18     45.9    33.7  

Deferred revenue

     295.7    275.1    234.7       289.0    295.7  

Income taxes

     2.7    33.6    16.3       33.9    2.7  

Derivative financial instruments

   26     28.5    —    

Current portion of long-term debt

   18     80.3    30.1    67.8     19     21.3    80.3  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 
     1,181.3    1,139.8    1,128.5       1,203.5    1,181.3  

Non-current liabilities

           

Long-term debt

   18     3,617.6    3,483.3    3,693.4     19     4,407.4    3,617.6  

Derivative financial instruments

   25     315.4    479.9 ��  422.4     26     270.1    315.4  

Other liabilities

   19     324.2    251.2    197.8     20     327.4    324.2  

Deferred income taxes

   9     534.7    388.9    316.9     10     590.5    534.7  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 
     4,791.9    4,603.3    4,630.5       5,595.4    4,791.9  

Equity

           

Capital stock

   20     1,752.4    1,752.4    1,752.4     21     4,116.1    1,752.4  

Contributed surplus

     3,176.6    3,176.6    3,178.6       1.3    3,176.6  

Deficit

     (2,055.0  (2,270.2  (2,608.4     (2,122.0  (2,055.0

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   22     15.3    24.6    (18.7

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   23     35.1    15.3  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders

     2,889.3    2,683.4    2,303.9       2,030.5    2,889.3  

Non-controlling interests

     136.2    131.8    119.4       131.4    136.2  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 
     3,025.5    2,815.2    2,423.3       2,161.9    3,025.5  

Commitments and contingencies

   17, 23         18, 24     

Guarantees

   24         25     

Subsequent events

   30      
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

    $8,998.7   $8,558.3   $8,182.3      $8,960.8   $8,998.7  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On March 14, 2012,13, 2013, the Board of Directors approved the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,

 

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau  

/s/ Jean La Couture

Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer  

Jean La Couture, Director

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENTEDINFORMATION

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media” or the “Corporation”) is incorporated under the laws of Québec and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor” or the “parent corporation”). The Corporation’s head office and registered office is located at 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal (Québec), Canada. The percentages of voting rights and of equity in its major subsidiaries are as follows:

 

   % voting  % equity 

Videotron Ltd.

   100.0  100.0

Sun Media Corporation

   100.0  100.0

Quebecor Media Printing Inc.

   100.0  100.0

TVA Group Inc.

   99.9  51.4

Archambault Group Inc.

   100.0  100.0

Sogides Group Inc.

   100.0  100.0

CEC Publishing Inc.

   100.0  100.0

Nurun Inc.

   100.0  100.0

The Corporation is engaged, through its subsidiaries, in the following industry segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications. The Telecommunications segment offers television distribution, Internet, business solutions, cable and mobile telephony services in Canada, operates in the rental of movies and televisual products through its video-on-demand service and its distribution and rental stores, and operates specialized Internet sites. The News Media segment produces original content in Canada for all of Quebecor Media’s platforms. Its operations include the printing, publishing and distribution of daily newspapers, weekly newspapers directories and commercial inserts in Canada, and the operation of Internet sites in Canada, including French- and English-language portals and specialized sites.sites, and the operation of out-of-home advertising. The Broadcasting segment operates general-interest television networks, specialized television networks, magazine publishing, and movie distribution businesses in Canada. The Leisure and Entertainment segment combines book publishing and distribution, retail sales of CDs, books, DVD and Blu-ray units, musical instruments and magazines in Canada, online sales of downloadable music and books, music streaming service, music production and distribution in Canada.Canada and operation of a Quebec Major Junior Hockey League team. The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment offers e-commerce solutions through a combination of strategies, technology integration, IP solutions and creativity on the Internet and is active in Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

During the second quarter of 2011, certain specialized Internet sites were transferred from the News Media segment to the Telecommunications segment. Accordingly, prior period figures in the Corporation’s segmented financial information were reclassified to reflect this change.

These segments are managed separately since they all require specific market strategies. The Corporation assesses the performance of each segment based on net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, loss on debt refinancing and income taxes. The accounting policies of each segment are the same as the accounting policies used for the consolidated financial statements. Segment income includes income from sales to third parties and inter-segment sales. Transactions between segments are measured at exchange amounts between the parties.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENTEDINFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

 

  Telecommunications   News
Media
   Broadcasting   Leisure and
Entertainment
   Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
   Head office
and

Intersegments
 Total   Telecommunications   News
Media
   Broadcasting   Leisure and
Entertainment
   Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
   Head office
and
Intersegments
 Total 
                        2011                         2012 

Revenues

  $2,430.7    $1,018.4    $445.5    $312.9    $120.9    $(121.8 $4,206.6    $2,635.1    $960.0    $461.1    $292.5    $145.5    $(142.4 $4,351.8  

Net income before(i)

   1,098.8     150.1     50.5     26.6     7.9     2.3    1,336.2  

Employee costs

   365.1     345.3     152.3     55.3     89.3     50.5    1,057.8  

Purchase of goods and services

   1,045.0     499.6     270.7     224.1     46.4     (197.1  1,888.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Operating income 1

   1,225.0     115.1     38.1     13.1     9.8     4.2    1,405.3  

Amortization

   421.4     56.0     17.8     8.7     4.2     1.2    509.3                597.7  

Financial expenses

              326.4  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

              (198.3

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

              29.4  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

              201.5  

Loss on debt refinancing

              67.7  
             

 

 

Income before income taxes

             $380.9  
             

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   725.3     13.7     30.5     6.3     4.3     0.6    780.7    $669.6    $6.5    $22.1    $6.3    $4.2    $1.9   $710.6  

Additions to intangible assets

   73.2     10.8     5.8     1.8     —       —      91.6     78.3     11.9     3.3     3.6     —       (2.2  94.9  

Total assets

   6,513.3     1,616.2     506.5     182.9     118.7     61.1    8,998.7  

Total liabilities

   3,343.4     379.6     248.2     79.5     46.7     1,875.8    5,973.2  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
                        2010 

Revenues

  $2,228.8    $1,015.0    $448.2    $302.5    $98.0    $(92.4 $4,000.1  

Net income before(i)

   1,047.3     191.4     74.9     27.6     6.0     4.7    1,351.9  

Amortization

   305.0     61.4     15.5     9.8     3.9     1.1    396.7  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   651.4     11.4     18.5     4.2     2.6     0.9    689.0  

Additions to intangible assets

   71.9     12.0     5.9     5.4     —       —      95.2  

Total assets

   6,064.9     1,687.8     492.9     173.9     89.3     49.5    8,558.3  

Total liabilities

   3,130.6     690.4     241.1     76.3     29.7     1,575.0    5,743.1  

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENTEDINFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS (continued)

   Telecommunications   News
Media
   Broadcasting   Leisure and
Entertainment
   Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
   Head office
and
Intersegments
  Total 
                          2011 

Revenues

  $2,430.7    $1,018.4    $445.5    $312.9    $120.9    $(121.8 $4,206.6  

Employee costs

   326.7     363.6     142.7     54.0     78.7     45.7    1,011.4  

Purchase of goods and services

   1,005.2     504.7     252.3     232.3     34.3     (169.8  1,859.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income 1

   1,098.8     150.1     50.5     26.6     7.9     2.3    1,336.2  

Amortization

              509.3  

Financial expenses

              311.5  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

              (54.6

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

              30.2  

Loss on debt refinancing

              6.6  
             

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  

         $533.2  
             

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

  $725.3    $13.7    $30.5    $6.3    $4.3    $0.6   $780.7  

Additions to intangible assets

   73.2     10.8     5.8     1.8     —       —      91.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENTEDINFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS (continued)

   Telecommunications   News
Media
   Broadcasting   Leisure and
Entertainment
   Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
   Head office
and
Intersegments
  Total 
                          2010 

Revenues

  $2,228.8    $1,015.0    $448.2    $302.5    $98.0    $(92.4 $4,000.1  

Employee costs

   270.0     378.0     135.7     51.3     62.8     37.5    935.3  

Purchase of goods and services

   911.5     445.6     237.6     223.6     29.2     (134.6  1,712.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income 1

   1,047.3     191.4     74.9     27.6     6.0     4.7    1,351.9  

Amortization

              396.7  

Financial expenses

              300.7  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

              (46.1

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

              37.1  

Loss on debt refinancing

              12.3  
             

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

             $651.2  
             

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

  $651.4    $11.4    $18.5    $4.2    $2.6    $0.9   $689.0  

Additions to intangible assets

   71.9     12.0     5.9     5.4     —       —      95.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(i)1 

The Chief Executive Officer uses operating income as the measure of profit to assess the performance of each segment. Operating income is referred as a non-International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) measure and is defined as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing and income taxes.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

These consolidated financial statements reflect the first-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which replaced Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) as of January 1, 2011. All disclosures and explanations related to the first-time adoption of IFRS are presented in note 29. This note provides information that is considered material to the understanding of the Corporation’s first IFRS consolidated financial statements. Note 29 also presents a reconciliation of the 2010 financial figures prepared under Canadian GAAP to the 2010 financial figures prepared under IFRS, including a reconciliation of the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as a reconciliation of the consolidated balance sheets and shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2010 and as of December 31, 2010.

The IFRS consolidated financial statements have been prepared based on the following accounting policies:

 

 (a)Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and in particular, they were prepared in accordance with IFRS 1,First-time Adoption of IFRS.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments (note 1(j)) and the liability related to stock-based compensation (note 1(t)), which have been measured at fair value, and are presented in Canadian dollars (“CAD”CAN dollars”) dollars,, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate (“functional currency”).

Comparative figures for the yearyears ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been restated to conform to the presentation adopted under IFRS.for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 (b)Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Corporation. Control is achieved where the Corporation has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets and results of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the parent’s ownership interest in them. Non-controlling interests in the equity of a subsidiary consist of the amount of non-controlling interests calculated at the date of the original business combination and their share of changes in equity since that date. Changes in non-controlling interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control by the Corporation are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

 (c)Business acquisitionscombinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Results of operations of a business acquired are included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the business acquisition. Business acquisition and integration costs are expensed as incurred.

Non-controlling interests in an entity acquired are presented in the consolidated balance sheet within equity, separately from the equity attributable to shareholders and are initially measured at fair value.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (d)Foreign currency translation

Financial statements of foreign operations are translated using the rate in effect at the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, and using the average exchange rates during the period for revenues and expenses. Adjustments arising from foreign currency translation since January 1, 2010 are recorded in other comprehensive income.

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency by applying the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Translation gains and losses on assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are included in financial expenses, or in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, unless hedge accounting is used.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (e)Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main segments are as follows:

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered and, in the case of mobile devices, revenues from equipment sales are recognized in income when the mobile device is delivered and activated.delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on delivery while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(e)Revenue recognition (continued)

News Media

Revenues derived from circulation are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Advertising revenues are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites. Revenues from the distribution of publications and products are recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(e)Revenue recognition (continued)

Broadcasting

Revenues derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertisement has been broadcast on television. Revenues derived from subscriptions to specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is rendered. Circulation revenues derived from publishing activities are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Revenues from advertising related to publishing activities are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites.

Revenues derived from the distribution of televisual products and movies and from television program rights are recognized over the broadcasting period or over the viewing period in theatres based on a percentage of revenues generated, when exploitation, exhibition or sale can commence and the licencelicense period of the arrangement has begun.

Revenues generated from the distribution of DVD and Blu-ray units are recognized at the time of their delivery, less a provision for estimated returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues derived from retail stores,music distribution, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized on delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns.

 

 (f)Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generatedcash-generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statement of income up to the excess ofextent that the recoverable amount ofresulting carrying value does not exceed the asset orcarrying value that would have been the CGU over its carrying value.result if no impairment losses had been previously recognized.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (g)Barter transactions

In the normal course of operations, the News Media and the Broadcasting segments principally offer advertising in exchange for goods and services. Revenues thus earned and expenses incurred are accounted for on the basis of the fair value of the goods and services provided.

For the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation recorded $15.5$16.9 million of barter advertising revenues ($15.715.5 million in 2011 and $15.7 million in 2010).

 

 (h)Income taxes

Current income taxes are recognized with respect to amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. A deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized in other comprehensive income or otherwise directly in equity to the extent that it relates to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in the same or a different period.

In the course of the Corporation’s operations, there are a number of uncertain tax positions due to the complexity of certain transactions and due to the fact that related tax interpretations and legislation are continually changing. When a tax position is uncertain, the Corporation recognizes an income tax benefit or reduces an income tax liability only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future or that the income tax liability is no longer probable.

 

 (i)Leases

Assets under leasing agreements are classified at the inception of the lease as (i) finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee, or as (ii) operating leases for all other leases. All of the Corporation’s current leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease rentals are recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Any lessee incentives are deferred and then recognized evenly over the lease term.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (j)Financial instruments

Classification, recognition and measurement

Financial instruments are classified as held for trading, available for sale, held to maturity, loans and receivables, or as other financial liabilities, and measurement in subsequent periods depends on their classification. The Corporation has classified its financial instruments (except derivative financial instruments) as follows:

 

Held for trading

  

Loans and receivables

  

Available for sale

  

Other liabilities

•   Cash and cash equivalents

•   Temporary investments

•   Bank indebtedness

  

•   Accounts receivable

•   Amounts receivable from parent corporation

•   Loans and other long-term receivables included in “Other assets”

  

•   Other portfolio investments included in “Other assets”

  

•   Accounts payable and accrued charges

•   Provisions

•   Long-term debt

•   Other long-term financial liabilities included in “Other liabilities”

Financial instruments held-for-trading are measured at fair value with changes recognized in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Available-for-sale portfolio investments are measured at fair value or at cost in the case of equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and where fair value is insufficiently reliable, and changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income. Financial assets classified as loans and receivables and financial liabilities classified as other liabilities are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method of amortization. Liabilities recognized as a result of contingent consideration arising from a business acquisition and included in other liabilities, are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair value and re-measured at fair value in subsequent periods. These changes in fair value are recorded in income as other special items.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges.hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(j)Financial instruments (continued)

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on (i) anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and (ii) principal payments on long-term debt in a foreign currency.debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt, and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed CADCAN dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed CADCAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(j)Financial instruments (continued)

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

 

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that are ineffective or that aredo not designated as hedges,qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long term-debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract and are accordingly accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (k)Financing fees

Financing fees related to long-term debt are capitalized in reduction of long-term debt and amortized using the effective interest rate method.

 

 (l)Tax credits and government assistance

The Corporation has access to several government programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual products and movies, as well as music products, magazine and book publishing in Canada. In addition, the Corporation receives tax credits mainly related to its research and development activities, publishing activities and digital activities. Government financial assistance is accounted for as revenue or as a reduction in related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed, in the year the costs are incurred and when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met.

 

 (m)Cash and cash equivalents and temporary investments

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from maturity and are recorded at fair value. These highly liquid investments consisted mainly of Bankers’ acceptances and term deposits.

Temporary investments consisted of high-quality money market instruments. These temporary investments, classified as held for trading, are recorded at fair value.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (n)Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated at their nominal value, less an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. Individual trade receivables are written off when management deems them not collectible.

 

 (o)Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method or the weighted-average cost method, and net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. When the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist, the amount of the write-down is reversed. Work in progress is valued at the pro-rataprorated billing value of the work completed.

In particular, Broadcasting segment inventories, which primarily are primarily comprised of programs and broadcast and distribution rights, are accounted for as follows:

 

 (i)Programs produced and productions in progress

Programs produced and productions in progress related to broadcasting activities are accounted for at the lesser of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes direct charges for goods and services and the share of labour and general expenses related to each production. The cost of each program is charged to operating expenses when the program is broadcast.

 

 (ii)Broadcast rights

Broadcast rights are essentially contractual rights allowing the limited or unlimited broadcast of televisual products or movies. The Broadcasting segment records the broadcast rights acquired as inventory and the obligations incurred under a licencelicense agreement as a liability when the broadcast period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: (a) the cost of each program, movies or series is known or can be reasonably determined; (b) the programs, movies or series have been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the broadcast licencelicense agreement; (c) the programs, movies or series are available for first showing or telecast.

Amounts paid for broadcast rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid broadcast rights.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(o)Inventories (continued)

(ii)Broadcast rights (continued)

Broadcast rights are classified as short or long term, based on management’s estimate of the broadcast period. These rights are charged to operating expenses when televisual products and movies are broadcast over the contract period, using a method based on future revenues and the estimated number of showings. Broadcast rights payable are classified as current or long-term liabilities based on the payment terms included in the licence.license.

 

 (iii)Distribution rights

Distribution rights include costs to acquire distribution rights for televisual products and movies and other operating costs incurred that generate future economic benefits. The Broadcasting segment records an inventory and a liability for the distribution rights and obligations incurred under a licencelicense agreement when (a) the cost of the licencelicense is known or can be reasonably estimated, (b) the televisual product and movie has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the licencelicense agreement, and (c) the televisual product or movie is available for distribution.

Amounts paid for distribution rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid distribution rights. Distribution rights are charged to operating expenses using the individual film forecast computation method based on actual revenues realized over total revenues expected.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(o)Inventories (continued)

Estimates of future revenues used to determine net realizable values of inventories related to the distribution or broadcasting of television products and movies, are examined periodically by Broadcasting segment management and revised as necessary. The carrying value of programs produced and productions in progress, broadcast rights and distribution rights is reduced to net realizable value, as necessary, based on this assessment.

 

 (p)Long-term investments

Investments in companies subject to significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the share of the results of operations of the associated corporation is recorded in the consolidated statement of income. Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the proportionate consolidation method. Carrying values of investments are reduced to estimated fair values if there is other than a temporary decline inobjective evidence that the value of the investment.investment is impaired.

 

 (q)Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost represents the acquisition costs, net of government grants and investment tax credits, or construction costs, including preparation, installation and testing costs. In the case of projects to construct cable and mobile networks, the cost includes equipment, direct labour and direct overhead costs. Projects under development may also be comprised of advance payments made to suppliers for equipment under construction.

Borrowing costs are also included in the cost of self-constructed property, plant and equipment when the development of the asset commenced after January 1, 2010. Future expenditures, such as maintenance and repairs, are expensed as incurred.

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Assets

  Estimated useful life 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   10 to 40 years  

Machinery and equipment

   3 to 20 years  

Telecommunication networks

   3 to 20 years  

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(q)Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease and economic life.

The Corporation does not record any decommissioning obligations in connection with its cable distribution networks. The Corporation expects to renew all of its agreements with utility companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date so far into the future that the present value of the restoration costs is insignificant for these assets. A decommissioning obligation is however recorded for the rental of sites related to the advanced mobile network.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (r)Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

For all business acquisitions entered into since January 1, 2010, goodwill initially arising from a business acquisition is measured and recognized as the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the Corporation acquires less than 100% of the equity interests in the business acquired at the acquisition date, goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests is also recognized at fair value.

For business acquisitions that occurred prior to January 1, 2010, goodwill represented the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Corporation’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired at the date of acquisition. No goodwill attributable to non-controlling interests was recognized.

Goodwill is allocated as at the date of a business acquisition to a CGU for purposes of impairment testing (note 1(f)). The allocation is made to the CGU or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of the business acquisition.

Intangible assets

Broadcasting licenceslicenses and mastheads have indefinite useful lives. In particular, given the low cost of renewal of broadcasting licences,licenses, management believes it is economically compelling to renew the licenceslicenses and to comply with all rules and conditions attached to those licences.licenses.

Internally generated intangible assets are mainly comprised of internal costs in connection with the development of software to be used internally or for providing services to customers. These costs are capitalized when the development stage of the software application begins and costs incurred prior to that stage are recognized as expenses.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an intangible asset that commenced after January 1, 2010 are also included as part of the cost of that asset during the development phase.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

 

Assets

  Estimated useful life 

Advanced mobile services (“AWS”) spectrum licenceslicenses1

   10 years  

Software

   3 to 7 years  

Customer relationships

   3 to 10 years  

Non-competition agreements and other

   3 to 5 years  

 

1 

The useful life represents the initial term of the licenceslicenses issued by Industry Canada.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(r)Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)

Intangible assets (continued)

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant intangible assets are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

 

 (s)Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (t)Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock-basedstock option awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant. Key assumptions are described in note 21.22.

 

 (u)Pension plans and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

 

 (i)Defined contribution pension plans

Under its defined contribution pension plans, the Corporation pays fixed contributions to participating employees’ pension plans and it has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income when the contributions become due.

 

 (ii)Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans

Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using actuarial methods and are accounted for using the projected unit credit method, which incorporates management’s best estimates of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension costs recognized in the consolidated statements of income, as part of employee costs, include the following:

 

cost of pension plan benefits provided in exchange for employee services rendered during the year;

 

interest cost of pension plan obligations;

 

expected return on pension fund assets;

 

recognition of prior service costs on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

When an event gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement, the curtailment is accounted for prior to the settlement.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(u)Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

(ii)Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans (continued)

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income or loss and withinin the deficit. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, experience adjustments on liabilities, or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income and withinin the deficit.

The Corporation also offers health, life and dental insurance plans to some of its retired employees. The cost of postretirement benefits is determined using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. The benefits related to these plans are funded by the Corporation as they become due.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (v)Use of estimates and judgmentjudgments

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates, assumptions and assumptionsjudgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Although these estimates are based on management’s best judgment and information available at the time of the assessment date, actual results could differ from these estimates.

The following significant areas require management to use assumptions and to makerepresent management’s most difficult, subjective or complex estimates:

 

Accounting subject

 

Significant areas of use of estimates and judgment

(i)
Impairment of assets

•        fairFair value less costs to sell

•        value in use of an asset or CGU using a discounting cash flow method

CGU

When an impairment test is performed on an asset or a CGU, management estimates the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU based on its fair value less costs to sell or its value in use. These estimates are based on valuation models requiring the use of a number of assumptions such as pre-tax discount rate (WACC) and perpetual growth rate. These assumptions have a significant impact on the results of impairment tests and on the impairment charge, as the case may be, recorded in the consolidated statement of income. A description of key assumptions used in the goodwill impairment tests and a sensitivity analysis of recoverable amounts are presented in note 15.

Business acquisition 

•        fair(ii)

Fair value of consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired when the consideration is comprised of future contingent payments

•        fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the time of the business acquisition

Derivativederivative financial instruments, including embedded derivatives not closely related to the host contract

•        fair value of derivative financial instruments using valuation models based on a number of assumptions such as contractual future cash flows, swap rates, foreign exchange rates, and credit default premium

•        fair value of embedded derivatives related to early settlement option on debt determined with option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors

•        assessment of hedge relationship effectiveness

Pension and postretirement benefit plans

•        costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit obligations, which are based on a number of assumptions, such as the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, health care costs, and other actuarial factors

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sale returns

•        estimation of potential losses arising from customers’ inability to make required payments on a portion of trade receivables

Inventories

•        identification of inventory becoming obsolete and not being able to be sold to customers

•        estimates of future revenues used to determine net realizable values of inventories

•        estimates of broadcasting period or number of showings

Provisions

•        estimates of expenditure required to settle a present obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the date of assessment

•        assessment of the probable outcomes of legal proceedings or other contingency

Asset amortization

•        residual value and useful life of assets subject to amortization

Derivative financial instrument must be accounted for at their fair value, which is estimated using valuation models based on a number of assumptions such as future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, and credit default premium. Also, the fair value of embedded derivatives related to early settlement option on debt is determined with option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors. The assumptions used in the valuation models have a significant impact on the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of income, the gain or loss on valuation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and the carrying value of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheet. A description of valuation models used and sensitivity analysis on key assumptions are presented in note 26.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (v)Use of estimates and judgmentjudgments (continued)

 

Accounting subject

 

Significant areas of use of estimates(iii)

Cost and judgment

obligation related to pension and postretirement benefit plans

Estimates of costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit obligations are based on a number of assumptions, such as the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, the retirement age of employees, health care costs, and other actuarial factors. These assumptions have a significant impact on employee costs recorded in the consolidated statement of income, the actuarial gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and on the carrying value of other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Key assumptions and sensitivity analysis of key assumptions are presented in note 28.

Deferred income taxes 

•        projections of future taxable income to assess the recoverability of deferred tax assets(iv)

Provisions

The recognition of provisions requires management to estimate expenditure required to settle a present obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the date of assessment. An assessment of the probable outcomes of legal proceedings or other contingency is also required. A description of the main provisions, including management expectations on the potential effect on the consolidated financial statements of the possible outcomes of legal disputes, is presented in note 18.

The following areas represent management’s most significant judgments, apart from those involving estimates:

 

•        probability that a tax benefit will be realized or that an income tax liability is no longer probable in order to assess uncertain tax positions considering tax interpretation, legislation, risk or other relevant factor

Government assistance 

•        establishing reasonable assurance that government subsidies will be realized

(i)
Determination of useful life periods for the amortization of assets with finite useful lives

For each class of assets with finite useful lives, management has to determine over which period the Corporation will consume the assets’ future economic benefits. The determination of a useful life period involves judgment and has an impact on the amortization charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

Stock-based compensation 

•        fair value(ii)

Determination of CGUs for the Corporation’s stock-based compensation liability determined using an option-pricing model based on a numberpurpose of assumptions, including risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and remaining life of the options

impairment test

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the group of assets. In identifying assets to group in CGUs, the Corporation considers, among other factors, offering bundled services, sharing telecommunication or broadcasting networks infrastructure, integration of media assets, geographical proximity, similarity on exposure to market risk, and materiality. The determination of CGUs could affect the results of impairment tests and, as the case may be, the impairment charge recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

Revenue recognition 

•        provisions for estimated returns(iii)

Determination if early settlement options are not closely related to their debt contract

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. Judgment is required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

 

•        estimates
(iv)Interpretation of the average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the telecommunications network

laws and regulations

Interpretation of laws and regulation, including tax regulations, requires judgment from management that could have an impact on the recognition of provisions for legal litigation and income taxes in the consolidated financial statements.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 (w)Recent accounting pronouncements

TheUnless otherwise indicated, based on current facts and circumstances, the Corporation hasdoes not early adoptedexpect to be materially affected by the application of the following new standards and adoption impacts on the consolidated financial statements have not yet been determined:standards.

 

New and amended standards

 

Expected changes to existing standards

(i)

IFRS 9 –Financial Instruments

(Effective from is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted)permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39,Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.

 IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39,Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.
(ii)

IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)permitted.

IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.

 IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.
(iii)

IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)permitted.

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31,Interests in Joint Ventures, with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.

 IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31,Interests in Joint Ventures, with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.
(iv)

IFRS 12 – Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

(Effective fromis required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)permitted.

IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off balance sheet vehicles.

IAS 19 – Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended)

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013 with retrospective application)

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recognized in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period.

IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off-balance sheet vehicles.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(w)Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

(v)IAS 19 – Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended) is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013.

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the consolidated statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in deficit or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period. The adoption of the amended standard will have the following impacts on years ended December 31:

Consolidated statement of income

Increase (decrease)

  2012  2011 

Employee costs

  $4.4   $2.8  

Net interest cost on defined benefit plans

   12.3    9.8  

Income tax expense

   (4.5  (3.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $(12.2 $(9.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

   

Shareholders

  $(11.1 $(8.4

Non-controlling interests

   (1.1  (0.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Increase (decrease)

  2012  2011 

Net income

  $(12.2 $(9.2

Actuarial loss

   (18.3  (14.2

Deferred income taxes related to actuarial loss

   4.9    3.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $1.2   $1.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

   

Shareholders

  $0.7   $0.7  

Non-controlling interests

   0.5    0.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

2.REVENUES

The breakdown of revenues between services rendered and product sales is as follows:

 

  2011   2010   2012   2011   2010 

Services rendered

  $3,555.3    $3,322.9    $3,717.6    $3,555.3    $3,322.9  

Product sales

   651.3     677.2     634.2     651.3     677.2  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $4,206.6    $4,000.1    $4,351.8    $4,206.6    $4,000.1  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

3.COSTEMPLOYEE COSTS AND PURCHASE OF SALES, SELLINGGOODS AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSESSERVICES

The main components are as follows:

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Employee costs

  $1,131.5   $1,052.2    $1,181.9   $1,131.5   $1,052.2  

Less: Employee costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

   (124.1  (120.1  (116.9
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   1,057.8    1,011.4    935.3  

Purchase of goods and services

    

Royalties, rights and creation costs

   617.1    585.3     664.6    631.0    598.2  

Cost of retail products

   337.8    262.3     302.2    337.8    262.3  

Marketing, circulation and distribution expenses

   194.4    223.1     189.6    182.3    180.5  

Service and printing contracts

   202.7    159.4     229.9    214.8    202.0  

Paper, ink and printing supplies

   112.9    102.6     113.2    112.9    102.6  

Other

   394.1    380.2     389.2    380.2    367.3  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   2,990.5    2,765.1     1,888.7    1,859.0    1,712.9  

Employee costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

   (120.1  (116.9
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $2,870.4   $2,648.2    $2,946.5   $2,870.4   $2,648.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

4.FINANCIAL EXPENSES

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Interest on long-term debt

  $303.2   $284.8    $311.7   $303.2   $284.8  

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

   12.8    12.5     14.3    12.8    12.5  

Loss on foreign currency translation on current monetary items

   1.6    3.2     3.2    1.6    3.2  

Other

   (6.1  0.2     (2.8  (6.1  0.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $311.5   $300.7    $326.4   $311.5   $300.7  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

5.GAIN ON VALUATION AND TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Gain on embedded derivatives and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

  $(55.2 $(41.3  $(197.5 $(55.2 $(41.3

Gain on foreign currency translation of financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

   —      (6.9   —      —      (6.9

Gain on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

   (1.1  —      —    

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

   0.6    2.1     0.3    0.6    2.1  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(54.6 $(46.1  $(198.3 $(54.6 $(46.1
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

6.RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS

 

  2011   2010   2012 2011   2010 

Restructuring of operations

  $27.4    $34.7    $33.3   $27.4    $34.7  

Impairment of assets

   1.5     11.9     7.5    1.5     11.9  

Other special items

   1.3     (9.5

Gain on disposal of assets and businesses

   (12.9  —       (8.7

Other

   1.5    1.3     (0.8
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
  $30.2    $37.1    $29.4   $30.2    $37.1  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

 (a)Telecommunications

DuringFor the third quarter of 2010,year ended December 31, 2012, Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”) launched its new advanced mobile network. Since then, Videotron has been incurringrecorded costs of $0.5 million for the migration of its existingpre-existing Mobile Virtual Network Operator subscribers to its new mobile network. A charge of $14.8network ($14.8 million was recorded in 2011 ($13.9and $13.9 million in 2010).

In 2011, theThe Telecommunications segment recorded othera charge for restructuring chargescosts of $0.6 million ($0.6 million in 2010).2011 and 2010. A gain of $3.3 million related to the sale of assets and an impairment charge of $0.2 million were also recorded in 2010.

 

 (b)News Media

In recent years, the CorporationNews Media segment has implemented various restructuring initiatives to reduce operating costs and, in particular, during the third quarter of 2012, the News Media segment’s operating costs.segment announced the reorganization of its editorial, advertising and industrial operations in Canada. As a result of these initiatives, the News Media segment recorded restructuring costs of $11.0$31.8 million in 2012 ($11.0 million in 2011 ($17.9and $17.9 million in 2010), mainly related to the elimination of positions at several publications.

As part of thethese restructuring initiatives, certainan impairment charge of $7.5 million related to tangible and intangible assets was recorded in 2012 ($0.8 million in 2011 and $3.5 million in 2010). Certain assets were also sold in the second quarter of 2010, resulting in a net gain of $4.9 million in 2010. An impairment charge of $0.8 million related to certain assets was also recorded in 2011 ($3.5 million in 2010).

(c)Broadcasting

In 2010, the Broadcasting segment decided to terminate the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV. As a result of this decision, the Broadcasting segment recorded an impairment charge of $0.7 million on certain equipment and broadcasting rights in 2011 ($8.2 million in 2010).

Restructuring charges of $0.8 million primarily related to the elimination of positions ($1.4 million in 2010) and charges related to other special items of $0.2 million were also recorded in 2011. Finally, a gain on disposal of assets of $0.5 million was recorded in 2010.million.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

6.RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS (continued)

 

 (c)Broadcasting

In the second quarter of 2012, the Broadcasting segment disposed of its interests in two specialized channels, The Cave and mysteryTV, for a total cash consideration of $17.9 million, resulting in a gain of $12.9 million. The Broadcasting segment also recorded a charge for restructuring costs of $0.1 million in 2012 ($0.8 million in 2011 and $1.4 million in 2010), a charge for other special items of $0.2 million in 2011 and a gain on disposal of assets of $0.5 million in 2010.

In 2011, the Broadcasting segment recorded an impairment charge on certain equipment and broadcasting rights of $0.7 million ($8.2 million in 2010) related to the termination of the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV.

(d)Other segments

In 2011,2012, other segments recorded restructuring costs of $0.2$0.9 million ($0.90.2 million in 2011 and $0.9 million in 2010) and a charge for other special items of $1.5 million (a charge of $1.1 million (ain 2011 and a gain of $0.8 million in 2010).2010 ).

 

7.IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

News Media and Leisure and Entertainment

In October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. Continuing weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries led the Corporation to perform impairment tests on the News Media and Music CGUs. The Corporation concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of both CGUs. Accordingly, a goodwill impairment charge of $145.0 million (without any tax consequences) and an impairment charge of $30.0 million on mastheads and customer relationships were recorded in the News Media segment and a goodwill impairment charge of $12.0 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded in the Leisure and Entertainment segment.

Broadcasting

As a result of new tariffs adopted in 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, the costs of the magazine publishing activities have been adversely affected. Accordingly, the Corporation reviewed its business plan for these activities and performed an impairment test on the Publishing CGU included in the Broadcasting segment. The Corporation concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of the Publishing CGU and a goodwill impairment charge of $14.5 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded during the first quarter of 2012.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

8.LOSS ON DEBT REFINANCING

2012

In March 2012, Videotron redeemed all of its 6.875% Senior Notes due January 2014 in an aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million for a cash consideration of $394.1 million.

In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 2016 and settled hedging contracts for a total cash consideration of $304.9 million.

In November 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 2016 for a cash consideration of $327.1 million.

In December 2012, Quebecor Media prepaid the balance outstanding under its term loan “B” credit facility for a cash consideration of $153.9 million.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $67.7 million (before income taxes) in 2012, including a gain of $15.3 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

2011

On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed all of its 7.625% Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled its related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $308.2 million. This transaction resulted in a total loss of $9.3 million (before income taxes).

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due in 2014 and settled its related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $303.1 million. This transaction

These transactions resulted in a total gainloss of $2.7$6.6 million (before income taxes). in 2011, including a loss of $0.8 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

2010

On January 14, 2010, the CorporationQuebecor Media prepaid drawings under its term loan “B” credit facility in an aggregate amount of US$170.0 million and settled a corresponding portion of its hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $206.7 million. This transaction resulted in a total loss of $10.4 million (before income taxes) including a loss of $6.5 million previously reported in other comprehensive loss.

In May 2010, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. (“Osprey Media”), which is now part of Sun Media Corporation since January 1, 2011, paid the balance on its term credit facility and settled the related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $116.3 million, resulting in a reclassification to income of a $1.9 million loss (before income taxes), previously reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss.million. On June 30, 2010, Osprey Media’s credit facilities were terminated.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $12.3 million (before income taxes) in 2010, including a loss of $8.4 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

8.9.BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

2012

In May 2012, the News Media segment acquired two community publications in the Province of Québec.

2011

 

In February 2011, the News Media segment acquired 15 community publications in the Province of Québec. The assets acquired were mainly comprised of goodwill of $28.7 million and intangible assets of $15.7 million.

 

In August 2011, the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment acquired a digital agency in the United States for a cash consideration and contingent amounts subject to the achievement of specific targets in the next three years.future. The assets acquired were mainly comprised of goodwill of $7.8 million and intangible assets of $11.3 million.

 

Other businesses, principally in the Leisure and Entertainment segment, were also acquired by the Corporation during the year ended December 31, 2011.

2010

 

In 2010, the Corporation increased its interest in the News Media segment’s distribution network.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

8.BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (continued)

The fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities related to business acquisitions in 2011 are summarized as follows:

 

   2011 

Assets acquired

  

Non-cash current assets

  $2.0  

Property, plant and equipment

   0.9  

Intangible assets

   31.4  

Goodwill

   37.1  
  

 

 

 
   71.4  

Liabilities assumed

  

Non-cash current liabilities

   (1.3

Deferred income taxes

   (3.1
  

 

 

 
   (4.4
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

  $67.0  
  

 

 

 

Consideration

  

Cash

   55.7  

Contingent liability

   11.3  
  

 

 

 
  $67.0  
  

 

 

 

The pro forma revenues and net income in 20112012 would not be significantly different than actual figures if all business acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year.

The amount of goodwill that is deductible for tax purposes is $29.2$0.6 million in 2012 ($29.2 million in 2011 (niland nil in 2010).

9.INCOME TAXES

Income tax expenses are as follows:

   2011  2010 

Current

  $(17.7   $56.5  

Deferred

   164.1      106.1  
  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 
  $146.4     $162.6  
  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

9.10.INCOME TAXES (continued)

Income tax expenses are as follows:

   2012   2011  2010 

Current

  $57.0    $(17.7 $56.5  

Deferred

   80.0     164.1    106.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $137.0    $146.4   $162.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table reconciles income taxes at the Corporation’s domestic statutory tax rate of 28.4%26.9% in 2012 (28.4% in 2011 (29.9 %and 29.9% in 2010), and income taxes in the consolidated statements of income:

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Income taxes at domestic statutory tax rate

  $151.4   $194.7    $102.5   $151.4   $194.7  

(Reduction) increase resulting from:

       

Effect of provincial tax rate differences

   (0.4  (1.0   (0.5  (0.4  (1.0

Effect of non-deductible charges, non-taxable income and differences between current and future tax rates

   (9.1  (7.5   (4.3  (9.1  (7.5

Change in benefit arising from current and prior year tax losses

   (0.8  (10.1   (7.3  (0.8  (10.1

Tax consolidation transactions with the parent corporation

   —      (2.7   (1.5  —      (2.7

Impairment of goodwill

   46.1    —      —    

Other

   5.3    (10.8   2.0    5.3    (10.8
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income taxes

  $146.4   $162.6    $137.0   $146.4   $162.6  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The significant items comprising the Corporation’s net deferred income tax liability and their impact on the deferred income tax expense are as follows:

 

  Consolidated
balance sheets
 Consolidated
income statements
   Consolidated
balance sheets
 Consolidated
income statements
 
  December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
 2011 2010   2012 2011 2012 2011 2010 

Loss carryforwards

  $56.9   $23.6   $22.3   $(33.3 $2.9    $22.9   $56.9   $44.2   $(33.3 $2.9  

Accounts payable, accrued charges, provisions and deferred revenue

   11.5    19.2    21.1    7.7    3.0     8.7    11.5    2.8    7.7    3.0  

Defined benefit plans

   58.4    46.9    35.3    12.5    0.3     62.4    58.4    5.6    12.5    0.3  

Property, plant and equipment

   (400.6  (348.8  (296.9  51.9    54.5     (412.1  (400.6  11.5    51.9    54.5  

Goodwill, intangible assets and other assets

   (106.3  (96.9  (77.1  6.3    18.9     (108.1  (106.3  1.8    6.3    18.9  

Long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

   (33.9  (13.9  6.9    17.8    15.6     (48.8  (33.9  18.3    17.8    15.6  

Benefits from a general partnership

   (108.6  —      —      108.6    —       (101.4  (108.6  (7.2  108.6    —    

Other

   8.5    0.6    9.6    (7.4  10.9     5.6    8.5    3.0    (7.4  10.9  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(514.1 $(369.3 $(278.8 $164.1   $106.1    $(570.8 $(514.1 $80.0   $164.1   $106.1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

9.10.INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

Changes in the net deferred income tax liability are as follows:

 

   2011  2010 

Balance as of beginning of the year

  $(369.3 $(278.8

Recognized in statement of income

   (164.1  (106.1

Recognized in other comprehensive income

   21.8    11.7  

Business acquisitions

   (3.1  —    

Acquisition of tax deductions

   —      6.0  

Other

   0.6    (2.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the year

  $(514.1 $(369.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax asset

  $20.6   $19.6  

Deferred income tax liability

   (534.7  (388.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $(514.1 $(369.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In 2011, the Corporation recognized in the statement of income a tax benefit of $0.5 million ($3.5 million in 201 0) that had not been recognized at the date of a prior business acquisition.

   Note   2012  2011 

Balance as of beginning of the year

    $(514.1 $(369.3

Recognized in statement of income

     (80.0  (164.1

Recognized in other comprehensive income

     13.0    21.8  

Business acquisitions

     —      (3.1

Acquisition of tax deductions

   27     10.2    —    

Other

     0.1    0.6  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the year

    $(570.8 $(514.1
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax asset

    $19.7   $20.6  

Deferred income tax liability

     (590.5  (534.7
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
    $(570.8 $(514.1
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation had loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $173.7$63.5 million available to reduce future taxable income, including $158.9$42.0 million that will expire between 20122026 and 20312032, and $14.8$21.5 million that can be carried forward indefinitely. Of these losses, an amount of $6.9$10.5 million has not been recognized. The Corporation also had capital losses of $944.5$883.1 million that can be carried forward indefinitely and applied only against future capital gains, of which $915.0$854.4 million were not recognized.

The Corporation has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries in the current or prior years since the Corporation does not expect to sell or repatriate funds from those investments, in which case the undistributed earnings might become taxable.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends in either2012, 2011 or 2010 by the Corporation to its shareholders.

 

10.11.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

  Note December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
   Note 2012   2011 

Trade

   25 (c)  $519.6    $528.9    $462.6     26 (c)  $523.1    $519.6  

Other

    83.0     58.4     56.0      54.9     83.0  
   

 

   

 

   

 

    

 

   

 

 
   $602.6    $587.3    $518.6     $578.0    $602.6  
   

 

   

 

   

 

    

 

   

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

11.12.INVENTORIES

 

  December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
   2012   2011 

Raw materials and supplies

  $36.1    $32.6    $27.3    $30.1    $36.1  

Work in progress

   23.3     19.2     14.3     14.2     23.3  

Finished goods

   162.1     136.7     83.4     146.5     162.1  

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

   62.1     56.7     51.1     64.7     62.1  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $283.6    $245.2    $176.1    $255.5    $283.6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cost of inventories included in costpurchase of salesgoods and services amounted to $901.2$871.0 million in 2012 ($901.2 million in 2011 ($805.7and $805.7 million in 2010). Write-downs of inventories totalling $17.6$6.8 million were recognized in costpurchase of salesgoods and services in 2012 ($17.6 million in 2011 ($3.3and $3.3 million in 2010).

 

12.13.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

For the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010,2011, changes in the net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

  Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
 Machinery
and
equipment
 Telecommunications
networks
 Projects
under
development
 Total   Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
 Machinery
and
equipment
 Telecommunications
networks
 Projects
under
development
 Total 

Cost:

      

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $443.6   $820.1   $2,836.7   $164.9   $4,265.3  

Additions

   15.9    97.7    323.7    251.7    689.0  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   (0.5  (1.3  (1.0  22.3    19.5  

Reclassification

   29.8    50.1    233.5    (313.4  —    

Retirement, disposals and other

   (68.2  (21.1  (9.5  —      (98.8

Cost

      
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   420.6    945.5    3,383.4    125.5    4,875.0    $420.6   $945.5   $3,383.4   $125.5   $4,875.0  

Additions

   25.4    197.4    324.3    233.6    780.7     25.4    197.4    324.3    233.6    780.7  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   —      (1.8  22.6    4.0    24.8     —      (1.8  22.6    4.0    24.8  

Reclassification

   2.0    33.4    254.8    (290.2  —       2.0    33.4    254.8    (290.2  —    

Retirement, disposals and other

   (10.0  (76.8  (21.4  0.1    (108.1   (10.0  (76.8  (21.4  0.1    (108.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $438.0   $1,097.7   $3,963.7   $73.0   $5,572.4     438.0    1,097.7    3,963.7    73.0    5,572.4  

Additions

   43.6    208.3    389.7    69.0    710.6  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   0.6    —      (47.4  0.5    (46.3

Reclassification

   1.9    32.1    57.9    (91.9  —    

Retirement, disposals and other

   (7.4  (91.5  (82.1  —      (181.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $476.7   $1,246.6   $4,281.8   $50.6   $6,055.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

12.13.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

 

  Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
 Machinery
and
equipment
 Telecommunications
networks
 Projects
under
development
   Total   Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
 Machinery
and
equipment
 Telecommunications
networks
 Projects
under
development
   Total 

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses:

       

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $157.3   $333.3   $1,364.0   $—      $1,854.6  

Amortization

   17.6    96.2    209.1    —       322.9  

Retirement, disposals and other

   (29.4  (11.7  (9.3  —       (50.4

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

       
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   145.5    417.8    1,563.8    —       2,127.1    $145.5   $417.8   $1,563.8   $—      $2,127.1  

Amortization

   15.8    112.3    260.3    —       388.4     15.8    112.3    260.3    —       388.4  

Retirement, disposals and other

   (4.9  (73.6  (20.6  —       (99.1   (4.9  (73.6  (20.6  —       (99.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $156.4   $456.5   $1,803.5   $—      $2,416.4     156.4    456.5    1,803.5    —       2,416.4  

Amortization

   17.1    143.9    296.1    —       457.1  

Retirement, disposals and other

   (6.1  (82.3  (82.6  —       (171.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $167.4   $518.1   $2,017.0   $—      $2,702.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net carrying amount:

       

Net carrying amount

       

As of January 1, 2010

  $286.3   $486.8   $1,472.7   $164.9    $2,410.7  

As of December 31, 2010

   275.1    527.7    1,819.6    125.5     2,747.9  

As of December 31, 2011

  $281.6   $641.2   $2,160.2   $73.0    $3,156.0    $281.6   $641.2   $2,160.2   $73.0    $3,156.0  

As of December 31, 2012

  $309.3   $728.5   $2,264.8   $50.6    $3,353.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13.14.INTANGIBLE ASSETS

For the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010,2011, changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets are as follows:

 

  AWS
spectrum
licences
   Software Customer
relationships
and other
 Broadcasting
licences
 Mastheads   Projects
under
development
 Total   AWS
spectrum
licences
   Software Customer
relationships
and other
   Broadcasting
licences
 Mastheads   Projects
under
development
 Total 

Cost:

          

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $458.5    $268.1   $190.2   $134.1   $105.6    $141.0   $1,297.5  

Additions

   —       64.8    4.6    —      —       25.8    95.2  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   —       (2.4  —      —      —       (0.7  (3.1

Reclassification

   —       42.6    3.2    —      —       (45.8  —    

Retirement or disposals

   —       (4.2  (11.0  —      —       —      (15.2

Cost

           
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   458.5     368.9    187.0    134.1    105.6     120.3    1,374.4    $458.8    $368.9   $187.0    $134.1   $105.6    $120.3   $1,374.7  

Additions

   —       63.1    3.3    0.1    —       25.1    91.6     —       63.1    3.3     0.1    —       25.1    91.6  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   —       1.7    —      —      —       0.2    1.9     —       1.7    —       —      —       0.2    1.9  

Reclassification

   —       16.2    —      —      —       (16.2  —       —       16.2    —       —      —       (16.2  —    

Business acquisitions

   —       0.5    25.7    —      5.2     —      31.4     —       0.5    25.7     —      5.2     —      31.4  

Retirement, disposals and other

   —       (0.1  3.7    (30.8  —       —      (27.2   —       (0.1  3.7     (30.8  —       —      (27.2
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $458.5    $450.3   $219.7   $103.4   $110.8    $129.4   $1,472.1     458.8     450.3    219.7     103.4    110.8     129.4    1,472.4  

Additions

   —       61.8    4.6     —      —       28.5    94.9  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

   —       (6.4  —       —      —       (0.1  (6.5

Reclassification

   —       34.1    —       —      —       (34.1  —    

Retirement, disposals and other

   —       3.2    0.6     (0.4  —       —      3.4  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $458.8    $543.0   $224.9    $103.0   $110.8    $123.7   $1,564.2  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The cost of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $297.8$358.4 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($240.3297.8 million as of December 31, 2010 and $184.7 million as of January 1, 2010)2011). For the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation recorded additions of internally generated intangible assets of $58.3$52.9 million ($60.258.3 million in 2011 and $60.2 million in 2010).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13.14.INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

  AWS
spectrum
licences
   Software Customer
relationships
and other
 Broadcasting
licences
 Mastheads   Projects
under
development
   Total   AWS
spectrum
licences
   Software   Customer
relationships
and other
 Broadcasting
licences
 Mastheads   Projects
under
development
   Total 

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses:

           

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $—      $130.8   $64.7   $31.6   $48.2    $—      $275.3  

Amortization

   14.4     37.5    21.9    —      —       —       73.8  

Retirement, disposals and other

   —       (3.2  (7.8  —      —       —       (11.0

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

            
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   14.4     165.1    78.8    31.6    48.2     —       338.1    $14.7    $165.1    $78.8   $31.6   $48.2    $—      $338.4  

Amortization

   52.4     47.6    20.9    —      —       —       120.9     52.4     47.6     20.9    —      —       —       120.9  

Retirement, disposals and other

   —       0.4    2.5    (30.8  —       —       (27.9   —       0.4     2.5    (30.8  —       —       (27.9
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $66.8    $213.1   $102.2   $0.8   $48.2    $—      $431.1     67.1     213.1     102.2    0.8    48.2     —       431.4  

Amortization

   55.6     61.9     23.1    —      —       —       140.6  

Impairment

   —       —       18.0    —      16.6     —       34.6  

Retirement, disposals and other

   —       1.2     (0.3  —      —       —       0.9  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $122.7    $276.2    $143.0   $0.8   $64.8    $—      $607.5  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net carrying amount:

           

Net carrying amount

            

As of January 1, 2010

  $458.5    $137.3   $125.5   $102.5   $57.4    $141.0    $1,022.2  

As of December 31, 2010

   444.1     203.8    108.2    102.5    57.4     120.3     1,036.3  

As of December 31, 2011

  $391.7    $237.2   $117.5   $102.6   $62.6    $129.4    $1,041.0    $391.7    $237.2    $117.5   $102.6   $62.6    $129.4    $1,041.0  

As of December 31, 2012

  $336.1    $266.8    $81.9   $102.2   $46.0    $123.7    $956.7  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The accumulated amortization and impairment losses of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $115.2$161.5 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($85.8115.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and $63.3 million as of January 1, 2010)2011). For the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation recorded $29.3$41.2 million of amortization ($22.929.3 million in 2011 and $22.9 million in 2010).

The net carrying value of internally generated intangible assets was $182.6$196.9 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($154.5182.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and $121.4 million as of January 1, 2010)2011).

Broadcasting licenceslicenses are allocated to the Broadcasting group of CGUs Broadcasting and mastheads are allocated to the News Media group of CGUs News Media.CGUs.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14.15.GOODWILL

For the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010,2011, changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

Cost:

  

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $6,956.2  

Business acquisitions

   0.1  

Other

   (1.0

Cost

  
  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   6,955.3    $6,955.3  

Business acquisitions

   37.1     37.1  

Other

   1.5     1.5  
  

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $6,993.9     6,993.9  

Business acquisitions

   0.6  

Other

   (1.3
  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $6,993.2  
  

 

   

 

 
Accumulated amortization and impairment losses:  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

  

Balance as of January 1, 2010, December 31, 2010 and 2011

  $3,450.1  

Balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

  $3,450.1  

Impairment loss (note 7)

   171.5  
  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $3,621.6  
  

 

   

 

 
Net carrying amount:  

Net carrying amount

  

As of January 1, 2010

  $3,506.1  

As of December 31, 2010

   3,505.2  

As of December 31, 2011

   3,543.8    $3,543.8  

As of December 31, 2012

  $3,371.6  
  

 

   

 

 

The net carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and as of January 1, 20102011 is allocated to the following significant groups of CGUs:

 

     December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
      2012   2011 

Industry segment

  

Group of CGUs

              

Group of CGUs

        

Telecommunications

  Telecommunications  $2,589.7    $2,589.7    $2,589.7    

Telecommunications

  $2,570.3    $2,570.2  
  

Specialized websites

   19.5     19.5  

News Media

  New Media   827.1     798.0     797.9    

News Media

   682.6     827.1  

Broadcasting

  Broadcasting   3.1     3.1     3.1    

Broadcasting

   3.1     3.1  
  Publishing   51.8     51.8     51.8    

Publishing

   37.3     51.8  

Leisure and Entertainment

  Book publishing and distribution   16.3     16.3     16.3    

Book publishing and distribution

   16.3     16.3  
  Music   20.9     20.9     20.9    

Music

   8.9     20.9  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   34.9     25.4     26.4    

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   33.6     34.9  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Total

    $3,543.8    $3,505.2    $3,506.1      $3,371.6    $3,543.8  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14.15.GOODWILL (continued)

 

Recoverable amounts

The recoverableRecoverable amounts were determined based on value in use with respect to the impairment tests performed. The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate value in use, consisting of future cash flows derived primarily from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts considered each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate was determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate. The following key assumptions were used to determine recoverable amounts in the most recent impairment tests performed as of April 1, 2011 and January 1, 2010:performed:

 

  April 1, 2011 January 1, 2010   20122 20111 

Group of CGUs

  Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
 Perpetual
growth rate
 Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
 Perpetual
growth rate
   Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
 Perpetual
growth rate
 Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
 Perpetual
growth rate
 

Telecommunications

   10.19  3.00  10.19  3.00

Telecommunications:

     

Telecommunications3

   9.03  3.00  10.19  3.00

Specialized websites

   17.88    2.00    15.00    3.00  

News Media

   11.24    1.00    11.02    1.00     12.86    0.00    11.24    1.00  

Broadcasting:

          

Broadcasting1

   11.43    1.00    11.43    1.00  

Broadcasting3

   11.27    1.00    11.43    1.00  

Publishing

   15.89    1.00    14.93    1.00     16.26    1.00    15.89    1.00  

Leisure and Entertainment

     

Book publishing and distribution1

   14.14    1.00    14.14    1.00  

Leisure and Entertainment:

     

Book publishing and distribution3

   13.97    1.00    14.14    1.00  

Music

   15.00    1.00    13.12    1.00     14.88    0.50    15.00    1.00  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   15.17    4.00    14.82    4.00     17.05    4.00    15.17    4.00  

 

1

All tests were performed as of April 1, 2011.

2

All tests were performed as of April 1, 2012, except for the Publishing CGU in the Broadcasting segment, which is as of March 31, 2012 (note 7), and for the News Media CGU and Music CGU which are as of September 30, 2012 (note 7).

3 

As allowed by IAS 36,Impairment of assets, recoverable amounts calculated as of January 1, 2010 were used in the 2011 impairment test performed for these groups of CGUs. Accordingly, pre-tax discount rates and perpetual growth rates are the same as of April 1, 2011 and as of January 1, 2010.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14.15.GOODWILL (continued)

 

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts

The following table presents, for each principal group of CGUs, the change in the discount rate and in the perpetual growth rate used for the tests performed that would have been required in order for the recoverable amount to equal the carrying value of the CGU as of April 1, 2011:the most recent impairment tests in 2012:

 

Group of CGUs

  Incremental increase
in pre-tax discount rate
(WACC)
  Incremental decrease
in perpetual

growth rate
 

Telecommunications

   3.10  3.40

News Media

   6.00    8.20  

Broadcasting:

   

Broadcasting

   2.10    2.70  

Publishing

   7.80    12.00  

Leisure and Entertainment:

   

Book publishing and distribution

   6.70    11.10  

Music

   1.30    1.80  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   6.60    9.30  

Group of CGUs1, 2

  Incremental increase
in pre-tax discount rate
(WACC)
  Incremental decrease
in perpetual

growth rate
 

Telecommunications

   4.07  4.30

Broadcasting

   3.41    4.14  

Book publishing and distribution

   7.23    11.19  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

   3.87    5.16  

 

15.1

No sensitivity tests were performed for the Publishing CGU in the Broadcasting segment, the News Media CGU and the Music CGU in the Leisure and Entertainment segment since impairment charges were recorded as a result of the latest impairment tests on these CGUs (note 7).

2

The recoverable amount of the specialized websites CGU exceeded significantly its carrying value on the latest impairment test and therefore, has a low level of sensitivity to these assumptions.

16.OTHER ASSETS

 

  December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
   2012   2011 

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

  $35.5    $34.0    $39.0    $33.6    $35.5  

Deferred connection costs

   38.7     35.3     28.6     38.2     38.7  

Other

   18.7     24.2     25.7     30.3     18.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $92.9    $93.5    $93.3    $102.1    $92.9  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

17.ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED CHARGES

   2012   2011 

Trade and accruals

  $577.6    $557.0  

Salaries and employee benefits

   160.6     166.5  

Interest payable

   33.6     23.6  

Stock-based compensation

   13.1     17.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $784.9    $764.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

16.ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED CHARGES

   December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
 

Trade and accruals

  $557.0    $516.3    $545.3  

Salaries and employees benefits

   166.5     148.2     138.7  

Interest payable

   23.6     32.2     33.3  

Stock-based compensation

   17.8     27.2     18.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $764.9    $723.9    $736.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

17.18.PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

  Restructuring
of operations
 Contingencies
and legal
disputes
 Contractual
obligations
and other
 Total   Restructuring
of operations
 Contingencies
and legal
disputes
 Contractual
obligations
and other
 Total 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $37.0   $16.6   $21.7   $75.3  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $22.7   $5.8   $9.8   $38.3  

Net change in income

   27.4    (1.8  2.6    28.2     33.3    (0.1  1.7    34.9  

Payments

   (42.6  (9.0  (14.5  (66.1   (21.4  (0.8  (1.7  (23.9

Other

   0.9    —      —      0.9     —      —      0.3    0.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $22.7   $5.8   $9.8   $38.3  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $34.6   $4.9   $10.1   $49.6  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Current portion

  $21.0   $5.8   $6.9   $33.7    $34.2   $4.9   $6.8   $45.9  

Non-current portion

   1.7    —      2.9    4.6     0.4    —      3.3    3.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The recognition of provisions, in terms of both timing and amounts, requires the exercise of judgment based on relevant circumstances and events whichthat can be subject to change over time. Provisions are primarily comprised of the following:

Restructuring of operations

Provisions for restructuring activities primarily cover primarily severancesseverance payments related to initiatives of elimination ofto eliminate positions in the News Media segment.

Contingencies and legal disputes

There existsare a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of thesethose proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position. Management of the Corporation, after taking legal advice, has established provisions for specific claims or actions considering the facts of each case. The Corporation cannot determine when and if a payment related to these provisions will be made.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18.19.LONG-TERM DEBT

 

   Effective interest
rate as of
December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  January 1,
2010
 

Quebecor Media

     

Bank credit facilities (i) (note 7)

   2.40 $162.6   $179.9   $422.4  

Other credit facility (ii)

   1.80  42.5    53.1    63.8  

Senior Notes (iii)

   (iii  1,544.6    1,202.1    1,249.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    1,749.7    1,435.1    1,735.5  

Videotron (iv)

     

Bank credit facility (v)

   2.81  69.6    —      —    

Senior Notes (iii) (note 7)

   (iii  1,898.4    1,826.8    1,613.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    1,968.0    1,826.8    1,613.8  

Sun Media Corporation (iv)

     

Bank credit facilities (note 30)

   2.75  37.4    37.8    38.3  

Other credit facilities (note 7)

    —      —      114.2  

Senior Notes (note 7)

    —      205.3    213.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    37.4    243.1    366.3  

TVA Group (iv)

     

Bank credit facilities (vi)

   5.31  93.0    91.3    89.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

    3,848.1    3,596.3    3,805.5  

Change in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk

    15.5    26.8    16.8  

Adjustments related to embedded derivatives

    (120.0  (67.5  (17.1

Financing fees, net of amortization

    (45.7  (42.2  (44.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    (150.2  (82.9  (44.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    3,697.9    3,513.4    3,761.2  

Less current portion

    80.3    30.1    67.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   $3,617.6   $3,483.3   $3,693.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Effective interest
rate as of
December 31,
2012
  2012  2011 

Quebecor Media

    

Bank credit facilities (i) (note 8)

   —   $—     $162.6  

Other credit facility (ii)

   1.75  31.9    42.5  

Senior Notes (iii) (note 8)

   (iii  2,303.7    1,544.6  
   

 

 

  

 

 

 
    2,335.6    1,749.7  

Videotron(iv)

    

Bank credit facilities (v)

   2.76  58.9    69.6  

Senior Notes (iii) (note 8)

   (iii  2,274.1    1,898.4  
   

 

 

  

 

 

 
    2,333.0    1,968.0  

Sun Media Corporation

    

Bank credit facilities

   —    —      37.4  
    

TVA Group(iv)

    

Bank credit facilities (vi)

   5.54  75.0    93.0  
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

    4,743.6    3,848.1  

Change in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk

    —      15.5  

Adjustments related to embedded derivatives

    (254.5  (120.0

Financing fees, net of amortization

    (60.4  (45.7
   

 

 

  

 

 

 
    (314.9  (150.2
   

 

 

  

 

 

 
    4,428.7    3,697.9  

Less current portion

    (21.3  (80.3
   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   $4,407.4   $3,617.6  
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18.19.LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

 (i)The bank credit facilities of Quebecor Media are comprised of (i) a $125.0 million term loan “A” credit facility reimbursed in total on January 17, 2011 (the balance was $15.5 million as of December 31, 2010), (ii)(a) a US$350.0 million term loan “B” credit facility, bearing interest at U.S. prime rate, plus a premiumfully prepaid in 2012 (the balance was $162.6 million as of 1.0%, or at the London Interbanking Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a premium of 2.0%December 31, 2011), and maturing in January 2013, and (iii)(b) a $100.0$300.0 million revolving credit facility, bearing interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, U.S. LIBOR,London Interbanking Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio, and maturing in January 2013.2016. These credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. They are collateralized by liens on all of the movable property and assets of the Corporation (primarily shares of its subsidiaries), now owned or hereafter acquired. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the credit facilities of the Corporation were secured by assets with a carrying value of $3,845.1$4,492.3 million ($3,792.53,845.1 million in 2010)2011). As of December 31, 20112012 and 2010,2011, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility. The balance of the term “B” credit facilities was $162.6 million as of December 31, 2011 ($164.4 million in 2010). The bank credit facilities were amended on January 25, 2012 (note 30).

 

 (ii)The long-term credit facility with Société Générale (Canada) for the CADCAN dollar equivalent of €59.4 million, bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, plus a premium, and matures in 2015. The facility is secured by all the property and assets of the Corporation, now owned and hereafter acquired. This facility mostly contains the same covenants as the bank facilities described in (i).

 

 (iii)The Senior Notes are unsecured and contain certain restrictions on the respective issuers, (Quebecor Media and Videotron), including limitations on their ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions. TheSome notes are unsecured and are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, at a decreasing premiumprice based on a make-whole formula during the lastfirst five years of the term of the notes and at a decreasing premium thereafter, while the remaining notes are redeemable or at a price based on a make-whole formula at any time prior to that period.maturity. The notes issued by Videotron are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Videotron. The following table summarizedsummarizes the terms of the outstanding Senior Notes as of December 31, 2011:2012:

 

Principal amount

  Annual nominal
interest rate
  Effective interest rate
(after discount or
premium at issuance)
  Maturity date   Interest payable
every 6 months on
 

Quebecor Media

      

US$ 700.0

   7.750  8.810  March 15, 2016     June and December 15  

US$ 525.0

   7.750  7.750  March 15, 2016     June and December 15  

     $ 325.0(1)

   7.375  7.375  January 15, 2021     June and December 15  

Videotron

      

US$ 395.0

   6.875  6.871  January 15, 2014     January and July 15  

US$ 175.0

   6.375  6.440  December 15, 2015     June and December 15  

US$ 715.0

   9.125  9.370  April 15, 2018     June and December 15  

     $ 300.0(2)

   7.125  7.125  January 15, 2020     June and December 15  

     $ 300.0(3)

   6.875  6.875  July 15, 2021     June and December 15  

Principal amount

  Annual nominal
interest rate
  Effective interest rate
(after discount or
premium at issuance)
  Maturity date   Interest payable
every 6 months on
 

Quebecor Media

      

US$ 380.0

   7.750  8.810  March 15, 2016     June and December 15  

US$ 265.0

   7.750  7.750  March 15, 2016     June and December 15  

     $ 325.01

   7.375  7.375  January 15, 2021     June and December 15  

US$ 850.02

   5.750  5.750  January 15, 2023     June and December 15  

     $ 500.02

   6.625  6.625  January 15, 2023     June and December 15  

Videotron

      

US$ 175.0

   6.375  6.444  December 15, 2015     June and December 15  

US$ 715.0

   9.125  9.366  April 15, 2018     June and December 15  

     $ 300.03

   7.125  7.125  January 15, 2020     June and December 15  

     $ 300.04

   6.875  6.875  July 15, 2021     June and December 15  

US$ 800.05

   5.000  5.000  July 15, 2022     January and July 15  

 

(1)1 

The notes were issued in January 2011 for net proceeds of $319.9 million, net of financing fees of $5.1 million.

(2)2

The notes were issued in October 2012 for net proceeds of $1,314.5 million, net of financing fees of $16.5 million.

3 

The notes were issued in January 2010 for net proceeds of $293.9 million, net of financing fees of $6.1 million.

(3)4 

The notes were issued in July 2011 for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million.

5

The notes were issued in March 2012 for net proceeds of $787.6 million, net of financing fees of $11.9 million.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18.19.LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

 (iv)The debts of these subsidiaries are non-recourse to Quebecor Media.

 

 (v)The bank credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures in June 2018. The revolving credit facility bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a margin, depending on Videotron’s leverage ratio. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate and Canadian LIBOR plus a margin. The bank credit facilities are secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of Videotron and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the bank credit facilities were secured by assets with a carrying value of $5,990.0$6,206.2 million ($5,505.55,990.0 million in 2010, as restated)2011). The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 20112012 and 2010,2011, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2011, $69.62012, $58.9 million (none($69.6 million in 2010)2011) was outstanding on the secured export financing facility.

 

 (vi)The bank credit facilities of TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”) are comprised of an unsecured revolving credit facility in the amount of $100.0 million, maturing in December 2012,February 2017, and an unsecured term credit facility in the amount of $75.0 million, maturing in December 2014. TVA Group’s revolving credit facility bears interest at floating rates based on Bankers’ acceptance rate, U.S. LIBOR, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio, while the term loan bears interest at a rate of 5.54%, payable every six months on June 15 and December 15. The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 2011, $18.0 million ($16.3 million in 2010)2012, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility ($18.0 million in 2011), and $75.0 million ($75.0 million in 2010)2011) was outstanding on the term credit facility. The bank credit facilities were amended on February 24, 2012 (note 30).

On December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all debt covenants.

Principal repayments of long-term debt over the coming years are as follows:

 

2012

  $80.3  

2013

   180.4    $21.3  

2014

   498.1     96.4  

2015

   199.0     195.2  

2016

   1,230.3     642.4  

2017 and thereafter

   1,660.0  

2017

   10.7  

2018 and thereafter

   3,777.6  

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19.20.OTHER LIABILITIES

 

  Note   December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
   Note   2012   2011 

Defined benefit plans

   27    $237.3    $177.4    $132.7     28    $249.4    $237.3  

Deferred revenue

     51.4     49.1     43.4       49.5     51.4  

Stock-based compensation1

   21     8.3     13.7     12.4     22     5.0     8.3  

Other

     27.2     11.0     9.3       23.5     27.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
    $324.2    $251.2    $197.8      $327.4    $324.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

1 

The current portion of $13.1 million of stock-based compensation is included in accounts payable and accrued charges ($17.8 million in 2011) (note 16)17).

 

20.21.CAPITAL STOCK

 

 (a)Authorized capital stock

An unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value;

An unlimited number of non-voting Cumulative First Preferred Shares, without par value; the number of preferred shares in each series and the related characteristics, rights and privileges are determined by the Board of Directors prior to each issue:

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (“Preferred A Shares”), carrying a 12.5% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (“Preferred B Shares”), carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend generally equivalent to the Corporation’s credit facility interest rate, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (“Preferred C Shares”), carrying an 11.25% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (“Preferred D Shares”), carrying an 11.0% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“Preferred F Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (“Preferred G Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

An unlimited number of non-voting Preferred Shares, Series E (“Preferred E Shares”), carrying a non-cumulative dividend subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

20.21.CAPITAL STOCK (continued)

 

 (b)Issued and outstanding capital stock

 

   Common Shares 
   Number   Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010

   123,602,807    $1,752.4  
   Common Shares 
   Number  Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

   123,602,807   $1,752.4  

Increase of stated capital

   —      3,175.0  

Redemption

   (20,351,307  (811.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   103,251,500   $4,116.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

On September 27, 2012, the Board of Directors approved a special resolution to increase the stated capital of the Corporation’s Common Shares by $3,175.0 million and to reduce the contributed surplus of the Corporation by the same amount.

On October 11, 2012, the Corporation repurchased 20,351,307 of its common shares held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc., a subsidiary of Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion paid in cash. All repurchased shares were cancelled. Transaction fees of $0.1 million and the excess of $188.7 million of the purchase price over the carrying value of the common shares repurchased were recorded in increase to the deficit.

 

 (c)Cumulative First Preferred Shares

All Cumulative First Preferred Shares are owned by subsidiaries of the Corporation and are eliminated on consolidation. The following Cumulative First Preferred Shares are issued and outstanding:

 

   Preferred Shares 
   Number  Amount 

Preferred G Shares

   

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   1,260,000   $1,260.0  

Issuance

   1,300,000    1,300.0  

Redemption

   (930,000  (930.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

   1,630,000   $1,630.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Preferred G Shares 
   Number   Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

   1,630,000    $1,630.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

21.22.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

 (a)Quebecor plans

��

 (i)Stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by the parent corporation, 6,500,000 of Class B shares of the parent corporation have been set aside for directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiaries. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of the parent corporation’s Class B shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the granting of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding 10 years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows: 1/3 after one year, 2/3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the stock option plan have the choice, when they exercise their options, of acquiring the Class B shares at the corresponding option exercise price, or receiving a cash payment equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of the parent corporation may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

   2012   2011 
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

   356,957   $26.99     502,381   $23.38  

Granted

   49,447    36.86     48,148    35.09  

Exercised

   (282,662  24.90     (193,572  19.63  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   123,742   $35.72     356,957   $26.99  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

   29,123   $34.92     185,876   $27.65  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 282,662 stock options of the Quebecor plan were exercised for a cash consideration of $3.3 million (193,572 stock options for $2.7 million in 2011).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$34.72 to 36.86

   123,742     8.44    $35.72     29,123    $34.92  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21.22.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 (a)Quebecor plans (continued)

(i)Stock option plan (continued)

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   2011   2010 
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

   502,381   $23.38     463,160    $22.42  

Granted

   48,148    35.09     39,221     34.72  

Exercised

   (193,572  19.63     —       —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   356,957   $26.99     502,381    $23.38  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

   185,876   $27.65     211,988    $23.69  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 193,572 stock options of the Quebecor plan were exercised for a cash consideration of $2.7 million (none in 2010).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2011:

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average

exercise  price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$19.63 to 27.11

   269,588     6.94    $24.42     172,803    $27.11  

  34.72 to 35.09

   87,369     8.84     34.92     13,073     34.72  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

$19.63 to 35.09

   356,957     7.41    $26.99     185,876    $27.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 (ii)Mid-term stock-based compensation plan

Under the mid-term stock-based compensation plan, participants are entitled to receive a cash payment at the end of a three-year period, based on the appreciation of the Quebecor Class B share price, and subject to the achievement of certain non-market performance criteria. As of December 31, 2011, 288,6492012, 439,287 units awarded to participants in Quebecor Media were outstanding at an average exercise price of $31.33 (168,612$31.97 (288,649 units at an average exercise price of $26.92$31.33 in 2010)2011).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

21.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 (b)Quebecor Media stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by the Corporation, 6,180,140 Common Shares of the Corporation have been set aside for officers, senior employees, directors, and other key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by its Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant), or the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. As long as the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29, and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options of receiving an amount in cash (equal to the difference between either the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of exercise of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of exercise or the fair market value of the Common Shares, as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options) or, subject to certain stated conditions, exercise their options to purchase Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The vesting on 400,000200,000 options is also subject to market-related performance criteria as the achievement of specific targets in regards to the fair value of the Corporation’s shares in the future.

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   2011   2010 
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

   3,515,668   $42.69     3,326,069   $40.96  

Granted

   114,000    50.18     1,096,500    46.50  

Exercised

   (695,423  38.74     (503,830  38.17  

Cancelled

   (165,533  45.15     (403,071  44.38  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   2,768,712   $43.85     3,515,668   $42.69  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

   789,921   $44.54     793,098   $41.80  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 695,423 stock options of the Corporation were exercised for a cash consideration of $7.9 million (503,830 stock options for $5.6 million in 2010).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21.22.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 (b)Quebecor Media stock option plan (continued)

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$27.86 to 37.91

   545,219     7.42    $36.06     37,751      $33.43  

  41.05 to 50.51

   2,223,493     6.84     45.76     752,170       45.09  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

$27.86 to 50.51

   2,768,712     6.96    $43.85     789,921      $44.54  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 
   2012   2011 
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options  Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

   2,768,712   $43.85     3,515,668   $42.69  

Granted

   146,000    52.06     114,000    50.18  

Exercised

   (1,480,355  43.44     (695,423  38.74  

Cancelled

   (85,350  46.66     (165,533  45.15  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   1,349,007   $45.02     2,768,712   $43.85  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

   251,266   $45.36     789,921   $44.54  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 1,480,355 of the Corporation’s stock options were exercised for a cash consideration of $12.5 million (695,423 stock options for $7.9 million in 2011).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$30.47 to 41.05

   302,848     6.53    $36.50     26,348    $35.93  

$44.45 to 46.48

   716,818     6.83     46.25     110,577     45.10  

$47.29 to 53.40

   329,341     7.77     50.15     114,341     47.80  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

$30.47 to 53.40

   1,349,007     6.99    $45.02     251,266    $45.36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

22.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 (c)TVA Group stock option plan

Under this stock option plan, 2,200,000 Class B shares of TVA Group have been set aside for senior executives and directors of TVA Group and its subsidiaries. The terms and the conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group’s Compensation Committee. The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of Class B shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange the day before the option is granted. Options granted prior to January 2006 usually vest equally over a four-year period, with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary date of the date of grant. Beginning January 2006, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the plan have the choice, at the time of exercising their options, of receiving a cash payment from TVA Group equal to the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the difference between the market value of the Class B shares and the exercise price of the option or, subject to certain conditions, exercise their options to purchase TVA Group Class B shares at the exercise price. The market value is defined as the average closing market price of the Class B shares for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was exercised.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010:2011:

 

  2012   2011 
  2011   2010   Options Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
 
  Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Options Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

   833,610    $16.35     975,155   $16.16     833,610   $16.35     833,610    $16.35  

Cancelled

   —       —       (141,545  15.04     (14,189  16.84     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at end of year

   833,610    $16.35     833,610   $16.35     819,421   $16.34     833,610    $16.35  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Vested options at end of year

   720,266    $16.59     560,952   $17.05     819,421   $16.34     720,266    $16.59  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$14.50 to 16.40

   628,412     4.44    $14.95     628,412      $14.95  

$20.50 to 21.38

   191,009     1.87     20.91     191,009       20.91  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

$14.50 to 21.38

   819,421     3.84    $16.34     819,421      $16.34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21.22.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 (c)TVA Group stock option plan (continued)

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2011:

   Outstanding options   Vested options 

Range of exercise price

  Number   Weighted
average years
to maturity
   Weighted
average
exercise price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$14.50 to 16.40

   639,479     5.40    $14.97     526,135    $15.00  

  20.50 to 21.38

   194,131     2.86     20.90     194,131     20.90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

$14.50 to 21.38

   833,610     4.81    $16.35     720,266    $16.59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(d)Assumptions to estimatein estimating the fair value of stock-based awards

The fair value of stock-based awards under the stock option plans of the parent corporation, Quebecor Media and TVA Group was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of all outstanding stock options under the stock option plans as of December 31, 20112012 and 2010 and January 1, 2010:2011:

 

December 31, 2011

  Quebecor  Quebecor Media  TVA Group 

Risk-free interest rate

   1.20  1.16  1.05

Dividend yield

   0.57  1.66  —  

Expected volatility

   34.21  29.44  36.26

Expected remaining life

   3.4 years    2.8 years    1.9 years  

December 31, 2010

  Quebecor  Quebecor Media  TVA Group 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.38  2.11  1.93

Dividend yield

   0.53  1.61  1.44

Expected volatility

   38.25  34.23  44.22

Expected remaining life

   4.2 years    3.3 years    2.7 years  

January 1, 2010

  Quebecor  Quebecor Media  TVA Group 

Risk-free interest rate

   3.22  2.37  2.38

Dividend yield

   0.72  1.31  1.54

Expected volatility

   38.67  36.34  47.65

Expected remaining life

   5.0 years    3.6 years    3.7 years  

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

21.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

(d)Assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards (continued)

December 31, 2012

  Quebecor  Quebecor Media  TVA Group 

Risk-free interest rate

   1.46  1.29  1.13

Dividend yield

   0.52  1.71  —  

Expected volatility

   31.99  23.88  37.05

Expected remaining life

   4.5 years    3.0 years    1.4 year  

December 31, 2011

  Quebecor  Quebecor Media  TVA Group 

Risk-free interest rate

   1.20  1.16  1.05

Dividend yield

   0.57  1.66  —  

Expected volatility

   34.21  29.44  36.26

Expected remaining life

   3.4 years    2.8 years    1.9 year  

Except for Quebecor Media, the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the underlying share price for a period equivalent to the expected remaining life of the options. Since the common sharesCommon Shares of Quebecor Media are not publicly traded on a stock exchange, expected volatility is derived from the implied volatility of Quebecor’s stock. The expected remaining life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate over the expected remaining life of the option is based on the Government of Canada yield curve in effect at the time of the valuation. Dividend yield is based on the current average yield.

 

 (e)Liability of vested options

As of December 31, 2011,2012, the liability for all vested options was $4.7$3.1 million as calculated by using the intrinsic value ($9.64.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and $3.9 million as of January 1, 2010)2011).

 

 (f)Consolidated compensation charge

For the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, a net reversal of the consolidated compensation charge related to all stock-based compensation plans was recorded in the amount of $8.7 million (net reversal of $4.3 million (netin 2011 and net charge of $15.1 million in 2010).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

22.23.ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME (LOSS)

 

   Translation of net
investments in
foreign operations
  Cash flow
hedges
  Total 

Balance as of December 31, 2009, as previously reported under Canadian GAAP

  $(1.4 $(18.7 $(20.1

IFRS adjustments (note 29)

   1.4    —      1.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   —      (18.7  (18.7

Other comprehensive income

   (2.9  46.2    43.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   (2.9  27.5    24.6  

Other comprehensive loss

   1.6    (10.9  (9.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $(1.3 $16.6   $15.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Translation of net
investments in
foreign operations
  Cash flow
hedges
  Total 

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $—     $(18.7 $(18.7

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (2.9  46.2    43.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   (2.9  27.5    24.6  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   1.6    (10.9  (9.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   (1.3  16.6    15.3  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (1.4  21.2    19.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $(2.7 $37.8   $35.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

No significant amount is expected to be reclassified in income over the next 12 months in connection with derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. The balance is expected to reverse over a 6 1/4-year10-year period.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

23.24.COMMITMENTS

The Corporation rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into long-term commitments to purchase services, capital equipment, and distribution and broadcasting rights, that call for total futureand to pay royalties on an out-of-home advertisement contract. Rent payments of $581.5 million, includinginclude an amount of $78.1$74.4 million for future rent payments to the parent company. The operating leases have various terms, escalation clauses, purchase options and renewal rights. The minimum payments for the coming years are as follows:

 

   Leases   Other
commitments
 

2012

  $71.3      $83.2  

2013 to 2016

   142.8       89.4  

2017 and thereafter

   188.0       6.8  
   Leases   Other
commitments
 

2013

  $61.7      $93.6  

2014 to 2017

   149.3       134.4  

2018 and thereafter

   174.8       90.2  

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ operating lease expenses amounted to $72.5$76.4 million in 2012 ($72.5 million in 2011 ($66.7and $66.7 million in 2010).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

24.25.GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of thesethe lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2011,2012, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $18.6$16.8 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

24.GUARANTEES (continued)

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

The Corporation uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. As a result of their use of financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations and equity prices. fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation and its subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments (i) to set in CADCAN dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency, and (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixedfixed- and variable rate debts.floating-rate debts, and (iii) to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. The Corporation and its subsidiaries do not intend to settle their derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation and its subsidiaries designate their derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (a)Description of derivative financial instruments

 

 (i)Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Currencies (sold/bought)

  Maturing   Average
exchange rate
   Notional
amount
 

Videotron

      

$/US$

   Less than 1 year     0.9936    $122.4  

Maturity

  CAN dollar
average
exchange rate
per one U.S.
dollar
   Notional
amount sold
   Notional
amount bought
 

Quebecor Media

        

20131

   0.9871    US$      157.3    $155.3  

20162

   1.0154    US$      320.0    $324.9  

Videotron

        

Less than 1 year

   0.9961         $      87.8    US$88.1  

20143

   1.0151    US$      395.0    $401.0  

(ii)Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Hedged item

  Hedging instrument 
   Period
covered
   Notional
amount
   Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
  CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest
and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

         

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

   2007 to 2016    US$      380.0     7.69  1.0001  

5.750% Senior Notes due 20232

   2007 to 2016    US$      320.0     7.69  0.9977  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

   2006 to 2016    US$      265.0     7.39  1.1597  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

   2016 to 2023    US$      431.3     7.27  0.9792  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

   2012 to 2023    US$      418.7     6.85  0.9759  

No hedged item1

   2009 to 2013    US$      109.8     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.22
  
  
  
  1.1625  

No hedged item1

   2006 to 2013    US$      46.6     6.45  1.1625  

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (a)Description of derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

 (ii)Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

 

   Period
covered
   Notional
amount
   Annual
effective
interest rate
using hedged
rate
  Annual
nominal
interest rate
of debt
  Canadian dollar
exchange rate
on interest

and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

          

Senior Notes

   2007 to 2016    US$      700.0     7.69  7.75  0.9990  

Senior Notes

   2006 to 2016    US$      525.0     7.39  7.75  1.1600  

Term loan “B” credit facilities

   2009 to 2013    US$      111.8     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.22
  
  
  
  
 
LIBOR
+ 2.00
  
  1.1625  

Term loan “B” credit facilities

   2006 to 2013    US$      48.1     6.44  
 
LIBOR
+ 2.00
  
  1.1625  

Videotron

          

Senior Notes

   2004 to 2014    US$      60.0     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.80
  
  
  
  6.875  1.2000  

Senior Notes

   2003 to 2014    US$      200.0     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.73
  
  
  
  6.875  1.3425  

Senior Notes

   2003 to 2014    US$      135.0     7.66  6.875  1.3425  

Senior Notes

   2005 to 2015    US$      175.0     5.98  6.375  1.1781  

Senior Notes

   2008 to 2018    US$      455.0     9.65  9.125  1.0210  

Senior Notes

   2009 to 2018    US$      260.0     9.12  9.125  1.2965  

Hedged item

  Hedging instrument 
   Period
covered
   Notional
amount
   Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
  CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest
and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Videotron

         

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

   2003 to 2014    US$      200.0     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.73
  
  
  
  1.3425  

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

   2004 to 2014    US$      60.0     
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.80
  
  
  
  1.2000  

5.000% Senior Notes due 20223

   2003 to 2014    US$      135.0     7.66  1.3425  

6.375% Senior Notes due 2015

   2005 to 2015    US$      175.0     5.98  1.1781  

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

   2008 to 2018    US$      455.0     9.65  1.0210  

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

   2009 to 2018    US$      260.0     9.12  1.2965  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

   2014 to 2022    US$      543.1     6.01  0.9983  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

   2012 to 2022    US$      256.9     5.81  1.0016  

1

These cross-currency interest rate swaps, maturing in January 2013, were used by the Corporation to hedge the foreign currency exposure under its term loan “B” credit facility that was prepaid in full in December 2012 (note 8). In conjunction with the prepayment of the term loan “B” and pending the maturity of these swaps in January 2013, the Corporation has entered into US$157.3 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the January 17, 2013 notional exchange.

2

The Corporation initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 7.75% Senior Notes due 2016 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2016 on US$431.3 million of notional amount under its 5.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, the Corporation has entered into US$320.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the March 15, 2016 notional exchange.

3

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2014 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2014 on US$543.1 million of notional amount under its 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on March 14, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$395.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the January 15, 2014 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

(a)Description of derivative financial instruments (continued)

(iii)Interest rate swaps

Maturity

  Notional
amount
   Pay/
receive
   Fixed
rate
  Floating
rate
 

Sun Media Corporation

       

October 2012

  $38.0     
 
 
Pay fixed/
Receive
floating
  
  
  
   3.75  
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months
  
  
  

 

 b)Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable, accrued charges due to external or related parties, and provisions (classified as other liabilities), approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

In accordance with IFRS 7,Financial Instruments: Disclosures, the Corporation has considered the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring its other financial instruments accounted for at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

•     Level 1:

  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•     Level 2:

  inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•     Level 3:

  inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair value of cash equivalents temporary investments and bank indebtedness classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates (Level 2 inputs). An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market (Level 3 inputs) to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation. Accordingly, financial derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using Level 2 market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (b)Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 20112012 and 20102011 are as follows:

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 
  Carrying
value
 Fair value Carrying
value
 Fair value 

Asset (liability)

  Carrying
value
 Fair value Carrying
value
 Fair value 

Long-term debt1

  $(3,848.1 $(4,002.2 $(3,596.3 $(3,773.1  $(4,743.6 $(5,007.6 $(3,848.1 $(4,002.2

Derivative financial instruments

     

Derivative financial instruments2

     

Early settlement options

   138.0    138.0    88.8    88.8     264.9    264.9    138.0    138.0  

Interest rate swaps

   (0.9  (0.9  (1.3  (1.3   —      —      (0.9  (0.9

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   3.2    3.2    (2.4  (2.4

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   (282.8  (282.8  (447.5  (447.5

Foreign exchange forward contracts3

   0.1    0.1    3.2    3.2  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps3

   (263.0  (263.0  (282.8  (282.8

 

1 

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is a liability position of $168.9 million as of December 31, 2012 ($280.5 million as of December 31, 2011).

3

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to reverse existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

The following table shows changes to the carrying value and fair value of derivative financial instruments (Level 3) in 20112012 and 2010:2011:

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 

Asset (liability)

      

Balance as of beginning of year

  $(451.2 $(373.4  $(280.5 $(451.2

Loss recognized in the consolidated statement of income1, 2

   (4.2  (31.0   (10.0  (4.2

Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income3

   22.7    (76.7

(Loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income3

   (10.2  22.7  

Settlements

   152.2    29.9     37.8    152.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of end of year

  $(280.5 $(451.2  $(262.9 $(280.5
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

1 

Gains or lossesLosses were largely related to derivative instruments held as of December 31, 20112012 and December 31, 2010.2011.

2 

The loss is offset by a gain on valuation and translation of long-term debt of $3.6$9.4 million in 20112012 ($28.13.6 million in 2010)2011).

3 

The gainloss is offset by a lossgain on translation of long-term debt of $43.3 million in 2012 (gain offset by a loss of $32.2 million in 2011 (loss offset by a gain of $119.7 million in 2010)2011).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (b)Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011,2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income Other
comprehensive
income
   Income Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

  $1.4   $7.6    $0.1   $2.0  

Decrease of 100 basis points

   (1.4  (7.6   (0.1  (2.0

 

 (c)Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011,2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $30.4$29.6 million as of December 31, 20112012 ($39.130.4 million as of December 31, 2010)2011). As of December 31, 2011, 7.9%2012, 9.9% of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.5%(7.9% as of December 31, 2010)2011).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010:2011:

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 

Balance as of beginning of year

  $39.1   $40.3    $30.4   $39.1  

Charged to income

   20.0    27.8     35.0    20.0  

Utilization

   (28.7  (29.0   (35.8  (28.7
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as of end of year

  $30.4   $39.1    $29.6   $30.4  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (d)Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will not be able to meet their financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation and its subsidiaries manage this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 5.17.1 years as of December 31, 2011 (5.02012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2010)2011).

The CorporationCorporation’s management believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, and dividends (or distributions) in the future. The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2011,2012, material contractual obligations related to financial instruments included capital repayment and interest on long-term debt and obligations related to derivative instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative instruments. These obligations and their maturities are as follows:

 

 Total Less than
1 year
 1-3 year 3-5 years 5 years
or more
  Total Less than
1 year
 1-3 year 3-5 years 5 years
or more
 

Bank indebtedness

 $4.0   $4.0   $—     $—     $—    

Accounts payable and accrued charges

  764.9    764.9    —      —      —     $784.9   $784.9   $—     $—     $—    

Long-term debt1

  3,848.1    80.3    678.5    1,429.3    1,660.0    4,743.6    21.3    291.6    653.1    3,777.6  

Interest payments2

  1,625.5    278.2    562.2    424.8    360.3    2,501.3    314.8    697.3    574.9    914.3  

Derivative instruments3

  308.1    0.5    142.8    91.1    73.7    294.4    24.7    143.1    40.9    85.7  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

 $6,550.6   $1,127.9   $1,383.5   $1,945.2   $2,094.0   $8,324.2   $1,145.7   $1,132.0   $1,268.9   $4,777.6  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

1 

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2 

Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt is based on hedged and unhedged interest rates and hedged foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2011.2012.

3 

Estimated future disbursements, net of future receipts, on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

 

 (e)Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CADCAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems and capital expenditures.expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (e)Market risk (continued)

 

Foreign currency risk (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CADCAN dollar per one U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2011:2012:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income Other
comprehensive
income
   Income Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

      

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

  $(0.9 $—      $(0.7 $—    

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

   (0.7  71.1     1.0    79.6  

Decrease of $0.10

      

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

   0.9    —       0.7    —    

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

   0.7    (71.1   (1.0  (79.6

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (BA), (ii) Canadian LIBOR, (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate, and (iii) Canadian bank(v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011,2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 84.7% fixed rate90.9% fixed-rate debt (75.2%(84.7% in 2010)2011) and 15.3% floating rate9.1% floating-rate debt (24.8%(15.3% in 2010)2011).

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating rate debt, before income tax,interest payments, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 20112012 is $6.4$4.5 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2011,2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

  Income Other
comprehensive
income
   Income Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

  $0.6   $7.4    $0.1   $2.0  

Decrease of 100 basis points

   (0.6  (7.4   (0.1  (2.0

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25.26.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 (f)Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and temporary investments.equivalents. The capital structure is as follows:

 

  December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
   2012 2011 

Bank indebtedness

  $4.0   $4.9   $1.0    $—     $4.0  

Long-term debt

   3,697.9    3,513.4    3,761.2     4,428.7    3,697.9  

Derivative financial instruments

   280.5    451.2    373.4     262.9    280.5  

Cash and cash equivalents

   (146.4  (242.7  (300.0   (228.7  (146.4

Temporary investments

   —      —      (30.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net liabilities

   3,836.0    3,726.8    3,805.6     4,462.9    3,836.0  

Equity

  $3,025.5   $2,815.2   $2,423.3    $2,161.9   $3,025.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

27.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel comprise members of the Board of Directors and key senior management of the Corporation and its main subsidiaries. Their compensation is as follows:

   2012   2011  2010 

Salaries and short-term benefits

  $7.7    $8.0   $7.6  

Post-employment benefits

   0.5     0.4    0.3  

Share-based compensation

   5.3     (0.3  10.3  

Other long-term benefits

   2.2     1.9    1.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $15.7    $10.0   $19.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26.27.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are comprised of the members of the Board of Directors and key senior management of the Corporation and its main subsidiaries. Their compensation is as follows:

   2011  2010 

Salaries and short-term benefits

  $8.0   $7.6  

Post-employment benefits

   0.4    0.3  

Share-based compensation

   (0.3  10.3  

Other long-term benefits

   1.9    1.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $10.0   $19.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2011,2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges fromwith the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $11.7$14.4 million ($14.811.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in costpurchase of sales, sellinggoods and administrative expenses.services. The Corporation and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.2$3.8 million ($3.63.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon an arm’s length basis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation. In 2011,2012, the Corporation received an amount of $2.0$1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in cost of sales, sellingemployee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and administrative expenses ($2.1$2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with the shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2010,2012, the parent corporation transferred $26.4$43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to a subsidiary of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million.million in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail inon an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2010.2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27.28.PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Corporation maintains various flat-benefit plans, various final-pay plans with indexation features from zero to 2%, and defined contribution plans. The Corporation’s policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits. The Corporation provides postretirement benefits to eligible retired employees. The costs of these benefits, principally health care, are accounted for during the employee’s active service period.

The following tables show a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 20112012 and 2010:2011:

 

  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits   Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
  2011 2010 2011 2010   2012 2011 2012 2011 

Change in benefit obligations

          

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

  $823.2   $666.1   $47.6   $41.9    $906.2   $823.2   $54.7   $47.6  

Service costs

   26.5    16.9    0.8    1.0     35.1    26.5    1.2    0.8  

Interest costs

   43.7    41.8    2.1    2.4     43.9    43.7    2.6    2.1  

Plan participants’ contributions

   16.1    14.6    —      —       15.9    16.1    —      —    

Actuarial loss

   39.7    123.2    11.6    3.8     50.7    39.7    3.4    11.6  

Benefits and settlements paid

   (43.4  (40.1  (1.0  (0.9   (46.6  (43.4  (1.3  (1.0

Curtailment gain

   —      —      (6.4  (0.6   —      —      —      (6.4

Plan amendments and other

   0.4    0.7    —      —       1.3    0.4    —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Benefit obligations at end of year

  $906.3   $823.2   $54.7   $47.6    $1,006.5   $906.2   $60.6   $54.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits   Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
  2011 2010 2011 2010   2012 2011 2012 2011 

Change in plan assets

          

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $689.9   $623.2   $—     $—      $720.1   $689.9   $—     $—    

Actual return on plan assets

   8.0    53.3    —      —       68.1    8.0    —      —    

Employer contributions

   49.5    38.9    1.0    0.9     58.1    49.5    1.3    1.0  

Plan participants’ contributions

   16.1    14.6    —      —       15.9    16.1    —      —    

Benefits and settlements paid

   (43.4  (40.1  (1.0  (0.9   (46.6  (43.4  (1.3  (1.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $720.1   $689.9   $—     $—      $815.6   $720.1   $—     $—    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27.28.PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

The planPlan assets are comprised of:

 

  December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
   2012 2011 

Equity securities

   55.9  59.5  58.8   56.7  55.9

Debt securities

   41.9    38.1    38.2     39.8    41.9  

Other

   2.2    2.4    3.0     3.5    2.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   100.0  100.0  100.0   100.0  100.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

As of December 31, 2011,2012, plan assets included shares of the parent corporation in the amount of $0.7$0.6 million ($0.90.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and $1.6 million as of January 1, 2010)2011).

The reconciliation of funded status to the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits   Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
  December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
 December 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
 January 1,
2010
   2012 2011 2012 2011 

Reconciliation of funded status

            

Unfunded benefit obligations

  $(35.2 $(33.6 $(30.6 $(54.7 $(47.6 $(41.9  $(36.5 $(35.2 $(60.6 $(54.7

Funded benefit obligations

   (871.1  (789.6  (635.5  —      —      —       (970.0  (871.0  —      —    

Fair value of plan assets

   720.1    689.9    623.2    —      —      —       815.6    720.1    —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Plan deficit

   (186.2  (133.3  (42.9  (54.7  (47.6  (41.9   (190.9  (186.2  (60.6  (54.7

Past service costs – unvested portion

   3.6    5.3    6.9    —      —      —       2.1    3.6    —      —    

Asset limit and minimum funding adjustment

   —      (1.8  (54.8  —      —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $(182.6 $(129.8 $(90.8 $(54.7 $(47.6 $(41.9  $(188.8 $(182.6 $(60.6 $(54.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27.28.PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Components of actuarial lossesgain or loss are as follows:

 

 Pension benefits Postretirement benefits  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
 2011 2010 2011 2010  2012 2011 2012 2011 

Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets:

    

(Loss) gain

 $(41.5 $9.0   $—     $—    

Difference between expected and actual return on plan assets:

    

Gain (loss)

 $17.8   $(41.5 $—     $—    

As a proportion of plan assets

  5.8  1.3  —      —      2.2  5.8  —      —    

Experience losses and changes in assumptions on benefit obligations:

        

Loss

 $(39.7 $(123.2 $(11.6 $(3.8 $(50.7 $(39.7 $(3.4 $(11.6

As a proportion of benefit obligations

  4.4  15.0  21.2  8.0  5.0  4.4  5.6  21.2

Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:

 

  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits   Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
  2011 2010 2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 2010 

Service costs

 ��$26.5   $16.9   $0.8   $1.0    $35.1   $26.5   $16.9   $1.2   $0.8   $1.0  

Interest costs

   43.7    41.8    2.1    2.4     43.9    43.7    41.8    2.6    2.1    2.4  

Expected return on plan assets

   (49.5  (44.3  —      —       (50.3  (49.5  (44.3  —      —      —    

Net prior service costs

   1.8    1.6    —      —       3.1    1.8    1.6    —      —      —    

Special termination benefits, curtailment loss (gain) and other

   1.4    1.0    (6.4  (0.6   —      1.4    1.0    (0.2  (6.4  (0.6
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net benefit costs

  $23.9   $17.0   $(3.5 $2.8    $31.8   $23.9   $17.0   $3.6   $(3.5 $2.8  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $13.2$14.1 million in 2012 ($13.2 million in 2011 ($11.7and $11.7 million in 2010).

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefits plans will be $50.1$56.7 million in 20122013 (contributions of $50.5$59.4 million were paid in 2011)2012).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27.28.PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Assumptions

The expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption is selected by first identifying the expected range of long-term rates of return for each major asset class. The Corporation’s investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans’ obligations and the investment risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Expected long-term rates of return are developed based on long-term historical averages and current expectations of future returns. In addition, consideration is given to the extent active management is employed in each class and to inflation rates. A single expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is then calculated using the weighted average return of each asset class.

The Corporation determines its assumption for the discount rate to be used for purposes of computing annual service and interest costs based on an index of high-quality corporate bond-yield and matched-funding yield curve analysis as of the measurement date.

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used in measuring the Corporation’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and current periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

  Pension benefits Postretirement benefits   Pension benefits Postretirement benefits 
  2011 2010 2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 2010 

Benefit obligations

            

Rates as of year-end:

            

Discount rate

   4.75  5.25  4.75  5.25   4.40  4.75  5.25  4.40  4.75  5.25

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25    3.25    3.25    3.25     3.25    3.25    3.25    3.25    3.25    3.25  

Current periodic costs

            

Rates as of preceding year-end:

            

Discount rate

   5.25  6.25  5.25  6.25   4.75  5.25  6.25  4.75  5.25  6.25

Expected return on plan assets

   7.00    7.00    7.00    —       7.00    7.00    7.00    —      —      —    

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25    3.50    3.25    3.50     3.25    3.25    3.50    3.25    3.25    3.50  

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 8.0%7.8% at the end of 2011. The2012. These costs, as per the estimate, are expected to decrease gradually over the next 1514 years to 5.0% and to remain at that level thereafter.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28.PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

A decrease of 25 basis point in the discount rate (at the beginning of the year having an impact on income and at the end of the year having an impact on comprehensive income) and in the expected return on plan assets would have had the following impacts, before income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2012:

   Pension benefits  Postretirement benefits 

Increase (decrease)

  Obligation
in balance
sheet
   Income  Other
comprehensive
income
  Obligation
in balance
sheet
   Income  Other
comprehensive
income
 

Discount rate

  $41.5    $(2.1 $(41.5 $2.5    $(0.1 $(2.5

Expected return on plan assets

   —       (1.8  1.8    —       —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation has access to the cash flows generated by its subsidiaries by way of dividends declared by its public subsidiaries and dividends and advances from its private subsidiaries. However, some of the Corporation’s subsidiaries have restrictions, based on contractual debt obligations and corporate solvency tests, regarding the amounts of dividends and advances that can be paid to the Corporation.

The U.S Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the non-consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation be presented when its subsidiaries have restrictions that may limit the amount of cash that can be paid to the parent corporation. These non-consolidated and condensed financial statements, as prepared under IFRS, are shown below.

Non-consolidated condensed statements of income and comprehensive income

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Revenues:

       

Dividends

  $249.1   $566.4    $821.0   $249.1   $566.4  

Interest

   32.7    14.8     1.1    32.7    14.8  

Management fees

   45.3    58.9     58.5    45.3    58.9  

Other

   39.0    9.6     43.6    39.0    9.6  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   366.1    649.7     924.2    366.1    649.7  

General and administrative expenses

   92.5    68.7     102.9    92.5    68.7  

Amortization

   2.3    1.8     6.4    2.3    1.8  

Financial expenses

   140.0    120.1     76.2    140.0    120.2  

Loss on debt refinancing

   —      10.4     69.1    —      10.4  

Loss on disposal of investments and other assets

   —      0.1  

Loss (gain) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   1.6    (22.7

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   (116.0  1.6    (22.7
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income before income taxes

   129.7    471.3     785.6    129.7    471.3  

Income taxes

   7.1    5.6     16.7    7.1    5.6  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

  $122.6   $465.7     768.9    122.6    465.7  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (13.2  22.5     (3.1  (13.2  22.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $109.4   $488.2    $765.8   $109.4   $488.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28.29.NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

Non-consolidated and condensed statements of cash flows

 

  2011 2010   2012 2011 2010 

Cash flows related to operations

       

Net income

  $122.6   $465.7    $768.9   $122.6   $465.7  

Amortization of plant, property and equipment

   2.3    1.8     6.4    2.3    1.8  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   1.6    (22.7

Loss on disposal of investments and other assets

   —      0.1  

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   (116.0  1.6    (22.7

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

   8.0    7.1     8.3    8.0    7.1  

Loss on debt refinancing

   —      10.4     69.1    —      10.4  

Deferred income taxes

   7.1    5.6     16.7    7.1    5.6  

Other

   5.9    —      0.1  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

   (1.5  10.5     (42.7  (1.5  10.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows provided by operations

   140.1    478.5     716.6    140.1    478.5  

Cash flows related to investing activities

       

Net change in investments in subsidiaries

   (32.7  (102.4   (97.3  (32.7  (102.4

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

   (10.2  —      —    

Other

   (6.2  (2.4   (3.5  (6.2  (2.4
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

   (38.9  (104.8   (111.0  (38.9  (104.8
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows related to financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred shares

   —      1,300.0     —      —      1,300.0  

Repurchases of redeemable preferred shares

   —      (930.0   —      —      (930.0

Repayment of long-term debt

   (30.3  (244.3   (760.1  (30.3  (244.3

Settlement of hedging contracts

   —      (30.9   (40.0  —      (30.9

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

   319.9    —       1,313.3    319.9    —    

Repurchase of Common Shares

   (1,000.1  —      —    

Dividends

   (100.0  (87.5   (100.0  (100.0  (87.5

Net change in subordinated loans from subsidiaries

   111.0    (1,128.0   735.0    111.0    (1,128.0

Net change in convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

   (437.1  715.6     (805.3  (437.1  715.6  

Net change in advances to or from subsidiaries

   40.8    20.2     82.1    40.8    20.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

   (95.7  (384.9   (575.1  (95.7  (384.9

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   5.5    (11.2   30.5    5.5    (11.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   8.2    19.4     13.7    8.2    19.4  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $13.7   $8.2    $44.2   $13.7   $8.2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

28.NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

Non-consolidated and condensed balance sheets

   December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   January 1,
2010
 

Assets

      

Current assets

  $61.6    $43.8    $67.0  

Investments in subsidiaries at cost

   3,736.4     3,703.7     3,601.3  

Convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

   2,493.9     2,056.8     2,772.4  

Other assets

   47.1     45.0     69.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $6,339.0    $5,849.3    $6,510.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

      

Current liabilities

  $87.5    $88.1    $130.0  

Long-term debt

   1,696.9     1,367.3     1,649.7  

Advances from subsidiaries

   107.3     66.5     46.3  

Other liabilities

   121.5     122.0     121.6  

Subordinated loan from subsidiaries

   245.0     134.0     1,262.0  

Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries

   1,630.0     1,630.0     1,260.0  

Equity attributable to shareholders

   2,450.8     2,441.4     2,040.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $6,339.0    $5,849.3    $6,510.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31,2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS

These consolidated financial statements are the first financial statements the Corporation has prepared in accordance with IFRS, as described under accounting policies (note 1). The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the Corporation’s date of transition to IFRS is January 1, 2010.

Prior to the adoption of IFRS, for all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The principal adjustments made by the Corporation in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010, and in restating its Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 are as follows:

IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions

The Corporation has applied IFRS 1 in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Corporation is required to establish IFRS accounting policies as of the transition date and, in general, to apply these retrospectively to determine the IFRS opening balance sheet at January 1, 2010. This Standard provides a number of mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions to this general principle of retrospective application. Descriptions of applicable exemptions and exceptions are set out below, together with the Corporation’s elections:

Optional exemptions

(1)Business combinations

IFRS 1 provides the option to apply IFRS 3R (revised),Business Combinations, retrospectively or prospectively from the transition date. A retrospective basis would require restatement of all business combinations that occurred prior to the transition date. The Corporation has elected not to apply IFRS 3R retrospectively to business combinations that occurred prior to January 1, 2010. Accordingly, IAS 27,Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, is also applied prospectively. Any goodwill arising on acquisitions before January 1, 2010 has not been adjusted from the carrying value previously determined under Canadian GAAP as a result of applying this exemption.

(2)Defined benefit plans

IFRS 1 provides the option to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans deferred under Canadian GAAP in opening retained earnings as of the transition date. The Corporation elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses that existed as of January 1, 2010 in the opening deficit for all of its defined benefit plans.

(3)Cumulative translation adjustment

IFRS 1 permits cumulative translation gains and losses related to net investments in foreign operations to be reset to zero as of the date of transition, rather than applying IAS 21,The Effect of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, retrospectively from the date a subsidiary was formed or acquired. The Corporation elected to reset all cumulative translation adjustments to zero in its opening deficit as of January 1, 2010.

(4)Borrowing costs

IFRS 1 allows that the transitional provisions of IAS 23R (revised),Borrowing Costs, be applied as at the transition date. As a result, IAS 23R has been adopted prospectively for projects that commenced on or after January 1, 2010 and all pre-transition capitalized interest costs recorded under Canadian GAAP have been reclassified to opening deficit on transition.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRSNON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

IFRS 1 exemptionsNon-consolidated and exceptions (continued)condensed balance sheets

 

Mandatory exceptions

(5)Estimates

In accordance with IFRS 1, an entity’s estimates under IFRS as of the transition date to IFRS must be consistent with estimates made for the same date under previous Canadian GAAP, unless there is objective evidence that those estimates were in error. The estimates previously made by the Corporation under Canadian GAAP were not revised on the application of IFRS.

(6)Hedge accounting

An entity shall not reflect in its opening IFRS balance sheet a hedging relationship of a type that does not qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS. IFRS 1 also does not permit transactions entered into before the date of transition to IFRS to be retrospectively designated as hedges. As a result, hedge accounting was applied on transition only to hedge relationships previously designated under Canadian GAAP that continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting under IFRS.

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS

The following tables present the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as a reconciliation of the consolidated balance sheets and equity as of January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)
   2012   2011 

Assets

    

Current assets

  $105.0    $61.6  

Investments in subsidiaries at cost

   4,333.7     3,736.4  

Convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

   2,799.3     2,493.9  

Other assets

   53.6     47.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $7,291.6    $6,339.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

    

Current liabilities

  $64.4    $87.5  

Long-term debt

   2,216.6     1,696.9  

Advances from subsidiaries

   189.4     107.3  

Other liabilities

   94.7     121.5  

Subordinated loan from subsidiaries

   980.0     245.0  

Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries

   1,630.0     1,630.0  

Equity attributable to shareholders

   2,116.5     2,450.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $7,291.6    $6,339.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)F-71

(a)Consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010

   Explanation   Canadian
GAAP
  IFRS
adjustments
  IFRS 

Revenues

    $4,000.1   $—     $4,000.1  

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

   (i), (ii)     2,652.3    (4.1  2,648.2  

Amortization

   (iii), (iv)     399.7    (3.0  396.7  

Financial expenses

   (iii)     265.4    35.3    300.7  

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (46.1  —      (46.1

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

   (v),(vii)     50.3    (13.2  37.1  

Loss on debt refinancing

     12.3    —      12.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and non-controlling interests

     666.2    (15.0  651.2  

Income taxes

   (ix)     166.7    (4.1  162.6  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     499.5    (10.9  488.6  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)     (18.8  18.8    —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

    $480.7   $7.9   $488.6  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   (i), (ix), (x)     43.3    (47.1  (3.8
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

    $524.0   $(39.2 $484.8  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

      

Shareholders

    $480.7   $(10.4 $470.3  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)      18.3    18.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

      

Shareholders

    $524.0   $(55.0 $469.0  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)      15.8    15.8  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(b)Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the adoption of IFRS resulted in a decrease of $35.3 million of cash flows used in investing activities and in an equivalent decrease of cash flows provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. These adjustments relate to borrowing costs previously capitalized to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets, under Canadian GAAP (note 29(iii)).

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

(c)Consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010

   Explanation   Canadian
GAAP
  IFRS
adjustments
  IFRS 

Assets

      

Current assets

   (ix)    $1,110.8   $(47.9 $1,062.9  

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment

   (iii), (iv)     2,439.8    (29.1  2,410.7  

Intangible assets

   (iii), (vi)     1,052.7    (30.5  1,022.2  

Goodwill

     3,506.1    —      3,506.1  

Derivative financial instruments

     49.0    —      49.0  

Deferred income taxes

   (ix)     12.5    25.6    38.1  

Other assets

   (i)     122.1    (28.8  93.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     7,182.2    (62.8  7,119.4  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

    $8,293.0   $(110.7 $8,182.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

      

Current liabilities

   (ii), (v)    $1,109.6   $18.9   $1,128.5  

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term debt

     3,693.4    —      3,693.4  

Derivative financial instruments

     422.4    —      422.4  

Other liabilities

   (i), (ii)     107.2    90.6    197.8  

Deferred income taxes

   (ix)     413.4    (96.5  316.9  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)     116.2    (116.2  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     4,752.6    (122.1  4,630.5  

Equity

      

Capital stock

     1,752.4    —      1,752.4  

Contributed surplus

   (vii)     3,223.1    (44.5  3,178.6  

Deficit

   (i) to (x)     (2,524.6  (83.8  (2,608.4

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (viii)     (20.1  1.4    (18.7
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders

     2,430.8    (126.9  2,303.9  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)      119.4    119.4  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     2,430.8    (7.5  2,423.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

    $8,293.0   $(110.7 $8,182.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

(d)Consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010

   Explanation   Canadian
GAAP
  IFRS
adjustments
  IFRS 

Assets

      

Current assets

   (ix)    $1,166.6   $(39.5 $1,127.1  

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment

   (iii), (iv)     2,785.9    (38.0  2,747.9  

Intangible assets

   (iii), (vi)     1,088.5    (52.2  1,036.3  

Goodwill

     3,508.2    (3.0  3,505.2  

Derivative financial instruments

     28.7    —      28.7  

Deferred income taxes

   (ix)     9.0    10.6    19.6  

Other assets

   (i)     144.2    (50.7  93.5  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     7,564.5    (133.3  7,431.2  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

    $8,731.1   $(172.8 $8,558.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

      

Current liabilities

   (ii), (v)    $1,133.2   $6.6   $1,139.8  

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term debt

     3,483.3    —      3,483.3  

Derivative financial instruments

     479.9    —      479.9  

Other liabilities

   (i), (ii)     122.5    128.7    251.2  

Deferred income taxes

   (ix)     512.4    (123.5  388.9  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)     131.6    (131.6  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     4,729.7    (126.4  4,603.3  

Equity

      

Capital stock

     1,752.4    —      1,752.4  

Contributed surplus

   (vii)     3,224.0    (47.4  3,176.6  

Deficit

   (i) to (x)     (2,131.4  (138.8  (2,270.2

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   (viii), (ix)     23.2    1.4    24.6  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders

     2,868.2    (184.8  2,683.4  

Non-controlling interests

   (x)      131.8    131.8  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     2,868.2    (53.0  2,815.2  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

    $8,731.1   $(172.8 $8,558.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

(e)Equity

   Explanation   December 31,
2010
  January 1,
2010
 

Shareholders’ equity under Canadian GAAP

    $2,868.2   $2,430.8  

IFRS adjustments:

     

Defined benefit plans

   (i)     (173.9  (111.2

Share-based compensation

   (ii)     (15.8  (18.8

Borrowing costs

   (iii)     (98.3  (65.5

Capitalized pre-operating losses

   (iv)     (9.1  (9.6

Provisions

   (v)     (1.0  (11.0

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

   (vi)     15.5    15.5  

Income taxes

   (ix)     96.3    74.2  

Other

     1.7    2.7  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (184.6  (123.7

Non-controlling interests

   (x)     131.6    116.2  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity under IFRS

    $2,815.2   $2,423.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity attributable to:

     

Shareholders

    $2,683.4   $2,303.9  

Non-controlling interests

     131.8    119.4  

(f)Comprehensive income

  Explanation  2010 

Comprehensive income under Canadian GAAP

  $524.0  

IFRS adjustments to net income:

  

Borrowing costs

  (iii)    (32.8

Provisions

  (v)    10.0  

Other

  (i), (ii), (iv), (ix)    11.9  

Non-controlling interests

  (x)    18.8  
  

 

 

 
   7.9  

IFRS adjustments to other comprehensive income:

  

Defined benefit plans

  (i)    (64.0

Income taxes

  (ix)    16.9  
  

 

 

 
   (47.1
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income under IFRS

  $484.8  
  

 

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

The significant differences between the 2010 financial figures prepared under Canadian GAAP and these figures prepared under IFRS are explained as follows:

(i)Defined benefit plans

As stated in the section “IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses under Canadian GAAP that existed as of January 1, 2010 in the opening deficit under IFRS for all of its defined benefit plans.

Actuarial gains and losses

Under IFRS, the Corporation elected to immediately recognize all actuarial gains and losses arising after January 1, 2010 as a component of other comprehensive income without recycling those gains or losses to the consolidated statement of income in subsequent periods. As a result, actuarial gains and losses are not amortized to the statement of income but rather are recorded directly to other comprehensive income at the end of each reporting period. In the consolidated statement of equity, the cumulative balance of actuarial gains and losses is recognized within the deficit. Under Canadian GAAP, the Corporation was recording in the consolidated statements of income the amortization of any cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation, or the fair value of plan assets, over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans.

Past service costs

Under IFRS, past service costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Under Canadian GAAP, past service costs were amortized over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans.

Benefit asset limit and minimum funding liability

Under IFRS, recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability. Since the Corporation has elected to recognize actuarial gains or losses arising after January 1, 2010 in other comprehensive income, changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment arising after the transition date are also recognized in other comprehensive income. In the consolidated statement of equity, the cumulative balance of changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment is recognized within the deficit. Under Canadian GAAP, a similar concept to the limit existed, although the calculation of the recoverable amount was different and changes in the valuation allowance were recognized in the consolidated statement of income. As for the minimum funding liability, there was no such concept under Canadian GAAP.

(ii)Share-based compensation

Under IFRS, the liability related to share-based awards that call for settlement in cash or other assets must be measured at its fair value and is to be re-measured at its fair value at the end of each reporting period. Under Canadian GAAP, the liability was measured and re-measured at each reporting date at the intrinsic values of the stock-based awards instead of at their fair values.

Under IFRS, when a share-based payment vests in instalments over a vesting period (“graded vesting”), each instalment is accounted for as a separate arrangement as compared to Canadian GAAP, which gave the choice of treating the instruments as a pool, with the measurement being determined using the average life of the awards granted.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

(iii)Borrowing costs

As stated above in the section “IFRS exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected to adopt IAS 23R prospectively from January 1, 2010. Accordingly, all capitalized interest costs under Canadian GAAP related to projects that began prior to January 1, 2010 were reclassified to opening deficit at transition and are expensed in 2010 under IFRS.

(iv)Capitalized pre-operating losses

Under IFRS, certain costs that were capitalized under Canadian GAAP are not permitted to be accounted for as part of the cost of property, plant and equipment. As a result, incidental losses attributable to self-constructed assets capitalized prior to commercial operation were derecognized from the net carrying amount of the assets and reclassified to opening deficit on transition under IFRS.

(v)Provisions

IFRS specifically provides for the accrual of an onerous contract when an unavoidable loss from fulfilling the obligations under the contract is probable, including any penalties arising from early termination. Under Canadian GAAP, a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term would have been recognized only when the contract had been terminated in accordance with the contract terms, or when the use of the right conveyed by the contract had ceased. As a result, certain additional provisions have been recognized under IFRS as of January 1, 2010. In addition, provisions must be presented separately in the balance sheet under IFRS.

(vi)Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

Under IFRS, indefinite lived assets are not amortized, while under Canadian GAAP, they were amortized until January 1, 2002. Accordingly, the Corporation has reversed amortization previously recognized on its broadcasting licences in its opening deficit at the transition date.

(vii)Related party transactions

Under IFRS, no particular recognition or measurement requirements for related party transactions exist; accordingly, the recognition and measurement of related party transactions must follow existing IFRS standards that apply to the transaction. Under Canadian GAAP, related party transactions could be recognized at the carrying amount of the assets being transferred or at the exchange amount, depending on certain criteria. As stated in the above section “IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected not to restate any business combinations arising before January 1, 2010, including those entered into between companies under common control. In addition, transfers of assets that had been recognized at the carrying amount under Canadian GAAP were restated to their exchange amounts, as allowed under IFRS.

(viii)Translation gains or losses related to net investments in foreign operations

As stated above in section “IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected to reset all cumulative translation gains and losses related to investments in foreign operations to zero in its opening deficit as at the transition date.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

29.TRANSITION TO IFRS (continued)

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

(ix)Income taxes

The expected manner of recovery of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for purposes of calculating deferred income taxes is different under IFRS than under Canadian GAAP. This difference resulted in a reduction in the deferred income tax liability related to these assets at transition.

Other adjustments to income taxes represent the tax impacts of other IFRS adjustments.

In addition, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented as non-current items under IFRS, even if it is anticipated that they will be realized in the short term.

(x)Non-controlling interests

Under IFRS, non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component of equity in the balance sheet instead of being presented as a separate component between liabilities and equity under Canadian GAAP. In the statements of income and comprehensive income under IFRS, net income and comprehensive income are calculated before non-controlling interests and are then attributed to shareholders and non-controlling interests. Under Canadian GAAP, non-controlling interests were presented as a component of net income and comprehensive income.

30.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 25, 2012, the Corporation amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and to add a new revolving credit facility “C” of $200.0 million, also maturing in January 2016.

On February 3, 2012, Sun Media Corporation repaid the balance of $37.6 million on its term loan credit facility and terminated its credit facilities.

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

On February 29, 2012, Videotron announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase any and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered and purchased is US$1,001.25 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 13, 2012, or US$1,000.00 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On February 29, 2012, Videotron issued a notice of redemption for any and all of its outstanding 6.825% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. The redemption price is 100.0% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the redemption date will be March 30, 2012. The purchase will be carried out on all Senior Notes that have not been tendered and purchased under the Videotron cash tender offer announced on February 29, 2012.

On February 29, 2012, Quebecor Media announced the initiation of a cash tender offer to purchase up to US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. The total consideration for each US$1,000.0 principal amount of Senior Notes tendered and purchased is US$1,028.33 for Senior Notes tendered at or prior to March 14, 2012, or US$1,025.83 for Senior Notes tendered after that date but prior to March 28, 2012, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On March 14, 2012, Quebecor Media issued a notice of redemption to purchase US$100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016. The redemption price is 102.583% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and the date of redemption will be April 13, 2012.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTESTOCONSOLIDATEDFINANCIALSTATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

30.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (continued)

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.0% and maturing on July 15, 2022, for a net proceeds of approximately $787.6 million, net of estimated financing fees of $11.9 million. The Senior Notes are unsecured and contain certain restrictions on Videotron, including limitation of its ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and make other distributions. The notes are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Videotron and are redeemable at the option of Videotron, in whole or in part, at any time before their maturity at a price based on a make-whole formula. Videotron has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the new Senior Notes by using cross-currency swaps.

F-75